summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/macros/latex/contrib/lineno
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2022-12-06 03:01:31 +0000
committerNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2022-12-06 03:01:31 +0000
commit9858bb195fd9c52c986155223a79c6fa1158e94c (patch)
tree664f41fbb2b86c7de0942ea98aba6d84b7745ef3 /macros/latex/contrib/lineno
parent673717f7c662dd135f63b61c1da1ecd59bcdbe90 (diff)
CTAN sync 202212060301
Diffstat (limited to 'macros/latex/contrib/lineno')
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/CHANGEs.txt165
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/COPYING.txt27
l---------macros/latex/contrib/lineno/README1
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/README.md146
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/README.txt204
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/SRCFILEs.txt15
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/CHANGEs.txt189
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/COPYING.txt25
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/SRCFILEs.txt10
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/fnlineno.pdfbin0 -> 198366 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/lineno.pdfbin0 -> 367668 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/linenoamsmathdemo.pdfbin0 -> 95318 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/lnosuppl.pdfbin0 -> 161169 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/ulineno.pdfbin0 -> 127130 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/ednmath0.sty202
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/edtable.sty571
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/fnlineno.pdfbin260298 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/lineno.pdfbin283165 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/lnosuppl.pdfbin167683 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/lnosuppl.tex127
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/source/fnlineno.tex (renamed from macros/latex/contrib/lineno/fnlineno.tex)66
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/source/lineno.tex (renamed from macros/latex/contrib/lineno/lineno.tex)2676
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/source/linenoamsmathdemo.tex415
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/source/lnosuppl.tex127
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/source/ulineno.tex (renamed from macros/latex/contrib/lineno/ulineno.tex)92
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/tex/ednmath0.sty200
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/tex/edtable.sty571
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/tex/fnlineno.sty (renamed from macros/latex/contrib/lineno/fnlineno.sty)1008
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/tex/lineno.sty (renamed from macros/latex/contrib/lineno/lineno.sty)3651
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/tex/vplref.sty73
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/ulineno.pdfbin142217 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--macros/latex/contrib/lineno/vplref.sty74
32 files changed, 5559 insertions, 5076 deletions
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/CHANGEs.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/CHANGEs.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 36df3fabef..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/CHANGEs.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,165 +0,0 @@
-
-CHANGES for lineno bundle 2011/02/16:
-
-1. new fnlineno.sty for numbering footnote lines + \linelabel,
-described in fnlineno.pdf
-
-2. new overview SRCFILEs.txt
-
-
-CHANGES for lineno.sty v4.41 2005/11/02:
-
-1. Loadable after amsmath.
-
-2. Removed some nonsense from documentation.
-
-
-CHANGES for lineno.sty v4.4 2005/10/27
-[failed to be uploaded to CTAN, but distributed by mail]:
-
-1. Proper effective line depth at end of paragraphs.
- The spacing bug was quite obvious in two-column mode
- when a paragraph end was at a column bottom.
-
-2. Another bug concerning two-column mode that had been
- introduced in v4.22 has been removed again.
-
-3. Support for \addvspace introduced more and more bugs
- in versions of v4.32 and v4.33. The reasons seem to
- be clear now, and v4.4 should be stable.
-
-
-CHANGES for lineno.sty v4.32 2005/10/17:
-
-1. Support for \addvspace
- (a math display or a list meets a heading -- or a sub-heading
- follows a heading -- or the like)
-
-2. Clearly explained former option `displaymath' and its change
- to a default.
-
-
-CHANGES for lineno.sty v4.31 2005/10/01:
-
-1. \modulolinenumbers* and a package option `modulo*' for
- printing first line number after interrupting editor's
- text, regardless of the modulo.
-
-2. Improved explanation of \firstlinenumber and package
- options.
-
-
-CHANGES for lineno.sty v4.3 2005/05/16:
-
-1. Option `displaymath' (proper numbering at paragraphs
- containing math displays) becomes default.
-
-2. Compatibility with hyperref now indeed (at least much more).
-
-3. Tidied up documentation: terrible confusion of \newcounter
- vs. \stepcounter; sections on the same matter written at
- different times; ...
-
-4. Additional internal improvements that perhaps hardly are
- observable (no more spurious linenumbers in math displays
- from vertical mode; some compatibity with packages that use
- \holdinginserts; \linelabel in headings etc.).
-
-
-CHANGES for lineno.sty v4.22 2005/05/09:
-
-1. Restored "global" version of numbering lines of a \parbox or
- minipage or ... (I had missed and disabled this in taking
- over lineno.sty), explained in documentation (lineno.pdf/dvi
- subsec. 7.2).
-
-2. Enabled \flushbottom in two-column pagewise or switching
- mode.
-
-3. Re-implemented modulo mode -- disabling certain users' tricks
- see lineno.pdf sec. 5.5, also for a still supported
- substituting trick.
-
-4. Tidied up setting the next line number globally vs. locally
- (TeXbook p. 301).
-
-5. Tidied up discussions (in documentation) of possible changes
- in implementation.
-
-
-CHANGES for lineno.sty v4.21 2005/04/28:
-
-Removed serious flaws with math display, + something ...
-
-
-CHANGES for lineno.sty v4.2 2005/04/26:
-
-1. Re-enabled package option `displaymath' (needed rearrangement
- after sec. 5).
-
-2. New package option `addpageno' for adding page numbers to
- line number references -- see sec. 6.1 of lineno.pdf.
-
-3. Improved support for \includeonly (and improved sec. 5.3,
- p. 27).
-
-4. Improved compatibility with other packages that change \output
- (tameflts.sty, e.g., for saving footnotes against \marginpar
- and floats), added advice on this matter -- sec. 2.3,
- pp. 7, 14f.
-
-
-CHANGES for lineno.sty v4.11 2005/03/08:
-
-1. The `edtable' option now supports math environments like
-`array'. This requires updating edtable.sty to v1.3. (The claim
-in previous versions of edtable on this support simply was
-wrong, sorry.) For how to make use of this support, we urge you
-to read the usage instructions in edtable.sty (v1.3). These have
-been extended very much, structured more clearly, and supplied
-with examples.
-
-2. \linelabel now complains when appearing outside line
-numbering mode. This counters Stephan Boettcher's original
-intention, but I generalize from my own experience that it is
-helpful to be told when you have forgotten to switch into line
-numbering mode and (e.g.) wonder why all the line number
-references are 1 ... ednotes.sty users profit as well (at least
-I expect and hope that anybody profits, which, to be sure, does
-not mean that I hope that anybody forgets to switch ...).
-
-3. The subsection on `edtable' in lineno.sty/tex/pdf was not
-quite correct or complete -- corrected, improved.
-
-4. The final list of user commands in lineno.sty/tex/pdf has not
-been complete. This has not changed, but it is briefly explained
-what is missing and where it can be found.
-
-
-CHANGE 2005/01/20:
-
-We have devised macros for indexing with line numbers,
-yet we don't take the time to release them officially.
-If you are interested, please ask via
-
- http://contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu
-
-
-CHANGES for lineno.sty v4.1 2004/10/19:
-
-Extension packages from the Ednotes bundle for enabling
-\linelabel in math mode and tabular environments are now
-handled through new package options `mathrefs', `edtable',
-`longtable', and `nolongtablepatch'. Two of these extension
-packages moved from the ednotes folder to the lineno folder.
-lineno.tex/pdf has been updated accordingly.
-
-
-CHANGES for lineno.sty v4.00 2004/09/03:
-
-o incorporated earlier extension packages linenox0.sty,
- linenox1.sty, lnopatch.sty (which belonged to the
- Ednotes bundle before);
-
-o adopted LaTeX Project Public License v1.3.
-
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/COPYING.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/COPYING.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 60ad89a860..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/COPYING.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-% lineno.sty
-%
-% The files in this directory are
-%
-% Copyright 1995--2003 Stephan I. B"ottcher <boettcher@physik.uni-kiel.de>;
-% Copyright 2002--2005 Uwe L"uck, http://contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu,
-% for versions 4.x and code from former Ednotes
-% bundle--author-maintained.
-% Copyright 2011 Uwe L"uck, http://contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu,
-% for fnlineno.sty/tex/pdf
-%
-% The files can be redistributed and/or modified under
-% the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License; either
-% version 1.3a of the License, or any later version.
-% The latest version of this license is in
-% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-% We did our best to help you, but there is NO WARRANTY.
-%
-% ============================================================================
-<- (UL) End of official declaration.
-
-History:
-add. fnlineno 2011/02/16 ul
-This file -> The files 2004/10/12 ul
-$Id: COPYING,v 3.0.2.1 2004/09/13 20:15:47 stephan Exp $
-LPPL v1.3a 2004/10/26
-
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/README b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/README
deleted file mode 120000
index c3ca07460a..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-README.txt \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/README.md b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b543e53029
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+# lineno.sty v5.0, fnlineno.sty v0.55
+
+2022-11-29
+
+The LaTeX package lineno.sty provides line numbers on paragraphs. After TeX has
+broken a paragraph into lines there will be line numbers attached to them, with
+the possibility to make references through the LaTeX \ref, \pageref cross
+reference mechanism.
+
+- Copyright 1995--2003 Stephan I. Böttcher
+- Copyright 2002--2005 Uwe Lück for versions 4.x and code from former Ednotes
+- Copyright 2011 Uwe Lück for fnlineno.sty/tex/pdf
+- Copyright 2021--2022 Karl Wette for versions 5.x
+
+The files can be redistributed and/or modified under
+the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License; either
+version 1.3a of the License, or any later version.
+The latest version of this license is in http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt.
+We did our best to help you, but there is NO WARRANTY.
+
+Home: http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/
+
+Authors:
+
+- Stephan I. Böttcher
+- Uwe Lück
+- Karl Wette
+
+## Compatibility with other packages:
+
+- `wrapfig.sty`: works since v2.05
+
+- `multicol.sty`: works partly since 3.02. Do NOT use \linelabel. Do NOT put a
+ multicol in internal vertical mode {table}, {figure}, etc.
+
+- `hyperref.sty`: \ref to a \linelabel works since v3.03.
+
+- `longtable.sty`: broke with lineno.sty loaded, but not enabled. This is fixed
+ in v3.04.
+
+- `amsmath.sty`: loadable, but not fully supported, with v4.41. Fully supported
+ with v5.0.
+
+## Installation and usage (UL, v4.1):
+
+For being able to use ALL the new `lineno.sty` options, the following files must
+be "visible" to (La)TeX ("visible" explained below for beginners):
+
+```lineno.sty, edtable.sty, ednmath0.sty, ltabptch.sty```
+
+as above ("Home", note that clicking on "entire directory" suffices);
+
+`longtable.sty` -- from the standard LaTeX Tools bundle.
+
+Usage always starts with loading lineno.sty by `\usepackage`. The remaining
+`.sty` files are loaded automatically on the `lineno.sty` options (and we
+recommend not to load them through [the mandatory argument of] `\usepackage`).
+
+For details, see `lineno.tex/pdf` and the `.sty` files mentioned above--search
+especially for tabular and math mode. (+ `print' below here).
+
+"Visible to (LaTeX)": Some users don't understand this "visibility" for a while,
+and indeed it may be somewhat non-trivial. These users may find help in
+https://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/ednotes/visible.txt . E.g., former users of
+lineno.sty may just put all the .sty files into the folder (at their workplace)
+where they had placed lineno.sty before. (/UL, /v4.1)
+
+To print the documented source: Take the style-file `lineno.sty`, and feed it to
+a Un*x shell. (Or download the extracted source documentation `lineno.tex'.)
+```
+csh> source ./lineno.sty
+sh> . ./lineno.sty
+```
+[ i.e., type `sh lineno.sty` (e.g.) as a UNIX command line. Problems with awk
+may arise. I therefore switched to nawk in lineno.sty v4.00, but this may
+trouble you as well. (UL) ] (Please ignore the error message at the beginning
+about the iffalse.)
+
+## Files
+
+(cf. `SRCFILEs.txt`):
+
+- `README.txt`: This file. (v4.1: UL)
+- `CHANGEs.txt`: Differences to previous versions. (v4.1: UL)
+- `COPYING.txt`: The LPPL header.
+- `SCRFILEs.txt`: Source file infos (UL 2011)
+- `lineno.sty`: The package itself, ready to use.
+- `edtable.sty`: Module for tabular environments. (UL, v4.1)
+- `ednmath0.sty`: Module for \linelabel in math mode. (UL, v4.1)
+- `fnlineno.sty`: Add-on for footnote line numbers (UL, v0.55)
+- `lineno.tex`: The source for the documentation (generated)
+- `lineno.pdf`: PDF deriving from the former. (v4.1: UL)
+- `lnosuppl.pdf`: PDF listing of present non-PDF files
+- `ulineno.tex`: The pathetic attempt of a users' manual. [Describes v3.1 currently.] (UL, v4.1)
+- `ulineno.pdf`: PDF of former.
+- `vplref.sty`: Conditionally include page number in line number references (UL, v4.2)
+- `linenoamsmathdemo.tex`: Demo of making amsmath work with lineno (KW, v5.0)
+
+As of version v3.00, the extension packages for lineno have all been
+incorporated into `lineno.sty` itself. Except for `itemrule.sty`, which was
+removed.
+
+## History
+
+(Prior to my taking over maintenance of the package -- KW)
+
+ ** [ UL: A few festive words on history and responsibility **
+ ** are next preceding hard facts as to (see lower) **
+ ** o `Files' and **
+ ** o `Installation and usage'. ] **
+
+ 2004-09-13 Uwe L"uck [(UL)] is new maintainer for lineno.sty.
+
+ lineno.sty served the purpose for which I wrote it years ago. Uwe
+ L"uck uses lineno.sty with his Ednotes package, which required quite a
+ few changes and fixes. His package depends on lineno, therefore
+ Uwe agreed to take over the maintenance of lineno.sty.
+
+ lineno.sty v4.0 includes most of the well tested changes that Uwe
+ needs for Ednotes. These changes blend well into the concepts of the
+ package, so I am happy to let it go.
+
+ From here on it is Uwe's, and he may proceed to mangle it as he likes.
+ Expect some radical changes. You may find him to be quite a bit
+ friendlier towards the poor souls who still use Windows :-).
+ Currently, you need some kind of Unix environment to extract the
+ source documentation from the sty file.
+
+ If some version 3 users run into difficulties with Uwe's newer
+ versions, but need a minor bug-fix in version 3, please do not
+ hesitate to ask me for help. But all requests for new features or
+ major changes shall go to Uwe.
+
+ Cheers
+ Stephan
+
+ [ Thanks! And please let me know as well should
+ compatibility problems arise! The announced radical
+ changes are postponed again this time (v4.1).
+ --Ednotes is in
+ http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/ednotes.
+ Uwe ]
+
+ Please have a look at a similar work of Michal Jaegermann and James
+ Fortune:
+ http://mirror.ctan.org/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/numline/
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/README.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/README.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index b8fcb4a9f0..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/README.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,204 +0,0 @@
-README
- lineno.sty v4.41
- fnlineno.sty v0.55
-
- 2011-02-16
-
-The LaTeX package lineno.sty provides line numbers on paragraphs.
-After TeX has broken a paragraph into lines there will be line numbers
-attached to them, with the possibility to make references through the
-LaTeX \ref, \pageref cross reference mechanism.
-
-% Copyright 1995--2003 Stephan I. B"ottcher <boettcher@physik.uni-kiel.de>;
-% Copyright 2002--2005 Uwe L"uck, http://www.contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu,
-% for versions 4.x and code from former Ednotes
-% Copyright 2011 Uwe L"uck as above, for fnlineno.sty/tex/pdf
-% bundle--author-maintained.
-%
-% The files listed below can be redistributed and/or modified under
-% the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License; either
-% version 1.3a of the License, or any later version.
-% The latest version of this license is in
-% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-% We did our best to help you, but there is NO WARRANTY.
-
-** [ UL: A few festive words on history and responsibility **
-** are next preceding hard facts as to (see lower) **
-** o `Files' and **
-** o `Installation and usage'. ] **
-
-2004-09-13 Uwe L"uck [(UL)] is new maintainer for lineno.sty.
-
-lineno.sty served the purpose for which I wrote it years ago. Uwe
-L"uck uses lineno.sty with his Ednotes package, which required quite a
-few changes and fixes. His package depends on lineno, therefore
-Uwe agreed to take over the maintenance of lineno.sty.
-
-lineno.sty v4.0 includes most of the well tested changes that Uwe
-needs for Ednotes. These changes blend well into the concepts of the
-package, so I am happy to let it go.
-
-From here on it is Uwe's, and he may proceed to mangle it as he likes.
-Expect some radical changes. You may find him to be quite a bit
-friendlier towards the poor souls who still use Windows :-).
-Currently, you need some kind of Unix environment to extract the
-source documentation from the sty file.
-
-If some version 3 users run into difficulties with Uwe's newer
-versions, but need a minor bug-fix in version 3, please do not
-hesitate to ask me for help. But all requests for new features or
-major changes shall go to Uwe.
-
-Cheers
-Stephan
-
-
-[ Thanks! And please let me know as well should
- compatibility problems arise! The announced radical
- changes are postponed again this time (v4.1).
- --Ednotes is in
- http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/ednotes.
- Uwe ]
-
-
-Changes: see CHANGEs.txt; earlier:
-
- 2004-10-19 UL: package options for tabular and math
- 2004-09-03 UL: merge Ednotes changes, taking over lineno.sty
-
- 2002 .. 2003 FMi, UL, SiB: bug fixes
- 2001-08-04 SiB: linenomath wrapping for \[ \]
- 2001-07-30 SiB: [hyperref] option obsolete.
- 2001-01-17 SiB: LaTeX class option [twocolumn] support
- 2001-01-04 SiB: LaTeX class option [fleqn] support
- 2000-12-18 SiB: longtable compatibility
- 2000-07-01 SiB: extra \newlabel items, [hyperref] option
- 2000-03-10 SiB: indirect call of \output, to work with multicol.
- 1999-08-28 SiB: fixed the footnote problem using \holdinginserts
- 1999-06-11 SiB: included the extensions into lineno.sty
- 1999-03-02 SIB: Added LPPL License
-
-
-Files (cf. SRCFILEs.txt):
-
- README.txt This file. (v4.1: UL)
- CHANGEs.txt Differences to previous versions. (v4.1: UL)
- COPYING.txt The LPPL header.
- SCRFILEs.txt Source file infos (UL 2011)
- lineno.sty The package itself, ready to use.
- edtable.sty Module for tabular environments. (UL, v4.1)
- ednmath0.sty Module for \linelabel in math mode. (UL, v4.1)
- fnlineno.sty Add-on for footnote line numbers (UL, v0.55)
- lineno.tex The source for the documentation (generated)
- lineno.pdf PDF deriving from the former. (v4.1: UL)
- lnosuppl.pdf PDF listing of present non-PDF files
- ulineno.tex The pathetic attempt of a users' manual.
- [Describes v3.1 currently.] (UL, v4.1)
- ulineno.pdf PDF of former.
- vplref.sty Conditionally include page number in
- line number references (UL, v4.2)
-
- As of version v3.00, the extension packages for lineno have all been
- incorporated into lineno.sty itself. Except for itemrule.sty,
- which was removed.
-
-Home:
-
- http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/
-
-TDS version:
-
- http://mirror.ctan.org/install/macros/latex/contrib/lineno.tds.zip
-
-Authors:
-
- Uwe L"uck <http://contact-ednotes.sty@web.de>
- Stephan I. B"ottcher <boettcher@physik.uni-kiel.de>
-
-Compatibility with other packages:
-
- wrapfig.sty works since v2.05
-
- multicol.sty works partly since 3.02.
- Do NOT use \linelabel. Do NOT put a multicol in
- internal vertical mode {table}, {figure}, etc.
-
- hyperref.sty \ref to a \linelabel works since v3.03.
-
- longtable.sty broke with lineno.sty loaded, but not enabled.
- This is fixed in v3.04.
-
- amsmath.sty loadable, but not fully supported, with v4.41
-
-Installation and usage (UL, v4.1):
-
- For being able to use ALL the new lineno.sty options, the
- following files must be "visible" to (La)TeX ("visible"
- explained below for beginners):
-
- lineno.sty, edtable.sty, ednmath0.sty, ltabptch.sty
-
- as above ("Home", note that clicking on "entire directory"
- suffices);
-
- longtable.sty -- from the standard LaTeX Tools bundle.
-
- Usage always starts with loading lineno.sty by \usepackage.
- The remaining .sty files are loaded automatically on the
- lineno.sty options (and we recommend not to load them through
- [the mandatory argument of] \usepackage).
-
- For details, see lineno.tex/pdf and the .sty files mentioned
- above--search especially for tabular and math mode.
- (+ `print' below here).
-
- "Visible to (LaTeX)": Some users don't understand this
- "visibility" for a while, and indeed it may be somewhat
- non-trivial. These users may find help in
-
- http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/ednotes/visible.txt .
-
- E.g., former users of lineno.sty may just put all the .sty
- files into the folder (at their workplace) where they had
- placed lineno.sty before. (/UL, /v4.1)
-
-To print the documented source:
-
- Take the style-file `lineno.sty', and feed it to a Un*x shell.
- (Or download the extracted source documentation `lineno.tex'.)
-
- csh> source ./lineno.sty
- sh> . ./lineno.sty
-
- [ I.e., type `sh lineno.sty' (e.g.) as a UNIX command line.
- Problems with awk may arise. I therefore switched to nawk
- in lineno.sty v4.00, but this may trouble you as well. (UL) ]
-
- (Please ignore the error message at the beginning about the iffalse.)
-
-
-Please have a look at a similar work of Michal Jaegermann and James
-Fortune:
- http://mirror.ctan.org/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/numline/
-
-
-
-
-
-==============================================================================
-<- End of official README.txt (UL)
-
-Changes Feb. 2011: numline obsolete, mirror.ctan.org, fnlineno,
-amsmath compatibility, CHANGEs.txt, lineno.tds.zip
-Changes for v4.1 (Oct. 2004): minor fixes (removed `supported/', e.g.);
-bracketed text; lines with `(UL)'; redistribution with README only.
-Formerly:
-
- lineno.sty v4.0
-
- $Id: README,v 3.6.2.1 2004/09/13 20:15:47 stephan Exp $
-
- CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/supported/lineno
- CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/supported/numline/
-
-
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/SRCFILEs.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/SRCFILEs.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f5a1a5991..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/SRCFILEs.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-
- *File List*
- edtable.sty 2005/10/03 v1.3c arrays with lineno + ednotes (ul)
-ednmath0.sty 2005/01/10 v0.2b math support for lineno/ednotes (ul)
-fnlineno.sty 2011/01/07 v0.55 numbers to footnote lines (UL)
- lineno.sty 2005/11/02 line numbers on paragraphs v4.41
- vplref.sty 2005/04/25 v0.2a page-line cross-refs
-fnlineno.tex 2011/02/14 documenting fnlineno.sty (UL)
-lnosuppl.tex 2011/02/16 documenting supplementary files
- ulineno.tex 2001/08/03 lineno.sty users manual
- ***********
-
- List made at 2011/02/16, 12:41
- from script file srcfiles.tex
-
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/CHANGEs.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/CHANGEs.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..db95e5304e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/CHANGEs.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+CHANGES for lineno pkg v5.0 2022/07/30:
+
+1. Merge in `linenoamsmath' patches.
+
+
+CHANGES for lineno pkg 2011/02/16:
+
+1. new fnlineno.sty for numbering footnote lines + \linelabel,
+described in fnlineno.pdf
+
+2. new overview SRCFILEs.txt
+
+(From README.txt -- KW) numline obsolete, mirror.ctan.org, fnlineno,
+amsmath compatibility, CHANGEs.txt, lineno.tds.zip
+
+
+CHANGES for lineno.sty v4.41 2005/11/02:
+
+1. Loadable after amsmath.
+
+2. Removed some nonsense from documentation.
+
+
+CHANGES for lineno.sty v4.4 2005/10/27:
+[failed to be uploaded to CTAN, but distributed by mail]:
+
+1. Proper effective line depth at end of paragraphs.
+ The spacing bug was quite obvious in two-column mode
+ when a paragraph end was at a column bottom.
+
+2. Another bug concerning two-column mode that had been
+ introduced in v4.22 has been removed again.
+
+3. Support for \addvspace introduced more and more bugs
+ in versions of v4.32 and v4.33. The reasons seem to
+ be clear now, and v4.4 should be stable.
+
+
+CHANGES for lineno.sty v4.32 2005/10/17:
+
+1. Support for \addvspace
+ (a math display or a list meets a heading -- or a sub-heading
+ follows a heading -- or the like)
+
+2. Clearly explained former option `displaymath' and its change
+ to a default.
+
+
+CHANGES for lineno.sty v4.31 2005/10/01:
+
+1. \modulolinenumbers* and a package option `modulo*' for
+ printing first line number after interrupting editor's
+ text, regardless of the modulo.
+
+2. Improved explanation of \firstlinenumber and package
+ options.
+
+
+CHANGES for lineno.sty v4.3 2005/05/16:
+
+1. Option `displaymath' (proper numbering at paragraphs
+ containing math displays) becomes default.
+
+2. Compatibility with hyperref now indeed (at least much more).
+
+3. Tidied up documentation: terrible confusion of \newcounter
+ vs. \stepcounter; sections on the same matter written at
+ different times; ...
+
+4. Additional internal improvements that perhaps hardly are
+ observable (no more spurious linenumbers in math displays
+ from vertical mode; some compatibity with packages that use
+ \holdinginserts; \linelabel in headings etc.).
+
+
+CHANGES for lineno.sty v4.22 2005/05/09:
+
+1. Restored "global" version of numbering lines of a \parbox or
+ minipage or ... (I had missed and disabled this in taking
+ over lineno.sty), explained in documentation (lineno.pdf/dvi
+ subsec. 7.2).
+
+2. Enabled \flushbottom in two-column pagewise or switching
+ mode.
+
+3. Re-implemented modulo mode -- disabling certain users' tricks
+ see lineno.pdf sec. 5.5, also for a still supported
+ substituting trick.
+
+4. Tidied up setting the next line number globally vs. locally
+ (TeXbook p. 301).
+
+5. Tidied up discussions (in documentation) of possible changes
+ in implementation.
+
+
+CHANGES for lineno.sty v4.21 2005/04/28:
+
+Removed serious flaws with math display, + something ...
+
+
+CHANGES for lineno.sty v4.2 2005/04/26:
+
+1. Re-enabled package option `displaymath' (needed rearrangement
+ after sec. 5).
+
+2. New package option `addpageno' for adding page numbers to
+ line number references -- see sec. 6.1 of lineno.pdf.
+
+3. Improved support for \includeonly (and improved sec. 5.3,
+ p. 27).
+
+4. Improved compatibility with other packages that change \output
+ (tameflts.sty, e.g., for saving footnotes against \marginpar
+ and floats), added advice on this matter -- sec. 2.3,
+ pp. 7, 14f.
+
+
+CHANGES for lineno.sty v4.11 2005/03/08:
+
+1. The `edtable' option now supports math environments like
+`array'. This requires updating edtable.sty to v1.3. (The claim
+in previous versions of edtable on this support simply was
+wrong, sorry.) For how to make use of this support, we urge you
+to read the usage instructions in edtable.sty (v1.3). These have
+been extended very much, structured more clearly, and supplied
+with examples.
+
+2. \linelabel now complains when appearing outside line
+numbering mode. This counters Stephan Boettcher's original
+intention, but I generalize from my own experience that it is
+helpful to be told when you have forgotten to switch into line
+numbering mode and (e.g.) wonder why all the line number
+references are 1 ... ednotes.sty users profit as well (at least
+I expect and hope that anybody profits, which, to be sure, does
+not mean that I hope that anybody forgets to switch ...).
+
+3. The subsection on `edtable' in lineno.sty/tex/pdf was not
+quite correct or complete -- corrected, improved.
+
+4. The final list of user commands in lineno.sty/tex/pdf has not
+been complete. This has not changed, but it is briefly explained
+what is missing and where it can be found.
+
+
+CHANGE 2005/01/20:
+
+We have devised macros for indexing with line numbers,
+yet we don't take the time to release them officially.
+If you are interested, please ask via
+
+ http://contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu
+
+
+CHANGES for lineno.sty v4.1 2004/10/19:
+
+Extension packages from the Ednotes bundle for enabling
+\linelabel in math mode and tabular environments are now
+handled through new package options `mathrefs', `edtable',
+`longtable', and `nolongtablepatch'. Two of these extension
+packages moved from the ednotes folder to the lineno folder.
+lineno.tex/pdf has been updated accordingly.
+(From README.txt -- KW) minor fixes (removed `supported/', e.g.);
+bracketed text; lines with `(UL)'; redistribution with README only.
+
+CHANGES for lineno.sty v4.00 2004/09/03:
+
+o incorporated earlier extension packages linenox0.sty,
+ linenox1.sty, lnopatch.sty (which belonged to the
+ Ednotes bundle before);
+
+o adopted LaTeX Project Public License v1.3.
+
+
+EARLIER CHANGES (From README.txt -- KW)
+
+- 2004-10-19 UL: package options for tabular and math
+- 2004-09-03 UL: merge Ednotes changes, taking over lineno.sty
+- 2002 .. 2003 FMi, UL, SiB: bug fixes
+- 2001-08-04 SiB: linenomath wrapping for \[ \]
+- 2001-07-30 SiB: [hyperref] option obsolete.
+- 2001-01-17 SiB: LaTeX class option [twocolumn] support
+- 2001-01-04 SiB: LaTeX class option [fleqn] support
+- 2000-12-18 SiB: longtable compatibility
+- 2000-07-01 SiB: extra \newlabel items, [hyperref] option
+- 2000-03-10 SiB: indirect call of \output, to work with multicol.
+- 1999-08-28 SiB: fixed the footnote problem using \holdinginserts
+- 1999-06-11 SiB: included the extensions into lineno.sty
+- 1999-03-02 SIB: Added LPPL License
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/COPYING.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/COPYING.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e5742fdb85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/COPYING.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+% lineno.sty
+%
+% The files in this directory are
+%
+% Copyright 1995--2003 Stephan I. Böttcher
+% Copyright 2002--2005 Uwe Lück for versions 4.x and code from former Ednotes
+% Copyright 2011 Uwe Lück for fnlineno.sty/tex/pdf
+% Copyright 2021--2022 Karl Wette for versions 5.x
+%
+% The files can be redistributed and/or modified under
+% the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License; either
+% version 1.3a of the License, or any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% We did our best to help you, but there is NO WARRANTY.
+%
+% ============================================================================
+<- (UL) End of official declaration.
+
+History:
+Update for version 5.x 2022/12/05 kw
+add. fnlineno 2011/02/16 ul
+This file -> The files 2004/10/12 ul
+$Id: COPYING,v 3.0.2.1 2004/09/13 20:15:47 stephan Exp $
+LPPL v1.3a 2004/10/26
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/SRCFILEs.txt b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/SRCFILEs.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..71ca2cc217
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/SRCFILEs.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+ednmath0.sty 2005/01/10 v0.2b math support for lineno/ednotes (ul)
+edtable.sty 2005/10/03 v1.3c arrays with lineno + ednotes (ul)
+fnlineno.sty 2011/01/07 v0.55 numbers to footnote lines (UL)
+lineno.sty 2022/07/30 line numbers on paragraphs v5.0
+vplref.sty 2005/04/25 v0.2a page-line cross-refs
+fnlineno.tex 2011/02/14 documenting fnlineno.sty (UL)
+lineno.tex 2022/07/30 line numbers on paragraphs v5.0
+lnosuppl.tex 2011/02/16 documenting supplementary files
+ulineno.tex 2001/08/03 lineno.sty users manual
+linenoamsmathdemo.tex 2021/09/30 Make amsmath work with lineno
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/fnlineno.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/fnlineno.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..d1fa5af387
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/fnlineno.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/lineno.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/lineno.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e7e96f8f41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/lineno.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/linenoamsmathdemo.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/linenoamsmathdemo.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a60815f470
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/linenoamsmathdemo.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/lnosuppl.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/lnosuppl.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..41c01581bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/lnosuppl.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/ulineno.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/ulineno.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..709008c75b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/doc/ulineno.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/ednmath0.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/ednmath0.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index 363c6c6aa5..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/ednmath0.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-%% Macro package `ednmath0.sty' for LaTeX2e,
-%% copyright (C) 2004 Uwe L\"uck,
-%% http://www.contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu
-%% --author-maintained;
-%% math support for `lineno.sty' and `ednotes.sty'.
-%%
-\def\fileversion{v0.2b} \def\filedate{2005/01/10}
-%% This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the
-%% terms of the LaTeX Project Public License distributed from
-%% CTAN archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
-%% version 1.3a of the License, or any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% There is NO WARRANTY.
-%% This code is very EXPERIMENTAL!
-%%
-%% Please report bugs, problems, and suggestions via
-%%
-%% http://www.contact-ednotes.sty@web.de
-%
-%% * MAIN FEATURE *
-%
-% lineno.sty's \linelabel and ednotes.sty's commands are enabled
-% to work in math mode if it's "entered in outer mode"
-% (including `displaymath' and `equation' environments).
-% (lineno.sty is the package by Stephan Boettcher.)
-% They will even work in tabular environments that are adjusted
-% to notes by package `edtable.sty'.
-%
-% CAVEATS:
-% -- Does not work yet in environments like LaTeX's
-% `eqnarray'. (This could probably repaired along the lines
-% of Edtable.sty--we're short of time and will try later.)
-% -- Useful error messages when (i) math mode is entered from
-% inner mode or when (ii) a math display gets not line number
-% are missing at present.
-%
-%% * USAGE: *
-%
-% * Most simple: *
-% --If you are working with ednotes and want to use its
-% commands in math mode, load ednotes.sty--version 0.8
-% onwards--with its package option `mathnotes'.
-% --If you don't work with ednotes, only with lineno, you
-% get the main feature of making \linelabel work in math mode
-% by loading lineno.sty--version 4.1 onwards--with its
-% package option `mathrefs'.
-%
-% * Switch off and on: *
-% To reduce danger resulting from missing error messages
-% ("caveat" above), you may switch these new math facilities
-% off by \NoNotesToMath where you don't expect to need them.
-% You may switch them on again by \NotesToMath where you want
-% to use them, being aware of the danger. Both commands work
-% locally, so you can replace one of them by enclosing it in
-% a group. E.g., even, after \NoNotesToMath you can use an
-% environment as follows:
-% \begin{NotesToMath}
-% <text>
-% \end{NotesToMath}
-% (I am not quite sure that this is useful.)
-%
-% * Customize ellipsis: *
-% ednotes' \lemmaellipsis is changed to expand to
-% \mathlemmaellipsis when entering math, and this is preset
-% to be LaTeX's \mathellipsis. (This is three dots as
-% \mathinner.) You can change this by redefining
-% \mathlemmaellipsis, e.g.:
-% \renewcommand{\mathlemmaellipsis}{\cdots}
-% If you need \cdots as the ellipsis at a single place only,
-% you may, of course, use the `<...>' option of \<, e.g.:
-% $ x = \Anote{a\<<\cdots>bcd\>e}{Indeed?} - y $
-%
-% * Customize note mode: *
-% For variant readings, you may want that the note is
-% usually set in math mode--so you may want that you
-% needn't type the dollar signs in the note text.
-% Note that you can do this by customizing \notefmt,
-% and you can do this by customizing \Anotefmt (e.g.)
-% to have this feature for \Anote only.
-%
-
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{ednmath0}[\filedate\space\fileversion\space
- math support for lineno/ednotes (ul)]
-%
-%% User commands:
-\def\NotesToMath{\let\@LN@mathhook\@LN@labelinmath
- \@bsphack \@esphack
-% For \begin{NotesToMath}
-}
-\def\NoNotesToMath{\@bsphack
- \def\@LN@mathhook{\@parmoderr\@gobble}%
- \@esphack
-}
-\def\endNotesToMath{\@bsphack\@Esphack}
-\let\endNoNotesToMath\endNotesToMath
-%
-%% Core code for lineno.sty:
-\@ifundefined{@LN@postlabel}{%
- \PackageError{ednmath0}{%
- Bad lineno.sty version%
- }{%
- lineno.sty from 2004/08/16 or later
- must be loaded earlier.%
- }%
-}{%
- \def\@LN@labelinmath#1{%
- \ifmmode
- \@LN@postlabel{#1}%
- \else
- \@parmoderr
- \fi
- }
-}
-%
-%% Core code for ednotes.sty:
-\@ifundefined{@EN@note}{%
-% v0.01 sent a warning in this case. Considered superfluous now.
-}{%
- \def\@EN@themathlemmatag{%
- \ifmmode
- \toks@\expandafter{\@EN@lemmatag}%
- \edef\@EN@lemmatag{%
- $%
- \def\noexpand\lemmaellipsis{%
- \noexpand\mathlemmaellipsis}%
- \the\toks@
- $%
- }%
-% \expandafter \def \expandafter \@EN@lemmatag
-% \expandafter {\expandafter $\expandafter
-% \def \expandafter \lemmaellipsis \expandafter {%
-% \expandafter \mathlemmaellipsis \expandafter }%
-% \@EN@lemmatag $}%
- \fi
- }
-% To be sure, \lemmaellipsis doesn't need to be changed when
-% ednotes `\<...\>' feature is not used. Though I prefer to
-% use one hook only in ednotes for both situations, with and
-% without `\<...\>'.
-%
-% The final \unskip in ednotes' \@EN@lemmatag would undo a final
-% \quad. That's OK: outside math the same happens.
-% In v0.01, \NoNotesToMath undid ednotes changes for math mode.
-% However, re-appearence of \linelabel error messages suffices.
-%
-% Now add lemma switch to the left of \[No]NotesToMath:
- \toks@\expandafter{\NotesToMath}
- \edef\NotesToMath{%
- \let \noexpand\@EN@mathlemmatag \noexpand\@EN@themathlemmatag
- \the\toks@
- }
-% \typeout{\string\NotesToMath: \meaning\NotesToMath}
- \toks@\expandafter{\NoNotesToMath}
- \edef\NoNotesToMath{%
- \let \noexpand\@EN@mathlemmatag \relax
- \the\toks@
- }
-% \typeout{\string\NoNotesToMath: \meaning\NoNotesToMath}
-}
-% We need no extra device for a choice for users whether the *note*
-% should be set in math mode or in horizontal mode by default
-% (which might depend on the kind ["layer"] of notes).
-% This can be done already by customization of ednotes' \notefmt.
-% However, we might change ednotes' default \notefmt to default
-% \renewcommand*{\notefmt}[1]{$#1$}
-%
-\let\mathlemmaellipsis\mathellipsis
-%% TODO: Since when has LaTeX provided \mathellipsis?
-%% -> \Needs...
-%
-% Default:
-\NotesToMath
-%
-\endinput
-
-%% TODO: Without \linenumberdisplaymath, in displaymath,
-%% an error should be shown. Use, e.g., that in a displaymath
-%% \ifinner is false.
-%% TODO: E.g., by changing \everymath, perhaps can be warned
-%% that the math group is in a box already, so the vertical
-%% items will get lost.
-%% TODO: Adjust `eqnarray' (in Edtable?) as well.
-
-%% VERSION HISTORY:
-v0.01 2004/08/16 First version, sent to Christian.
-v0.02 2004/08/16 Considerably simplified for ednotes.
- 2004/08/19 Added ellipsis stuff, documentation, and
- instructions. Uncapitalized package names.
- Added \end[No]NotesToMath.
- 2004/08/20 Added \@bsphack and \@esphack; corrected
- ednotes extension (too much deleted, completely
- wrong), introducing \@EN@themathlemmatag.
-v0.02b .../08/31 Rearranged preamble concerning maintenance.
-v0.1 2004/09/20 Removed mentions of `linenox0.sty'.
-v0.2 2004/10/07 Removed another mention of `linenox0.sty';
- Instructions: `lineno' or `ednotes.sty' option.
-v0.2a 2004/11/07 LPPL v1.3a.
-v0.2b 2005/01/10 Contact via http.
-
-
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/edtable.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/edtable.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index 206347539e..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/edtable.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,571 +0,0 @@
-%% `edtable.sty'---Uwe L"uck, direction Christian Tapp.
-%% LaTeX package for tables with line numbers and
-%% editorial notes.
-%%
-%% Copyright (C) 2003-2005 Uwe L"uck--author-maintained.
-%%
-\def\fileversion{1.3c} \def\filedate{2005/10/03}
-%%
-%% This file can be redistributed and/or modified under
-%% the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License; either
-%% version 1.3 of the License, or any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% We did our best to help you, but there is NO WARRANTY.
-%%
-%% Please send your comments via
-%%
-%% http://www.contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu
-%%
-%% * USAGE: *
-%
-% *Requirements/overview:*
-%
-% The package is made for the background of the LaTeX2e macro
-% package and enhances functionality of the following packages:
-% 1.) Stephan I. B"ottcher's `lineno.sty' for printing line
-% numbers in the margin and a \label version \linelabel
-% relating labels to line numbers;
-% 2.) our `ednotes.sty' for indicating variant readings and
-% other editorial remarks in separate footnote apparatuses;
-% 3.) David Carlisle's `longtable.sty' for multi-page tables.
-% %% TODO: supertabular etc.!?
-% 4.) our `ltabptch.sty' for a patch of `longtable.sty'
-% (i.e., optionally, see below).
-%
-% Actually, only the first package is necessary for using the
-% present one. The present one needs your line numbering commands
-% according to the first one and its documentation to which we
-% refer here. We likewise refer to the remaining packages for the
-% details of their functionality.
-%
-% `lineno.sty' version 4.1 and (in case it is used) `ednotes.sty'
-% version 0.8 (onwards) are needed. For obtaining recent versions
-% of required packages, see the CTAN folder
-% /macros/latex/contrib/ednotes.
-%
-% *Install/load:*
-% 1.) To be used, the present file must be put into a folder
-% that (La)TeX searches. You should have obtained a file
-% containing more detailed hints about this.
-% 2.) We recommend loading this file *not* by
-% \usepackage[<options>]{edtable} but by loading `lineno.sty'
-% or `ednotes.sty' with package option `edtable'.
-% 3.) To use the package options `longtable' and
-% `nolongtablepatch' that are described below, enter them
-% as options for `lineno.sty' or `ednotes.sty'.
-%
-% *User Commands:*
-%
-% 1. The package defines an environment `edtable' -- for its
-% syntax we consider two cases:
-% (a) Let <stdtable> be a tabular environment "like `tabular'".
-% "Like" here means: (i) we have tested it with `tabular', but
-% it should work with many more (e.g., from the `array' and
-% `tabularx' packages) -- which share certain properties of
-% implementation and requirements. Sorry, you must try, or we
-% hope you will (and tell us). (For wizards: <stdtable> may
-% probably be anything using a single \halign and \tabskip=0pt.)
-% Definitively:
-% (ii) LaTeX's standard `array' and other environments are *not*
-% "like" `tabular'. Namely, environments that work only in math
-% mode are not meant here. They are considered below in `b.'.
-% (iii) `longtable' from the `longtable' package of the `tools'
-% bundle neither is meant. An option of the present package
-% deals with it as described below. Neither `supertabular' is
-% meant.
-% (iv) In general, usage with tabular environments that can
-% break across pages as in (iii) is not recommended, at least
-% when working with `ednotes.sty'. Even if some worked here, a
-% shortcoming with `ednotes.sty' would be that the footnotes can
-% appear on bad pages.
-% -- Now the syntax is:
-% \begin{edtable}{<stdtable>}<args><entries>\end{edtable}
-% -- where <args> and <entries> are usual arguments and entries
-% for <stdtable>. So an example is:
-% \begin{edtable}{tabular}{cc}
-% left upper & right upper \\ left lower & right lower
-% \end{edtable}
-% This produces just what <stdtable> does in an extra line,
-% only adding line numbers in the margin and processing `ednotes'
-% commands in the entries appropriately.
-% (b) Let <stdarray> be an "array environment" like -- standard
-% LaTeX's `array'! "Like" here means (i) ... analogously to
-% <stdtable> above. (ii) "Text" ... oh, sorry, this is not clear
-% to me at present, and I am in a hurry. %% TODO
-% (iii) Nothing from the `amsmath' package seems to work here,
-% sorry, I have tried a lot ... (iv) For standard LaTeX's
-% `eqnarray', it is better to try the `linenomath' environment
-% of `lineno.sty' [with package option `mathlines']. Its
-% modifications in `amsmath' produce (at best) a spurious line
-% number with the `linenomath' environment (up to now).
-% -- Now the syntax is:
-% \begin{edtable}[<$$$>]{<stdarray>}
-% <args><entries>\end{edtable}
-% -- where <args> and <entries> are usual arguments and entries
-% for <stdarray>. <$$$> can be one of `$' or `$$'. Indeed, the
-% <stdtable> syntax above (without [<$$$>]) *does not work*
-% inside $...$ or $$...$$. -- An example:
-% \begin{edtable}[$$]{array}{cc}
-% a_{11} & a_{12} \\ a_{21} & a_{22}
-% \end{edtable}
-% Now, this produces just what <stdarray> does in an extra line
-% etc. as with <stdtable>. However, \linelabel and `ednotes.sty'
-% footnotes may need the `mathrefs' option of `lineno.sty'. For
-% the difference between `[$]' and `[$$]', see below.
-%
-% 2. When working with `ednotes.sty', in
-% \Anote{L1\<L2\>L3}{NOTE}
-% L2 may contain &'s and \\'s, but L1, L3 must not! Analogously
-% for \Bnote, etc., \Anotelabel...\donote..., etc. -- Well this
-% holds for <stdtable>, hardly for <stdarray> ... %% TODO
-%
-% 3. On positioning: You may have wondered about `extra line'
-% above. This means that `edtable' starts a new line at
-% \begin{edtable} and at \end{edtable}. %% TODO: sure!?
-% (a) It should be placed within a `center', `flushleft', or
-% `flushright' environment for proper (vertical) spacing, but
-% also works without. However, with <stdarray> and optional
-% parameter `$$' of `edtable' (i.e., \begin{edtable}[$$]...),
-% you can obtain the usual math display spacing *within a
-% paragraph*; especially, the vertical space is less when the
-% previous line is short ... and so on.
-% (b) Horizontal positioning of line numbers (usually) needs a
-% second run (after changing a table)! %% TODO: automatic warning.
-% (For wizards: It may fail if some of \leftskip, \rightskip,
-% \linewidth, and \@totalleftmargin are used in an unusual way.)
-% A <dimen> register \ETextraoffset is provided whose value is
-% 0pt by default and which additionally moves line numbers
-% to the left (right) if given a positive (negative) value.
-% %% TODO: any use?
-%
-% *Package options:*
-%
-% 1. Option `longtable' adjusts the `longtable' environment
-% defined by David Carlisle's longtable.sty for use with
-% `lineno.sty' and `ednotes.sty'. The option makes `longtable'
-% environments appear with line numbers in the margin, according
-% to `lineno.sty', and process `ednotes.sty' commands if line
-% numbering is active according to `lineno.sty'.
-% [We maintain an alternative package with just this function
-% in a slightly different implementation.] %% -> ulnltab.sty.
-% Lemmas may go across table entries as with `edtable' (see above).
-% ---There might be options like `supertabular' for adjusting
-% other tabular environments that cannot be handled by the
-% `edtable' environment provided here---they have not been
-% implemented yet! %% TODO
-%
-% 2. Option `nolongtablepatch' avoids loading/asking for
-% `ltabptch.sty'. I.e.: according to LaTeX bugs database,
-% tools/3180 and tools/3485, there have been problems with
-% vertical spacing around `longtable' environments. By default
-% the present package loads our `ltabptch.sty' or asks for it.
-% Option `nolongtablepatch' overrides this. This is useful when
-% you don't want to have the patch, especially when you use an
-% "emergency stop" installation of TeX.
-%
-% *Wizard interface:*
-% Macros \@ET@makeLineNumber, \@ET@use@outerhook,
-% \@ET@execute@outerhook, \@ET@ampnotes \@ET@startlinewith,
-% \@ET@trivialize@linelabel are provided as tools for adjusting
-% tabular environments for use with `lineno.sty' and
-% `ednotes.sty'. \@ET@step@linenumber is \let \stepLineNumber
-% (from `lineno.sty'), but could be used as a hook for
-% something different. See Environment `edtable' and Option
-% `longtable' below for examples of application.
-% %% TODO: specification here.
-%
-%
-%% * Acknowledgements: *
-%
-% Stephan I. B"ottcher told us how to do it in extensive discussion
-% and by providing some first code lines. We changed these essentially
-% in some respects, but kept his general ideas and some parts of his
-% macros, the latter even without knowing what we are doing.
-%
-% v1.3 is due to a request by Martin Brandenburg.
-%
-% * Now for internals: *
-%
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
-% 1994/12/01: \newenvironment* etc. %% TODO: more recent needed?
-\ProvidesPackage{edtable}[\filedate\space v\fileversion\space
- arrays with lineno + ednotes (ul)]
-%
-% Alternative ideas for implementation:
-% 1. There is a German package `TABMAC' enhancing `EDMAC' (cf.
-% documentation of `ednotes.sty'). We could have rewritten its
-% macros so it would work with `lineno.sty' and `ednotes.sty'
-% in place of `EDMAC'. [TODO: "tabmac.sty"]
-% 2. We redefine `longtable' by Option `longtable' because
-% there seems to be only one reasonable use of the `longtable'
-% environment in the course of a critical edition. This may be
-% different for environments like `array' and `tabular' which
-% can be used within text lines. Therefore, these environments
-% are not redefined.
-% 3. One might use \everycr, however: (a) it is executed
-% before the first row, (b) it is executed in fake lines that
-% `longtable' uses.
-% 4. As an alternative to \everycr, there is the approach of
-% redefining \cr and \crcr for setting \noalign. This needs
-% redefining \@tabularcr etc.---not nice. We use this approach
-% here for `longtable' which uses a stretching \tabskip.
-% For \tabskip=0pt, we attach line numbers by a template.
-%
-% \RequirePackage{lineno}[2004/10/06]
-% Wanted to check lineno version--causes unknown option error.
-% See LaTeX bug latex/3730.
-
-% Options:
-
-%% TODO: underful page with `longtable.sty'!?
-\let\if@ET@longtable\iffalse % \newif\if@ET@longtable@
-\DeclareOption{longtable}{\let\if@ET@longtable\iftrue}
-\let\if@ET@ltabptch\iftrue
-\DeclareOption{nolongtablepatch}{\let\if@ET@ltabptch\iffalse}
-\ProcessOptions
-
-% Redefine \longtable if option:
-\if@ET@longtable
- % Stephan's direction for attaching a line number to each row
- % is using \noalign in the course of \\.
- % However, (1) the user should not worry about closing the table
- % with \\ or without, and (2) the line number thing should not
- % happen twice if \\ is the last token before \end{longtable}.
- % Our solution: attach something to the beginning of \endlongtable
- % which attaches line number unless an unsucceeded \\ has done it.
- % This thing is activated by each row start and turned off by \\.
- % Since the switch at row start may happen to be in a pbox,
- % let it act globally on \endlongtable. (The \crcr at the beginning
- % of \endlongtable must not be changed directly, since original
- % \crcr may be required in table entries using \oalign etc.)
- %
- \RequirePackage{longtable}%
-% \IfFileExists{longtable.sty}{\RequirePackage{longtable}}%
-% {\RequirePackage{longtabl}}%
-% For Atari problem, it suffices to rename `longtable.sty'
-% into `longtabl.sty'.
-%
-% Patch for tools/3180 and tools/3485 of LaTeX bug database:
- \if@ET@ltabptch
- \IfFileExists{ltabptch.sty}{\RequirePackage{ltabptch}}{%
- \PackageError{edtable}{%
- ltabptch.sty (for improving spacing around\MessageBreak
- longtable) missing! Be sure to use it always\MessageBreak
- or never!%
- }{%
- To omit ltabptch.sty *and* escape this error,\MessageBreak
- use package option `nolongtablepatch'.%
- }%
- }
- \fi
- \let\@ET@@longtable\longtable
- \def\longtable{%
- \ifLineNumbers
- \expandafter\@ET@longtable
- \else
- \let\@ET@sw@cr\@ET@crcr % ... in \endlongtable.
- \expandafter\@ET@@longtable
- \fi
- }
- \def\@ET@longtable{%
- % Since we have made it anyway, we use the method of redefining
- % \halign for inserting the activating row start as well.
- % However, redefinition must be repeated before every \LT@bchunk.
- % \longtable and \LT@get@withs are good places for this.
- \@ET@startlinewith\@ET@sw@cr@on
- \@ET@trivialize@linelabel
- \@ET@use@outerhook
- \@ET@ampnotes
- \let\LT@tabularcr\@ET@LT@tabularcr
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\LT@get@widths\expandafter
- {\LT@get@widths\@ET@startlinewith\@ET@sw@cr@on}
- % Admittedly, we could make it less of a hack by using @{...}
- % ---we could then leave \LT@get@widths untouched.
- \@ET@@longtable
- }
- \def\@ET@sw@cr@on{\global\let\@ET@sw@cr\@ET@cr@attach}
- % We are hacking a longtable version offering
- % \def\LT@tabularcr{%
- % \relax\iffalse{\fi\ifnum0=`}\fi
- % \@ifstar
- % {\def\crcr{\LT@crcr\noalign{\nobreak}}\let\cr\crcr
- % \LT@t@bularcr}%
- % {\LT@t@bularcr}}
- % We need a redefinition of \cr which is not overridden by \@ifstar:
- \def\@ET@LT@tabularcr{%
- \relax\iffalse{\fi\ifnum0=`}\fi
- \def\cr{\@ET@sw@cr}%
- % So \crcr is affected by change of \@ET@sw@cr, cf. below.
- \let\crcr\cr
- \@ifstar
- {\gdef\@ET@sw@nobreak{\nobreak
- \global\let\@ET@sw@nobreak\relax}%
- % {\def\cr{\@ET@sw@cr\noalign{\nobreak}}\let\cr\crcr
- % Why didn't this work? %% TODO: try shorter again.
- \LT@t@bularcr}%
- \LT@t@bularcr
- % {\let\cr\@ET@sw@cr \let\crcr\cr
- % \LT@t@bularcr}% This accompanied \def\cr... above.
- }
- % Attach \@ET@sw@cr to beginning of \endlongtable:
- \expandafter\def\expandafter\endlongtable\expandafter
- {\expandafter\@ET@sw@cr\endlongtable}
- \def\@ET@cr@attach{% Actually attaching line numbers.
- \@ET@crcr\noalign{% Basically Stephan's approach.
- % If we were not careful, following box containing line number
- % could fool interline glue after longtable, even if tools/3485
- % is repaired in some way. This box should have same depth as
- % the line composed previously.
- \nobreak %% \@ET@ex... might cause page break. 2003/10/30.
- \setbox\z@\@ET@makeLineNumber
- \ht\z@-\prevdepth \dp\z@\prevdepth \box\z@
- \@ET@step@linenumber
- \global\let\@ET@sw@cr\@ET@crcr % ... if called by \\.
- % This also resets the \crcr starting \LT@echunk following
- % \@xargarraycr or \@yargarraycr in \LT@argtabularcr.
- % \let...\relax seems to suffice at well, but in case ...
- \@ET@execute@outerhook %% 2003/10/30.
- \@ET@sw@nobreak
-% \@ET@execute@outerhook
- }%
- }
- \let\@ET@crcr\crcr
- \global\let\@ET@sw@nobreak\relax % Just to remind ...
-\fi
-
-\let\@ET@step@linenumber\stepLineNumber
-% \def\@ET@step@linenumber{\global\advance\c@linenumber\@ne}
-\def\@ET@makeLineNumber{\hb@xt@\z@{\makeLineNumber}}
-%% TODO: export to lineno.sty!?
-% Special \halign:
-% For `array' etc., we insert line numbers by a leftmost template.
-% @{...} in the last argument of `array' etc. is difficult for this
-% since `tabular*' has an additional argument. So we redefine
-% \halign to put something to the right of the next \bgroup.
-% Now, as a macro, \halign would break in an \edef or \xdef.
-% Horribly, this danger has become quite real in longtable.sty's
-% definition of \LT@bchunk. Only its latest version 4.10 has
-% preceded \halign by a \noexpand (for mathtext.sty which
-% redefines \halign as well). We need not rely on such a
-% provision if we let \halign expand to \the<token register>
-% for some token register. However, using \toks@ or \@temptokena
-% is neither very safe---might be filled by macro ahead with
-% something new. So reserve an own token register.
-\newtoks\@ET@toks
-\@ET@toks{\@ET@specialhalign}
-% v1.3: In 'AMSmath', there are \halign's followed by explicit
-% left braces. Thus '\def\@ET@specialhalign#1\bgroup{%' broke.
-%% TODO ...
-\def\@ET@specialhalign{%
- \ifmeasuring@ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
-% v1.3 2005/03/04, for `amsmath'.
- \else \expandafter\@secondoftwo
- \fi
- {\let\halign\@ET@@halign \halign}%
- {\@ifnextchar\bgroup\@ET@replace@arg\@ET@sphalign@to}}
-%% TODO: change back, commenting out code above, report
-%% error with `alignat'.
-% \@ifnextchar\bgroup\@ET@replace@arg\@ET@sphalign@to}
-% If `amsmath' not loaded (v1.3):
-\AtBeginDocument{\@ifundefined{measuring@true}{%
- \let\ifmeasuring@\iffalse}\relax}
-\def\@ET@replace@arg#1{%
- \def\@EN@tempa{#1}\def\@EN@tempb{\bgroup}% Corr. after v1.3b.
- \ifx\@EN@tempa\@EN@tempb
- \def\@EN@tempa{\@ET@sphalign@to\bgroup}%
- \else
- \def\@EN@tempa{\@ET@sphalign@to{#1}}%
-% This may be wrong, #1 might be `t' from `to' ...
- \fi
- \@EN@tempa}
-\def\@ET@sphalign@to#1\bgroup{%
- \let\halign\@ET@@halign % Reset for nested arrays.
- \halign#1\bgroup
-% \ifmeasuring@\else % For `amsmath', moved backwards.
- \@ET@startline % [Wizard interface, via \@ET@starlinewith.]
-% \fi
-}
-% Wizard interface:
-\def\@ET@startlinewith{% Next token precedes preamble.
-% \let\@ET@@halign\halign % Or \AtBeginDocument?
-% ... indeed: bad loop with long longtable (\LT@get@widths!?)
- \def\halign{\the\@ET@toks}%
- \let\@ET@startline
-}
-\AtBeginDocument{\let\@ET@@halign\halign}
-% Or save it at start of environment only
-% (don't repeat inside longtable).
-%
-% Outer hook for inserts: (wizard interface)
-\def\@ET@execute@outerhook{% To be placed outside inner mode.
- \@ET@outerhook \global\let\@ET@outerhook\@empty
-}
-\global\let\@ET@outerhook\@empty % Just to remind: global!
-% \@EN@hookfn (ednotes) sends to outer hook:
-\def\@ET@use@outerhook{% Wizard interface.
- \def\@EN@hookfn{\g@addto@macro\@ET@outerhook}%
-}%% TODO: move last line to `ednotes', \let\@ET@use...\@empty.
-%% But this requires re-installing both packages
-%% at the same time. See the `ampnotes' thing as well.
-%
-% Trivialize \linelabel: (wizard interface)
-\def\@ET@trivialize@linelabel{\let\linelabel\@ET@linelabel}
-\def\@ET@linelabel{%
- \protected@edef\@currentlabel{\theLineNumber}%
- \label
-}
-% Change ampersand at \Anote etc.: (wizard interface)
-%% 2003/10/31.
-% & is changed by \Anote etc. No \begin...\endgroup,
-% next \\ or & after % note/donote command switches back.
-% ---Global change seems to break table setup.
-\begingroup
-\gdef\@ET@hideamps{\catcode`\&\active}
-\@ET@hideamps
-\gdef\@ET@ampnotes{%
- \let&\@ET@hideamp
- %% & would be undefined after \\ in lemma.
- \let\@ET@EN@rnote\@EN@note
- \def\@EN@note{\@ET@hideamps\@ET@EN@rnote}%
- \let\@ET@EN@rnotelb\@EN@notelabel
- \def\@EN@notelabel{\@ET@hideamps\@ET@EN@rnotelb}%
-}
-%% TODO: & and \\ in \@EN@lemmaexpands!?
-\endgroup
-\def\@ET@hideamp{&}
-
-\newenvironment*{edtable}[2][]{%
-% #1 $ or $$, #2 standard environment name.
-%% TODO: star version!? cf. lineno.sty's `numquote'.
- \def\@ET@mode{#1}%
- \def\@ET@currenvir{#2}%
- \ifhmode \ifnum\the\lastpenalty=-\@M\else
-% \par must be executed for printing/stopping line numbers:
- \@centercr\relax \noindent
- \fi \fi
- \ifvmode \noindent \fi % Otherwise linenumbers are indented
-% -- however, not recommended.
- \@ET@use@outerhook
- \@ET@trivialize@linelabel
- \@ET@ampnotes
- \@ET@startlinewith\@ET@normal@startline
- \global\advance\c@linenumber\m@ne % Stepping correction.
-% (Must come after closing previous paragraph.)
-% Calculate offset:
- \global\advance\c@ET@array\@ne
-% Saving/calling width of table (`longtable's algorithm).
-% Test if there is \@flushglue on the left (center or flushleft):
- \edef\@EN@tempa{\the\@flushglue}%
-% ... v1.3: fool this for "$$".
- \in@{$$}{#1\@nil}% \in@{#1}{#2} searches #1 in #2#1 ...
- \edef\@EN@tempb{\the\ifin@\@flushglue\else\leftskip\fi}%
- \ifx\@EN@tempa\@EN@tempb
-% Assume \@ET@offset is 0pt else here.
- \@ET@offset\linewidth
- \advance\@ET@offset-%
- \@ifundefined\@ET@arraywidth@csn % Shortened for v1.3.
- {\linewidth\G@refundefinedtrue
- \PackageWarningNoLine{edtab}{^^JLine numbers at
- \@ET@currenvir\space need \jobname.aux}}%
- {\csname\@ET@arraywidth@csn\endcsname}%
-% Test if \@flushglue on the right (center):
-% ... v1.3: fool it again. Repeat \in@ in case ...
- \in@{$$}{#1\@nil}%
- \edef\@EN@tempb{\the\ifin@\@flushglue\else\rightskip\fi}%
- \ifx\@EN@tempa\@EN@tempb \divide\@ET@offset\tw@ \fi
- \fi
- \advance\@ET@offset\@totalleftmargin
- \advance\@ET@offset\ETextraoffset % Offset ready.
- \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox\bgroup
-% v1.3: `alignat' complains later when this is \vbox instead.
-% \vbox\bgroup % Tried in vain.
- \ifx\@ET@mode\@empty\else $\fi
- \csname#2\endcsname
-}{%
- \csname end\@ET@currenvir \endcsname
- \ifx\@ET@mode\@empty\else $\fi
- \egroup
- \@ET@step@linenumber % Stepping correction.
- \if@filesw
- \immediate\write\@auxout{%
- \gdef\expandafter\noexpand
- \csname\@ET@arraywidth@csn\endcsname
- {\the\wd\@tempboxa}}%
-%% TODO: warning if changed!?
- \fi
-% No automatic line number at array line:
- \nolinenumbers
- \@ET@mode\ensuremath{\vcenter{\box\@tempboxa}}\@ET@mode % v1.3.
- \@ET@execute@outerhook
- \ifhmode \@centercr\relax \fi
-% \par must be executed for proper restart of printing line numbers
-% (think so).
- \@endpetrue % Outside \@flushglue environment, avoid indent ahead.
-%% TODO: slightly change for math mode around? Or give an error
-%% in math mode.
-}
-%% TODO: make \edtable \outer!?
-\def\@ET@normal@startline{%
- \@ET@step@linenumber
- \llap{\@ET@makeLineNumber \hskip\@ET@offset}%
-}
-\newdimen\@ET@offset
-\newdimen\ETextraoffset
-%% TODO: export to lineno.sty!?
-\newcount\c@ET@array
-\def\@ET@arraywidth@csn{ET@a@\romannumeral\c@ET@array}
-%
-%% TODO: .dtx
-\endinput
-
-%% VERSION HISTORY:
-v0.22 2003/01/13 First version, named `edtab02.sty', sent around,
- together with ednotes.sty.
-v0.23 2003/01/22 Added version history.
-v0.24 2003/01/27 Copyright notice.
-%%% v0.3 2003/03/03 Requires linenox0.sty. %% RETREATED
-%% TODO: reconsider, see `lineno[x].sty'.
-v0.25 2003/03/05 Added <ednotes.sty@web.de>.
-v0.26 2003/03/23 Added \@ET@startlinewith to wizard command list;
- moved redefinition \LT@get@widths from option code
- into \@ET@longtable so this really happens in
- line number mode only; moved \let\@ET@@halign\halign
- from \@ET@startlinewith to \AtBeginDocument.
-v0.27 2003/06/02 Added \ifvmode \noindent \fi to `edtable' definition;
- 2003/06/10 added `lemma cannot run' to instructions.
-v0.28 2003/10/31 \@ET@cr@attach: moved \@ET@execu..., added \nobreak.
- Added \@ET@ampnotes and documentation: now working
- across entries.
-v1.0 2004/05/13 `ednotes.sty' etc., updated copyright. Renamed as
- `edtable.sty' for TUGboat article.
- \RequirePackage{lineno}, changed doc. accordingly.
- Removed `may be released under different name'.
-v1.10 2004/07/27 Looking for `longtabl.sty' for my Atari!
- 2004/08/22 Added warning (screen/documentation) concerning
- ltabptch.sty.
- 2004/08/23 Added suggestion of option `nolongtablepatch';
- LPPL v1.3.
-v1.2 2004/08/31 Rearranged preamble concerning maintenance,
- removed `preliminary release'.
- 2004/10/06 \newif -> \let...; option `nolongtablepatch';
- changed documentation accordingly and for
- loading edtable.sty by lineno/ednotes option;
- \let\@ET@step@linenumber\stepLineNumber; use
- \ifLineNumbers.
- 2004/10/07 Needed version numbers.
- 2004/10/08 ltabptch warning -> error!
- 2004/10/11 Disabled \RequirePackage{lineno}[...]; undid
- the `longtabl.sty' thing from 2004/07/27.
- 2004/10/12 latex/3730.
-v1.2a 2004/11/07 LPPL v1.3a.
-v1.2b 2005/01/10 Contact via http.
-v1.3b 2005/03/04 Support for environments like `array'
- environment. The description of `edtable' was
- wrong in this respect!
-v1.3 2005/03/07 Adaptations in documentation, and extended usage
- instructions very much, correcting some
- errors as well. Acknowledgement to M. B.
-v1.3a 2005/03/09 Corrected numbering in `usage'.
-v1.3c 2005/03/15 \@centercr\relax, TODO on math mode.
- 2005/04/09 `editory' -> `editorial'.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/fnlineno.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/fnlineno.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index f2b7f47632..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/fnlineno.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/lineno.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/lineno.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 725b602f12..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/lineno.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/lnosuppl.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/lnosuppl.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index dd49cf07be..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/lnosuppl.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/lnosuppl.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/lnosuppl.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 98088f25a0..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/lnosuppl.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
-%% LNoSuppl.tex -- U.L.
-\ProvidesFile{lnosuppl.tex}
- [2011/02/16 documenting supplementary files]
-\title{\LARGE \bf Supplementary files belonging \\
- to the \textit{lineno.sty} distribution \\[1ex]
- \normalfont \Large
- Lazy \texttt{ASCII}\,$\to$\,\texttt{PDF} listings}
-\author{Uwe L\"uck}
-\documentclass[10pt]{article}
-\usepackage{verbatim}
-%% hyperref settings from makedoc.cfg 2011/02/14:
-\RequirePackage{ifpdf}
-\usepackage[%
- \ifpdf
-% bookmarks=false, %% 2010/12/22
-% bookmarksnumbered,
- bookmarksopen, %% 2011/01/24!?
- bookmarksopenlevel=2, %% 2011/01/23
-% pdfpagemode=UseNone,
-% pdfstartpage=10,
-% pdfstartview=FitH,
- citebordercolor={ .6 1 .6},
- filebordercolor={1 .6 1},
- linkbordercolor={1 .9 .7},
- urlbordercolor={ .7 1 1}, %% playing 2011/01/24
- \else
- draft
- \fi
-]{hyperref}
-\usepackage{hypertoc}
-\pagestyle{headings}
-\newcommand*{\cs}[1]{\texttt{\char"5C#1}}
-\newcommand*{\lcurl}[2][]{%% `mirror', \url #2 2011/02/14
- \texttt{#2}\footnote{%
- \url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/#1#2}}}
-\newcommand*{\Verbatiminput}[1]{%% 2011/02/14
- \small\verbatiminput{#1}\normalsize}
-\makeatletter
-\newcommand*{\notinaux}[1]{%
- \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect #1%
- \else
- \ifdim\lastskip>\z@\ignorespaces\fi
- \fi}
-\makeatother
-\begin{document}
-\maketitle
-\section*{Preface}
-
-\texttt{lineno.sty} is a macro package made by
-Stephan~I.~B\"ottcher for attaching line numbers to
-\LaTeX\ documents. Some people have used it for revising
-submittings in collaboration with referees or co-authors.
-Documentations are nowadays preferred to be in
-Adobe's \texttt{PDF}---so \texttt{lineno.sty}'s
-documentation is \lcurl[lineno/]{lineno.pdf}.
-
-\texttt{ednotes.sty} uses \texttt{lineno.sty} for critical
-editions, combining it with Alexander~I.~Rozhenko's
-\texttt{manyfoot.sty}---this was Christian Tapp's idea,
-who then hired me for adding the \TeX nical details.
-In doing this, I had to change some internals of
-\texttt{lineno.sty}, so Stephan transferred maintenance
-to me; then some of my macro files that I originally had
-made for \texttt{ednotes.sty} wandered into the
-\texttt{lineno} directory of CTAN---because they turned
-out not to need \texttt{ednotes.sty},
-just to work as extensions of \texttt{lineno.sty}\,.
-
-Now, I haven't had the time for making \texttt{.dtx} versions
-of the \texttt{.sty} files for \texttt{ednotes}.
-Therefore, ordinary \texttt{.pdf} documentation for
-the remaining \texttt{.sty} files of \texttt{lineno}
-is missing.
-What you see here is nothing but a somewhat structured listing
-of the additional \texttt{.txt} and \texttt{.sty} files in
-\texttt{PDF}, deriving from the \texttt{verbatim} package and
-its \cs{verbatiminput} command. I hope the high quality
-(scalable) output is worth it.
-
-By contrast, the new package \texttt{fnlineno.sty} added in 2011 for
-footnote line numbers is documented in \lcurl[lineno/]{fnlineno.pdf}
-in high quality, using the \lcurl{nicetext} bundle.
-
-\leavevmode\hfill \textit{U.\,L.}
-
-\newpage
-\tableofcontents
-
-\section{The \texttt{.txt} files}
-\subsection{Summary: \texttt{README.txt}}
-\verbatiminput{README.txt}
-\subsection{Licenses/Copyright: \texttt{COPYING.txt}}
-\verbatiminput{COPYING.txt}
-\subsection{Update summaries: \texttt{CHANGEs.txt}}
-\verbatiminput{CHANGEs.txt}
-%% rm. 2011/02/16:
-% \subsection{Files and subdirectories: \texttt{FILEs.txt}}
-% \verbatiminput{FILEs.txt}
-\subsection{Source file infos: \texttt{SRCFILEs.txt}}
-\verbatiminput{SRCFILEs.txt}
-
-\section{Tabular and array environments}
-\texttt{lineno.sty}'s package options \texttt{edtable},
-\texttt{longtable}, and \texttt{nolongtablepatch}
-redefine \LaTeX\ tabular and array environments
-such that \texttt{lineno} and \texttt{ednotes} commands
-can be used inside. The code for these options resides
-in separate files at present. We are listing them here.
-\subsection{\texttt{edtable.sty}}
-\verbatiminput{edtable.sty}
-\subsection{\texttt{ltabptch.sty}}
-\verbatiminput{ltabptch.sty}
-
-\section{\cs{linelabel} and notes from \textit{math} mode:
- \notinaux{\\} \texttt{ednmath0.sty}}
-\verbatiminput{ednmath0.sty}
-
-\section{Extended line number references: \texttt{vplref.sty}}
-\texttt{vplref.sty} is input through the \texttt{lineno}
-package option \texttt{addpageno}. This adds page numbers
-to line number references to distant sides---using the
-\texttt{varioref} package from the \LaTeX\ distribution.
-\verbatiminput{vplref.sty}
-
-\end{document}
-
-end of LNoSuppl.tex
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/fnlineno.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/source/fnlineno.tex
index 15ff24a436..2aa81de8d6 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/fnlineno.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/source/fnlineno.tex
@@ -1,16 +1,17 @@
-\ProvidesFile{fnlineno.tex}[2011/02/14 documenting fnlineno.sty (UL)]
-\title{\textsf{fnlineno.sty}\\---\\Numbering Footnote Lines\thanks{This
+\ProvidesFile{fnlineno.tex}
+ [2011/02/14 documenting fnlineno.sty (UL)]
+\title{\textsf{fnlineno.sty}\\---\\Numbering Footnote Lines\thanks{This
document %%% manual %% 2010/12/28
- describes version
- \textcolor{blue}{\UseVersionOf{fnlineno.sty}}
+ describes version
+ \textcolor{blue}{\UseVersionOf{fnlineno.sty}}
of \textsf{fnlineno.sty} as of \UseDateOf{fnlineno.sty}.}}
% \listfiles %% 2010/12/22
-{ \RequirePackage{makedoc}[2010/12/20] \ProcessLineMessage{}
+{ \RequirePackage{makedoc}[2010/12/20] \ProcessLineMessage{}
\MakeJobDoc{19}{\SectionLevelThreeParseInput} %% 2010/12/16
}
\documentclass{article}%% TODO paper dimensions!?
\input{makedoc.cfg} %% shared formatting settings
-\newcommand*{\lt}{<} \newcommand*{\gt}{>} %% 2010/12/22
+%% 2022/07/30 \newcommand*{\lt}{<} \newcommand*{\gt}{>} %% 2010/12/22
\providecommand*{\strong}{\textbf} %% 2010/12/15
\ReadPackageInfos{fnlineno}
\usepackage{color}
@@ -23,50 +24,50 @@
\begin{document}
\maketitle
\begin{abstract}\noindent
-'fnlineno.sty' extends
-% Stephan~I. B\"ottcher's
+'fnlineno.sty' extends
+% Stephan~I. B\"ottcher's
\CtanPkgRef{lineno}{lineno.sty}\urlpkgfoot{lineno}
-(created by Stephan~I. B\"ottcher)
-such that even
+(created by Stephan~I. B\"ottcher)
+such that even
`\footnote' %% `\' 2010/12/09
-lines are numbered and can be referred to
-using `\linelabel', `\ref', etc.
+lines are numbered and can be referred to
+using `\linelabel', `\ref', etc.
%% rm. 2011/02/09:
-% Version v0.5 aims at working as a user expects
+% Version v0.5 aims at working as a user expects
% (just cf.~``Limitations"), otherwise please complain!
-Making the package was motivated as support for
+Making the package was motivated as support for
\emph{critical editions}
-% of scientific work from an age when footnotes
-% were a standard in publishing in print,
+% of scientific work from an age when footnotes
+% were a standard in publishing in print,
%% <- 2011/02/09 ->
-of \emph{printed works with footnotes}
-as opposed to scholarly critical editions of \emph{manuscripts.}
+of \emph{printed works with footnotes}
+as opposed to scholarly critical editions of \emph{manuscripts.}
For this purpose, an extension 'edfnotes' of the \ctanpkgref{ednotes}
-package for critical editions, building on 'fnlineno', is provided
+package for critical editions, building on 'fnlineno', is provided
by the \textit{ednotes} bundle.\urlfoot{CtanPkgRef}{ednotes}
-'lineno.sty' has also been used for the revision process
-of \emph{submissions.}
-With 'fnlineno.sty', reference to footnotes
-in the submitted work may become possible.
+'lineno.sty' has also been used for the revision process
+of \emph{submissions.}
+With 'fnlineno.sty', reference to footnotes
+in the submitted work may become possible.
%% rm. 2011/02/09:
-% Another standalone package 'finstrut' is described.
+% Another standalone package 'finstrut' is described.
As to \emph{implementation:} %% 2011/02/14
-1.~Some included tools for
-\emph{storing and restoring global settings}
-may be ``exported" as standalone packages later.
-2.~The method of typesetting footnotes on the main vertical list
-may later lead to applying the line numbering method to
-several \emph{parallel} texts (with footnotes) and to
+1.~Some included tools for
+\emph{storing and restoring global settings}
+may be ``exported" as standalone packages later.
+2.~The method of typesetting footnotes on the main vertical list
+may later lead to applying the line numbering method to
+several \emph{parallel} texts (with footnotes) and to
`inner' material such as table cells.
%% <- 2011/02/14 ->
% \dots
%% new 2011/02/09:
\smallskip\noindent
-\strong{Keywords:}\quad line numbers; footnotes, pagewise,
+\strong{Keywords:}\quad line numbers; footnotes, pagewise,
critical editions, revision
\end{abstract}
\tableofcontents
@@ -82,9 +83,10 @@ VERSION HISTORY
2010/12/08 for v0.1 very first
2010/12/09 for v0.2 moved much to .sty
2010/12/15 for v0.4 \strong
-2010/12/16 \SectionLevelThree...
+2010/12/16 \SectionLevelThree...
2010/12/22ff. beginparpenalty varied
2010/12/28 for v0.5 abstract extended
2011/02/09 removing `finstrut'; mention `edfnotes'
2011/02/10 using \urlpkgfoot etc.
2011/02/14 abstract modified
+2022/07/30 comment out \lt, \gt commands
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/lineno.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/source/lineno.tex
index e2530c0e07..7e706e6bec 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/lineno.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/source/lineno.tex
@@ -1,23 +1,24 @@
-\def\fileversion{v4.41} \def\filedate{2005/11/02}
+\def\fileversion{v5.0} \def\filedate{2022/07/30}
-\title{\texttt{\itshape
-lineno.sty \ \fileversion\ \filedate
+\title{\texttt{\itshape
+lineno.sty \ \fileversion\ \filedate
\unskip}\\\ \\
-A \LaTeX\ package to attach
+A \LaTeX\ package to attach
\\ line numbers to paragraphs
-\unskip}\author{%
-Stephan I. B\"ottcher
-\\ Uwe L\"uck
-\unskip}\date{%
-boettcher@physik.uni-kiel.de
-\\ http://contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu
+\unskip}\author{%
+Stephan I. B\"ottcher
+\\ Uwe L\"uck
+\unskip}\date{%
+boettcher@physik.uni-kiel.de
+\\ http://contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu
\\}
\documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}%D
-\usepackage{lineno}%D
-\catcode`\_\active\let_~
-\def~{\verb~}
-\let\lessthan<
+\usepackage{lineno}%D
+\usepackage{hyperref}%D
+\catcode`\_\active\let_~
+\def~{\verb~}
+\let\lessthan<
\catcode`\<\active
\def<#1>{$\langle${\itshape#1}\/$\rangle$}
\catcode`\|\active
@@ -29,7 +30,7 @@ boettcher@physik.uni-kiel.de
\footnotesize
\def\linenumberfont
{\normalfont\tiny\itshape}}
-{}
+{}
{\makeatletter \gdef\scs#1{\texttt
{\protect\@backslashchar#1}}}
\def\old{\par\footnotesize}
@@ -40,22 +41,22 @@ boettcher@physik.uni-kiel.de
\begin{document}%D
\pagewiselinenumbers
-\maketitle
+\maketitle
\pagestyle{headings}
\tableofcontents
\sloppy
\section{%
-Introductions
+Introductions
\unskip}
-(New v4.00) Parts of former first section
-have been rendered separate subsections for package
-version_v4.00. (/New v4.00)
+(New v4.00) Parts of former first section
+have been rendered separate subsections for package
+version_v4.00. (/New v4.00)
-\subsection{%
+\subsection{%
Introduction to versions $\textrm{v}\lessthan4$
-\unskip}
+\unskip}
This package provides line numbers on paragraphs.
After \TeX\ has broken a paragraph into lines there will
@@ -80,8 +81,8 @@ transcriptions of interviews. This allows her to
precisely refer to passages in the text. It works well
together with ~\marginpar~s, but not too well with displaymath.
~\footnote~s are a problem, especially when they
-are split, but we may get there.
-(New v4.00 UL) Version v4.00 overcomes the problem, I believe.
+are split, but we may get there.
+(New v4.00 UL) Version v4.00 overcomes the problem, I believe.
(/UL /New v4.00)
lineno.sty works
@@ -92,151 +93,151 @@ please tell me, and if it does not, tell me as
well, so I can try to fix it.
\subsection{%
-Introduction to versions v4.00ff. (UL)
+Introduction to versions v4.00ff. (UL)
\unskip}
~lineno.sty~ has been maintained by Stephan until version_v3.14.
-From version_v4.00 onwards, maintenance is shifting towards
-Uwe L\"uck (UL), who is the author of v4\dots code and of v4\dots
-changes in documentation. This came about as follows.
+From version_v4.00 onwards, maintenance is shifting towards
+Uwe L\"uck (UL), who is the author of v4\dots code and of v4\dots
+changes in documentation. This came about as follows.
-Since late 2002, Christian Tapp and Uwe L\"uck have employed
-~lineno.sty~ for their ~ednotes.sty~, a package supporting
+Since late 2002, Christian Tapp and Uwe L\"uck have employed
+~lineno.sty~ for their ~ednotes.sty~, a package supporting
critical editions---cf.
-\[\mbox{\tt
-http://ednotes.sty.de.vu
+\[\mbox{\tt
+http://ednotes.sty.de.vu
\unskip}\]
----while you find ~ednotes.sty~ and surrounding files in
+---while you find ~ednotes.sty~ and surrounding files in
CTAN folder \path{macros/latex/contrib/ednotes}.
-Soon, some weaknesses of ~lineno.sty~ showed up, mainly since
-Christian's critical editions (using ~ednotes.sty~) needed lots
-of ~\linelabel~s and footnotes. (These weaknesses are due to
-weaknesses of \LaTeX's ~\marginpar~ mechanism that Stephan
-used for ~\linelabel~.) So we changed some ~lineno.sty~
-definitions in some extra files, which moreover offered new
-features. We sent these files to Stephan, hoping he would take
-the changes into ~lineno.sty~. However, he was too short of time.
-
-Writing a TUGboat article on Ednotes in 2004, we hoped to
-reduce the number of files in the Ednotes bundle and so asked
-Stephan again. Now he generously offered maintenance to me, so
-I could execute the changes on my own.
-
-The improvements are as follows:
-\begin{itemize}\item
-[(i)] Footnotes placement approaches intentions better
-(footnotes formerly liked to pile up at late pages).
-\item
-[(ii)] The number of ~\linelabel~s in one paragraph is no longer
-limited to 18.
-\item
-[(iii)] ~\pagebreak~, ~\nopagebreak~, ~\vspace~, and the star
-and optional versions of ~\\~ work as one would expect
+Soon, some weaknesses of ~lineno.sty~ showed up, mainly since
+Christian's critical editions (using ~ednotes.sty~) needed lots
+of ~\linelabel~s and footnotes. (These weaknesses are due to
+weaknesses of \LaTeX's ~\marginpar~ mechanism that Stephan
+used for ~\linelabel~.) So we changed some ~lineno.sty~
+definitions in some extra files, which moreover offered new
+features. We sent these files to Stephan, hoping he would take
+the changes into ~lineno.sty~. However, he was too short of time.
+
+Writing a TUGboat article on Ednotes in 2004, we hoped to
+reduce the number of files in the Ednotes bundle and so asked
+Stephan again. Now he generously offered maintenance to me, so
+I could execute the changes on my own.
+
+The improvements are as follows:
+\begin{itemize}\item
+[(i)] Footnotes placement approaches intentions better
+(footnotes formerly liked to pile up at late pages).
+\item
+[(ii)] The number of ~\linelabel~s in one paragraph is no longer
+limited to 18.
+\item
+[(iii)] ~\pagebreak~, ~\nopagebreak~, ~\vspace~, and the star
+and optional versions of ~\\~ work as one would expect
(section_\ref{s:MVadj}). %% Added for v4.1
-\item
-[(iv)] A command is offered which chooses the first line number
-to be printed in the margin
+\item
+[(iv)] A command is offered which chooses the first line number
+to be printed in the margin
(subsection_\ref{ss:Mod}). %% Added for v4.1
-\item
-[(v)] (New v4.1) \LaTeX\ tabular environments (optionally)
-get line numbers as well, and you can refer to them in the
-usual automatic way. (It may be considered a shortcoming that,
-precisely, \emph{rows} are numbered, not lines.---See
-subsection_\ref{ss:Tab}.)
-\item
-[(vi)] We are moving towards referring to math items
-(subsection_\ref{ss:MathRef} and the hooks in
-subsection_\ref{ss:LL}).
-(/New v4.1)
+\item
+[(v)] (New v4.1) \LaTeX\ tabular environments (optionally)
+get line numbers as well, and you can refer to them in the
+usual automatic way. (It may be considered a shortcoming that,
+precisely, \emph{rows} are numbered, not lines.---See
+subsection_\ref{ss:Tab}.)
+\item
+[(vi)] We are moving towards referring to math items
+(subsection_\ref{ss:MathRef} and the hooks in
+subsection_\ref{ss:LL}).
+(/New v4.1)
\end{itemize}
(Thanks to Stephan for making this possible!)
-Ednotes moreover profits from Stephan's offer with regard
-to the documentation of our code which yielded these
-improvements formerly. This documentation now becomes
-printable, being part of the ~lineno.sty~ documentation.
-
-Of course, Stephan's previous ~lineno.sty~ versions were a great
-and ingenious work and exhibit greatest \TeX pertise. I never
-could have done this. I learnt a lot in studying the code when
-Christian pointed out strange output results and error
-messages, and there are still large portions of ~lineno.sty~
-which I don't understand (consider only pagewise numbering of
-lines). Fortunately, Stephan has offered future help if
-needed.---My code for attaching line numbers to \emph{tabular
-environments} (as mentioned above, now still in
+Ednotes moreover profits from Stephan's offer with regard
+to the documentation of our code which yielded these
+improvements formerly. This documentation now becomes
+printable, being part of the ~lineno.sty~ documentation.
+
+Of course, Stephan's previous ~lineno.sty~ versions were a great
+and ingenious work and exhibit greatest \TeX pertise. I never
+could have done this. I learnt a lot in studying the code when
+Christian pointed out strange output results and error
+messages, and there are still large portions of ~lineno.sty~
+which I don't understand (consider only pagewise numbering of
+lines). Fortunately, Stephan has offered future help if
+needed.---My code for attaching line numbers to \emph{tabular
+environments} (as mentioned above, now still in
~edtable.sty~) %% %% TODO
-developed from macros which Stephan and Christian experimented
-with in December 2002. Stephan built the basics.
-(However, I then became too proud to follow his advice only to
+developed from macros which Stephan and Christian experimented
+with in December 2002. Stephan built the basics.
+(However, I then became too proud to follow his advice only to
use and modify ~longtable.sty~.)
-There are some issues concerning use of counters on which I
-don't agree with Stephan and where I would like to change the
-code if ~lineno.sty~ is ``mine'' as Stephan offered. However,
-Stephan is afraid of compatibility problems from which, in
-particular, his wife could suffer in the near future. So he
-demanded that I change as little as possible for my first
-version. Instead of executing changes that I plan I just offer
-my opinions at the single occasions. I hope to get in touch
-this way with users who consider subtle features vital which I
-consider strange.
-
-On the other hand, the sections on improvements of the
-implementation have been blown up very much and may be tiring
-and litte understandable for mere \emph{users}. These users
-may profit from the present presentation just by jumping to
-sections_\ref{s:Opts} and_\ref{s:UserCmds}. There is a user's
-guide ulineno.tex which may be even more helpful, but it has
+There are some issues concerning use of counters on which I
+don't agree with Stephan and where I would like to change the
+code if ~lineno.sty~ is ``mine'' as Stephan offered. However,
+Stephan is afraid of compatibility problems from which, in
+particular, his wife could suffer in the near future. So he
+demanded that I change as little as possible for my first
+version. Instead of executing changes that I plan I just offer
+my opinions at the single occasions. I hope to get in touch
+this way with users who consider subtle features vital which I
+consider strange.
+
+On the other hand, the sections on improvements of the
+implementation have been blown up very much and may be tiring
+and litte understandable for mere \emph{users}. These users
+may profit from the present presentation just by jumping to
+sections_\ref{s:Opts} and_\ref{s:UserCmds}. There is a user's
+guide ulineno.tex which may be even more helpful, but it has
not been updated for a while. %% TODO
\subsection{%
-Availability
+Availability
\unskip}
-In case you have found the present file otherwise than from
-CTAN: A recent version and documentation of this package
-should be available from CTAN folder
+In case you have found the present file otherwise than from
+CTAN: A recent version and documentation of this package
+should be available from CTAN folder
\path{macros/latex/contrib/lineno}.
-Or mail to one of the addresses at top of file.
+Or mail to one of the addresses at top of file.
-\subsection{%
+\subsection{%
Introductory code
\unskip}
This style option is written for \LaTeXe, November 1994 or later,
-since we need the ~\protected@write~ macro.
+since we need the ~\protected@write~ macro.
-(New v4.00) And we use ~\newcommand*~ for
-controlling length of user macro arguments, which has been
-available since December 1994.
+(New v4.00) And we use ~\newcommand*~ for
+controlling length of user macro arguments, which has been
+available since December 1994.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
-\ProvidesPackage{lineno}
- [\filedate\space line numbers on paragraphs \fileversion]
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+\ProvidesPackage{lineno}
+ [\filedate\space line numbers on paragraphs \fileversion]
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(/New v4.00)
+(/New v4.00)
\section{%
Put the line numbers to the lines
\unskip}
-(New v4.00) This section contained the most
-basic package code previously. For various purposes of
-version_4\dots, much of these basics have been to be modified.
-Much of my (UL's) reasoning on these modifications has been to
-be reported. Sorry, the present section has been blown up
-awfully thus and contains ramifications that may be difficult
-to trace. We add some ~\subsection~ commands in order to cope
-with the new situation. (/New v4.00)
+(New v4.00) This section contained the most
+basic package code previously. For various purposes of
+version_4\dots, much of these basics have been to be modified.
+Much of my (UL's) reasoning on these modifications has been to
+be reported. Sorry, the present section has been blown up
+awfully thus and contains ramifications that may be difficult
+to trace. We add some ~\subsection~ commands in order to cope
+with the new situation. (/New v4.00)
-\subsection{%
+\subsection{%
Basic code of \texttt{lineno.sty} \scs{output}
-\unskip}\label{ss:output}
+\unskip}\label{ss:output}
The line numbers have to be attached by the output
routine. We simply set the ~\interlinepenalty~ to $-100000$.
@@ -245,31 +246,31 @@ paragraph, except the last, where we trigger by ~\par~.
The ~\linenopenalty~ is small enough to compensate a bunch of
penalties (e.g., with ~\samepage~).
-(New v3.04) Longtable uses
-~\penalty~$-30000$. The lineno penalty range was
+(New v3.04) Longtable uses
+~\penalty~$-30000$. The lineno penalty range was
shrunk to $-188000 \dots -32000$. (/New v3.04)
-(New v4.00) New values are listed below (11111f.). (/New v4.00)
+(New v4.00) New values are listed below (11111f.). (/New v4.00)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\newcount\linenopenalty\linenopenalty=-100000
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(UL) Hm. It is never needed below
-that this is a counter. ~\def\linenopenalty{-100000\relax}~
-would do. (I guess this consumes more memory, but it
-is more important to save counters than to save memory.)
-I was frightened by ~-\linenopenalty~ below, but indeed
-\TeX\ interprets the string ~--100000~ as 100000.
-Has any user or extension package writer ever called
-~\linenopenalty=xxx~, or could I really change this?---The
-counter is somewhat faster than the macro. Together with the
-compatibility question this seems to support keeping the
-counter. (???)
-(/UL)
+(UL) Hm. It is never needed below
+that this is a counter. ~\def\linenopenalty{-100000\relax}~
+would do. (I guess this consumes more memory, but it
+is more important to save counters than to save memory.)
+I was frightened by ~-\linenopenalty~ below, but indeed
+\TeX\ interprets the string ~--100000~ as 100000.
+Has any user or extension package writer ever called
+~\linenopenalty=xxx~, or could I really change this?---The
+counter is somewhat faster than the macro. Together with the
+compatibility question this seems to support keeping the
+counter. (???)
+(/UL)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\mathchardef\linenopenaltypar=32000
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-So let's make a hook to ~\output~, the direct way. The \LaTeX\
+So let's make a hook to ~\output~, the direct way. The \LaTeX\
macro ~\@reinserts~ puts the footnotes back on the page.
(New v3.01) ~\@reinserts~ badly
@@ -279,7 +280,7 @@ top part will be put back there after the bottom
part. Thus, since lineno.sty does not play well
with ~\inserts~ anyway, we can safely experiment
with ~\holdinginserts~, without making things
-much worse.
+much worse.
Or that's what I thought, but: Just activating
~\holdinginserts~ while doing the ~\par~ will
@@ -294,9 +295,9 @@ break, then we reset ~\holdinginserts~ and
restart ~\output~.
Then, again, how do we keep the remaining
-~\inserts~ while doing further line numbers?
+~\inserts~ while doing further line numbers?
-If we find ~\holdinginserts~=$-3$ we activate it again
+If we find ~\holdinginserts~=$-3$ we activate it again
after doing ~\output~. (/New v3.01)
(New v3.02) To work with
@@ -305,48 +306,48 @@ called indirectly, instead of being replaced.
When multicol.sty changes ~\output~, it is a
toks register, not the real thing. (/New v3.02)
-(New v4.00) Two further complications are added.
+(New v4.00) Two further complications are added.
\begin{itemize}\item
-[(i)] Problems with footnotes formerly resulted from
-\LaTeX's ~\@reinserts~ in ~\@specialoutput~ which Stephan's
-~\linelabel~ called via the ~\marginpar~ mechanism.
+[(i)] Problems with footnotes formerly resulted from
+\LaTeX's ~\@reinserts~ in ~\@specialoutput~ which Stephan's
+~\linelabel~ called via the ~\marginpar~ mechanism.
\item
-[(ii)] \LaTeX\ commands using ~\vadjust~ formerly didn't work
-as one would have hoped. The problem is as follows:
-Printing the line number results from
-a box that the output routine inserts at the place of the
-~\interlinepenalty~. ~\vadjust~ items appear \emph{above} the
-~\interlinepenalty~ (\TeX book p._105). So ~\pagebreak~, e.g.,
-formerly sent the line number to the next page, while the
-penalty from ~\nopagebreak~ could not tie the following line,
-since it was screened off by the line number box.---Our trick
-is putting the ~\vadjust~ items into a list macro from which
-the output routine transfers them into the vertical list,
-below the line number box.
+[(ii)] \LaTeX\ commands using ~\vadjust~ formerly didn't work
+as one would have hoped. The problem is as follows:
+Printing the line number results from
+a box that the output routine inserts at the place of the
+~\interlinepenalty~. ~\vadjust~ items appear \emph{above} the
+~\interlinepenalty~ (\TeX book p._105). So ~\pagebreak~, e.g.,
+formerly sent the line number to the next page, while the
+penalty from ~\nopagebreak~ could not tie the following line,
+since it was screened off by the line number box.---Our trick
+is putting the ~\vadjust~ items into a list macro from which
+the output routine transfers them into the vertical list,
+below the line number box.
\end{itemize}
-In this case_(ii), like in case_(i), footnotes would suffer
-if ~\holdinginserts~ were non-positive. Indeed, in both
-cases_(i) and_(ii) we tackle the footnote problem by extending
-that part of Stephan's output routine that is active when
-~\holdinginserts~ is positive. This extension writes the line
-number ~\newlabel~ to the .aux file (which was formerly done
-under $~\holdinginserts~=-3$) and handles the ~\vadjust~
-items.---To trigger ~\output~ and its ~\linelabel~ or, resp.,
-~\vadjust~ part, the list of signal penalties started
-immediately before is increased here (first for ~\linelabel~,
-second for postponed ~\vadjust~ items):
-\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\mathchardef\@Mllbcodepen=11111
-\mathchardef\@Mppvacodepen=11112
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{code}
-(/New v4.00) (New v4.2) David Kastrup urges to use a private
-name instead of ~\the\output~ (LaTeX-L-list). Otherwise an
-~\output~ routine loaded later and using ~\newtoks\output~
-again may get lost entirely. So we change use of ~\@LN@output~,
-using it for the former purpose. Reference to what appeared
-with the name of ~\output~ here lasts for a few lines and then
-is given away.
+In this case_(ii), like in case_(i), footnotes would suffer
+if ~\holdinginserts~ were non-positive. Indeed, in both
+cases_(i) and_(ii) we tackle the footnote problem by extending
+that part of Stephan's output routine that is active when
+~\holdinginserts~ is positive. This extension writes the line
+number ~\newlabel~ to the .aux file (which was formerly done
+under $~\holdinginserts~=-3$) and handles the ~\vadjust~
+items.---To trigger ~\output~ and its ~\linelabel~ or, resp.,
+~\vadjust~ part, the list of signal penalties started
+immediately before is increased here (first for ~\linelabel~,
+second for postponed ~\vadjust~ items):
+\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
+\mathchardef\@Mllbcodepen=11111
+\mathchardef\@Mppvacodepen=11112
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{code}
+(/New v4.00) (New v4.2) David Kastrup urges to use a private
+name instead of ~\the\output~ (LaTeX-L-list). Otherwise an
+~\output~ routine loaded later and using ~\newtoks\output~
+again may get lost entirely. So we change use of ~\@LN@output~,
+using it for the former purpose. Reference to what appeared
+with the name of ~\output~ here lasts for a few lines and then
+is given away.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\let\@tempa\output
\newtoks\output
@@ -366,60 +367,60 @@ Now we add two cases to Stephan's output routine. (New v4.00)
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
(New v4.00)
-We insert recognition of waiting ~\linelabel~ items---
+We insert recognition of waiting ~\linelabel~ items---
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
- \ifnum\outputpenalty=-\@Mllbcodepen
- \WriteLineNo
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty=-\@Mllbcodepen
+ \WriteLineNo
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
----and of waiting ~\vadjust~ items:
+---and of waiting ~\vadjust~ items:
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
- \else
- \ifnum\outputpenalty=-\@Mppvacodepen
- \PassVadjustList
- \else
+ \else
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty=-\@Mppvacodepen
+ \PassVadjustList
+ \else
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(/New v4.00) (New v4.2) Outsource ``Standard'' output
----which occurs so rarely---to subsection_\ref{ss:LLO}:
+(/New v4.00) (New v4.2) Outsource ``Standard'' output
+---which occurs so rarely---to subsection_\ref{ss:LLO}:
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
- \LineNoLaTeXOutput
+ \LineNoLaTeXOutput
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(/New v4.2) (New v4.00)
-Two new ~\fi~s for the ~\linelabel~ and ~\vadjust~ tests---
+(/New v4.2) (New v4.00)
+Two new ~\fi~s for the ~\linelabel~ and ~\vadjust~ tests---
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
- \fi
- \fi
+ \fi
+ \fi
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
----and the remaining is
-Stephan's code again:
-(/New v4.00)
+---and the remaining is
+Stephan's code again:
+(/New v4.00)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
- \else
+ \else
\MakeLineNo
\fi
}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(New v4.00) Our new macros
-~\WriteLineNo~ and ~\PassVadjustList~ will be dealt with in
-sections_\ref{s:LNref} and_\ref{ss:PVadj}. (/New v4.00)
+(New v4.00) Our new macros
+~\WriteLineNo~ and ~\PassVadjustList~ will be dealt with in
+sections_\ref{s:LNref} and_\ref{ss:PVadj}. (/New v4.00)
\subsection{%
\scs{LineNoTest}
-\unskip}
+\unskip}
The float mechanism inserts ~\interlinepenalty~s during
~\output~. So carefully reset it before going on. Else
we get doubled line numbers on every float placed in
-horizontal mode, e.g, from ~\linelabel~.
+horizontal mode, e.g, from ~\linelabel~.
Sorry, neither a ~\linelabel~ nor a ~\marginpar~ should
insert a penalty, else the following linenumber
could go to the next page. Nor should any other
-float. So let us suppress the ~\interlinepenalty~
+float. So let us suppress the ~\interlinepenalty~
altogether with the ~\@nobreak~ switch.
Since (ltspace.dtx, v1.2p)[1996/07/26], the ~\@nobreaktrue~ does
@@ -442,458 +443,458 @@ it's job globally. We need to do it locally here.
\def\@LN@nobreaktrue{\let\if@nobreak\iftrue} % renamed v4.33
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(UL) I thought here were
-another case of the save stack problem explained in \TeX book,
-p._301, namely through both local and global changing
-~\if@nobreak~. However, ~\@LN@nobreak~ is called during
-~\@LN@output~ only, while ~\@nobreaktrue~ is called by \LaTeX's
-~\@startsection~ only. The latter never happens during
-~\@LN@output~. So there is no local value of ~\if@nobreak~ on
-save stack when ~\@nobreaktrue~ acts, since ~\the\@LN@output~
-(where ~\@LN@output~ is a new name for the original ~\output~)
+(UL) I thought here were
+another case of the save stack problem explained in \TeX book,
+p._301, namely through both local and global changing
+~\if@nobreak~. However, ~\@LN@nobreak~ is called during
+~\@LN@output~ only, while ~\@nobreaktrue~ is called by \LaTeX's
+~\@startsection~ only. The latter never happens during
+~\@LN@output~. So there is no local value of ~\if@nobreak~ on
+save stack when ~\@nobreaktrue~ acts, since ~\the\@LN@output~
+(where ~\@LN@output~ is a new name for the original ~\output~)
is executed within a group (\TeX book p._21).
-(/UL)
+(/UL)
\subsection{%
Other output routines (v4.2)
-\unskip}\label{ss:LLO}
+\unskip}\label{ss:LLO}
-I had thought of dealing with bad interference of footnotes
-(and ~\enlargethispage~) with (real) ~\marginpar~s and floats
-\emph{here}. Yet this is done in
+I had thought of dealing with bad interference of footnotes
+(and ~\enlargethispage~) with (real) ~\marginpar~s and floats
+\emph{here}. Yet this is done in
\[
~http://~\mbox{[CTAN]}
~/macros/latex/contrib/tamefloats/tameflts.sty~
\]
-now, and I prefer striving for compatibility with the latter.
+now, and I prefer striving for compatibility with the latter.
(See there for expanding on the problem.)
-This requires returning the special absolute value of
-~\holdinginserts~ that ~lineno.sty~ finds at the end of a newly
+This requires returning the special absolute value of
+~\holdinginserts~ that ~lineno.sty~ finds at the end of a newly
typeset paragraph---now done in subsection_\ref{ss:calls}
-(~\linenumberpar~).
-The former ~\LineNoHoldInsertsTest~ has been filled into here.
-Note: when the following code is invoked, we have
-~\if@tempswa~_ =_~\iftrue~.
-WARNING: I am still not sure whether the present code is good
-for cooperating with other packages that use ~\holdinginserts~.
-\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\def\LineNoLaTeXOutput{%
+(~\linenumberpar~).
+The former ~\LineNoHoldInsertsTest~ has been filled into here.
+Note: when the following code is invoked, we have
+~\if@tempswa~_ =_~\iftrue~.
+WARNING: I am still not sure whether the present code is good
+for cooperating with other packages that use ~\holdinginserts~.
+\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
+\def\LineNoLaTeXOutput{%
\ifnum \holdinginserts=\thr@@ % v4.33 without \@tempswafalse
- \global\holdinginserts-\thr@@
- \unvbox\@cclv
- \ifnum \outputpenalty=\@M \else \penalty\outputpenalty \fi
+ \global\holdinginserts-\thr@@
+ \unvbox\@cclv
+ \ifnum \outputpenalty=\@M \else \penalty\outputpenalty \fi
\else
\if@twocolumn \let\@makecol\@LN@makecol \fi
- \the\@LN@output % finally following David Kastrup's advice.
- \ifnum \holdinginserts=-\thr@@
- \global\holdinginserts\thr@@ \fi
+ \the\@LN@output % finally following David Kastrup's advice.
+ \ifnum \holdinginserts=-\thr@@
+ \global\holdinginserts\thr@@ \fi
\fi
}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-\textit{More on dealing with output routines from other
-packages:}
-Since ~lineno.sty~'s output routine is called at least once
-for each output line, I think it should be in \TeX's
-original ~\output~, while output routines dealing with
-building pages and with floats etc.\ should be filled into
-registers addressed by ~\output~ after ~\newtoks\output~.
+\textit{More on dealing with output routines from other
+packages:}
+Since ~lineno.sty~'s output routine is called at least once
+for each output line, I think it should be in \TeX's
+original ~\output~, while output routines dealing with
+building pages and with floats etc.\ should be filled into
+registers addressed by ~\output~ after ~\newtoks\output~.
Therefore \begin{enumerate}
-\item
-~tameflts.sty~ should be loaded \emph{after} ~lineno.sty~;
-\item
-if a class changes ~\output~ (APS journal class revtex4,
-e.g.), ~lineno.sty~ should be loaded by ~\RequirePackage~
-[here presumably following some options in
-brackets]~{lineno}~ \emph{preceding} ~\documentclass~.
-\item
-If you actually maintain such a class, please consider
-loading ~lineno.sty~ on some draft option. The bunch of
-lineno's package options may be a problem, but perhaps the
-purpose of your class is offering only very few of lineno's
-options anyway, maybe just one.
-\end{enumerate}
-The latter may also be needed with classes that don't follow
-David Kastrup's rule on changing ~\output~.
+\item
+~tameflts.sty~ should be loaded \emph{after} ~lineno.sty~;
+\item
+if a class changes ~\output~ (APS journal class revtex4,
+e.g.), ~lineno.sty~ should be loaded by ~\RequirePackage~
+[here presumably following some options in
+brackets]~{lineno}~ \emph{preceding} ~\documentclass~.
+\item
+If you actually maintain such a class, please consider
+loading ~lineno.sty~ on some draft option. The bunch of
+lineno's package options may be a problem, but perhaps the
+purpose of your class is offering only very few of lineno's
+options anyway, maybe just one.
+\end{enumerate}
+The latter may also be needed with classes that don't follow
+David Kastrup's rule on changing ~\output~.
\subsection{%
-\scs{MakeLineNo}: Actually attach line number
-\unskip}\label{ss:MLN}
+\scs{MakeLineNo}: Actually attach line number
+\unskip}\label{ss:MLN}
We have to return all the page to the current page, and
add a box with the line number, without adding
breakpoints, glue or space. The depth of our line number
should be equal to the previous depth of the page, in
case the page breaks here, and the box has to be moved up
-by that depth.
+by that depth.
The ~\interlinepenalty~ comes after the ~\vadjust~ from a
~\linelabel~, so we increment the line number \emph{after}
printing it. The macro ~\makeLineNumber~ produces the
text of the line number, see section \ref{appearance}.
-(UL) I needed a while to understand
-the sentence on incrementing. Correctly: writing the
-~\newlabel~ to the .aux file is triggered by the signal
-penalty that ~\end@float~ inserts via ~\vadjust~.
-However, this could be changed by our new ~\PostponeVadjust~.
-After ~\c@linenumber~ has been introduced as a \LaTeX\
-counter, it might be preferable that it behaved like standard
-\LaTeX\ counters which are incremented shortly before printing.
-But this may be of little practical relevance in this case,
-as ~\c@linenumber~ is driven in a very non-standard
-way.---However still, this behaviour of ~\c@linenumber~
-generates a problem with our ~edtable.sty~.
-(/UL).
+(UL) I needed a while to understand
+the sentence on incrementing. Correctly: writing the
+~\newlabel~ to the .aux file is triggered by the signal
+penalty that ~\end@float~ inserts via ~\vadjust~.
+However, this could be changed by our new ~\PostponeVadjust~.
+After ~\c@linenumber~ has been introduced as a \LaTeX\
+counter, it might be preferable that it behaved like standard
+\LaTeX\ counters which are incremented shortly before printing.
+But this may be of little practical relevance in this case,
+as ~\c@linenumber~ is driven in a very non-standard
+way.---However still, this behaviour of ~\c@linenumber~
+generates a problem with our ~edtable.sty~.
+(/UL).
Finally we put in the natural ~\interlinepenalty~, except
-after the last line.
+after the last line.
-(New v3.10) Frank Mittelbach points out that box255 may be
-less deep than the last box inside, so he proposes to
+(New v3.10) Frank Mittelbach points out that box255 may be
+less deep than the last box inside, so he proposes to
measure the page depth with ~\boxmaxdepth=\maxdimen~.
(/New v3.10)
-(UL, New v4.00) We also resume the matter of
-~\vadjust~ items that was started in section_\ref{ss:output}.
-
-\TeX\ puts only nonzero interline
-penalties into the vertical list (\TeX book p._105), while
-~lineno.sty~ formerly replaced the signal interline penalty by
-something closing with an explicit penalty of the value that
-the interline penalty would have without ~lineno.sty~.
-This is usually 0. Now, explicit vertical penalties can be
-very nasty with respect to ~\nopagebreak~, e.g., a low (even
-positive) ~\widowpenalty~ may force a widow where you
-explicitly tried to forbid it by ~\nopagebreak~
-(see explanation soon below).
-The ~\nopagebreak~ we create here would never work if all
-those zero penalties were present.---On
-the other hand, we cannot just omit Stephan's zero penalties,
-because \TeX\ puts a penalty of 10000 after what ~lineno.sty~
-inserts (\TeX book p._125). This penalty must be overridden
-to allow page breaks between ordinary lines. To revive
-~\nopagebreak~, we therefore replace those zero (or low)
-penalties by penalties that the user demanded by
-~\nopagebreak~.---This mechanism is not perfect and does not
-exactly restore the original \LaTeX\ working of ~\pagebreak~
-and ~\nopagebreak~. Viz., if there are several vertical
-penalties after a line which were produced by closely sitting
-~\[no]pagebreak~s, without ~lineno.sty~ the lowest penalty would
-be effective (cf._\TeX book exercise_14.10). Our mechanism, by
-contrast, chooses the \emph{last} user-set penalty of the line
-as the effective one. It would not be very difficult to come
-more close to the original mechanism, but until someone urges
-us we will cling to the present simple way. You may consider an
-advantage of the difference between our mechanism and the
-original one that the user here can actually override low
-penalties by ~\nopagebreak~, which may be what a lay \LaTeX\
-user would expect.
-(/UL, /New v4.00)
+(UL, New v4.00) We also resume the matter of
+~\vadjust~ items that was started in section_\ref{ss:output}.
+
+\TeX\ puts only nonzero interline
+penalties into the vertical list (\TeX book p._105), while
+~lineno.sty~ formerly replaced the signal interline penalty by
+something closing with an explicit penalty of the value that
+the interline penalty would have without ~lineno.sty~.
+This is usually 0. Now, explicit vertical penalties can be
+very nasty with respect to ~\nopagebreak~, e.g., a low (even
+positive) ~\widowpenalty~ may force a widow where you
+explicitly tried to forbid it by ~\nopagebreak~
+(see explanation soon below).
+The ~\nopagebreak~ we create here would never work if all
+those zero penalties were present.---On
+the other hand, we cannot just omit Stephan's zero penalties,
+because \TeX\ puts a penalty of 10000 after what ~lineno.sty~
+inserts (\TeX book p._125). This penalty must be overridden
+to allow page breaks between ordinary lines. To revive
+~\nopagebreak~, we therefore replace those zero (or low)
+penalties by penalties that the user demanded by
+~\nopagebreak~.---This mechanism is not perfect and does not
+exactly restore the original \LaTeX\ working of ~\pagebreak~
+and ~\nopagebreak~. Viz., if there are several vertical
+penalties after a line which were produced by closely sitting
+~\[no]pagebreak~s, without ~lineno.sty~ the lowest penalty would
+be effective (cf._\TeX book exercise_14.10). Our mechanism, by
+contrast, chooses the \emph{last} user-set penalty of the line
+as the effective one. It would not be very difficult to come
+more close to the original mechanism, but until someone urges
+us we will cling to the present simple way. You may consider an
+advantage of the difference between our mechanism and the
+original one that the user here can actually override low
+penalties by ~\nopagebreak~, which may be what a lay \LaTeX\
+user would expect.
+(/UL, /New v4.00)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\def\MakeLineNo{%
- \@LN@maybe@normalLineNumber % v4.31
+ \@LN@maybe@normalLineNumber % v4.31
\boxmaxdepth\maxdimen\setbox\z@\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv}%
\@tempdima\dp\z@ \unvbox\z@
\sbox\@tempboxa{\hb@xt@\z@{\makeLineNumber}}%
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(New v4.00) Previously,
+(New v4.00) Previously,
\begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% \stepcounter{linenumber}%
\end{verbatim}
\end{old}
-followed. (Of course, there was no
-comment mark; I put it there to make
-reading the actual code easy.)
+followed. (Of course, there was no
+comment mark; I put it there to make
+reading the actual code easy.)
-(New v4.22: improved) Why not just
+(New v4.22: improved) Why not just
\[~\global\advance\c@linenumber\@ne~?\]
-~\stepcounter~ additionally resets ``subordinate''
-counters, but which could these (usefully) be?
-Again, may be column counters with ~edtable.sty~!?
+~\stepcounter~ additionally resets ``subordinate''
+counters, but which could these (usefully) be?
+Again, may be column counters with ~edtable.sty~!?
-But then, our ~edtable.sty~ and its ~longtable~ option
-should use it as well. So use a shorthand supporting
-uniformity. You can even use it as a hook for choosing
-~\global\advance\c@linenumber\@ne~ instead of our choice.
-(/New v4.22)
+But then, our ~edtable.sty~ and its ~longtable~ option
+should use it as well. So use a shorthand supporting
+uniformity. You can even use it as a hook for choosing
+~\global\advance\c@linenumber\@ne~ instead of our choice.
+(/New v4.22)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\stepLineNumber
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(New v4.4) Now
+(New v4.4) Now
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
- \ht\@tempboxa\z@ \@LN@depthbox
+ \ht\@tempboxa\z@ \@LN@depthbox
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-appends the box containing the line number without changing
-~\prevdepth~---see end of section.
-Now is the time for inserting the $\dots$ (/New v4.4)
-~\vadjust~ items. We cannot do this much later, because
-their right place is above the artificial interline
-penalty which Stephan's code will soon insert
-(cf._\TeX book p._105). The next command is just ~\relax~
-if no ~\vadjust~ items have been accumulated for the
-current line. Otherwise it is a list macro inserting
-the ~\vadjust~ items and finally resetting itself.
+appends the box containing the line number without changing
+~\prevdepth~---see end of section.
+Now is the time for inserting the $\dots$ (/New v4.4)
+~\vadjust~ items. We cannot do this much later, because
+their right place is above the artificial interline
+penalty which Stephan's code will soon insert
+(cf._\TeX book p._105). The next command is just ~\relax~
+if no ~\vadjust~ items have been accumulated for the
+current line. Otherwise it is a list macro inserting
+the ~\vadjust~ items and finally resetting itself.
(This is made in section_\ref{ss:PVadj} below.)
-If the final item is a penalty, it is stored so it can
-compete with other things about page breaking.
+If the final item is a penalty, it is stored so it can
+compete with other things about page breaking.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
- \@LN@do@vadjusts
- \count@\lastpenalty
+ \@LN@do@vadjusts
+ \count@\lastpenalty
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-At this place,
+At this place,
\begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% \ifnum\outputpenalty=-\linenopenaltypar\else
\end{verbatim}
\end{old}
-originally followed. We need something \emph{before} the
-~\else~:
+originally followed. We need something \emph{before} the
+~\else~:
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
- \ifnum\outputpenalty=-\linenopenaltypar
- \ifnum\count@=\z@ \else
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty=-\linenopenaltypar
+ \ifnum\count@=\z@ \else
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-So final ~\pagebreak[0]~ or ~\nopagebreak[0]~ has no
-effect---but this will make a difference after headings only,
-where nobody should place such a thing anyway.
+So final ~\pagebreak[0]~ or ~\nopagebreak[0]~ has no
+effect---but this will make a difference after headings only,
+where nobody should place such a thing anyway.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
- \xdef\@LN@parpgbrk{%
+ \xdef\@LN@parpgbrk{%
\penalty\the\count@
\global\let\noexpand\@LN@parpgbrk
- \noexpand\@LN@screenoff@pen}% v4.4
+ \noexpand\@LN@screenoff@pen}% v4.4
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-That penalty will replace former ~\kern\z@~ in
+That penalty will replace former ~\kern\z@~ in
~\linenumberpar~, see subsection_\ref{ss:calls}.---A
-few days earlier, I tried to send just a penalty value.
-However, the ~\kern\z@~ in ~\linenumberpar~ is crucial,
-as I then found out. See below.---The final penalty is
-repeated, but this does no harm. (It would not be very
-difficult to avoid the repeating, but it may even be
-less efficient.) It may be repeated due to the previous
-~\xdef~, but it may be repeated as well below in the
-present macro where artificial interline penalty is to
+few days earlier, I tried to send just a penalty value.
+However, the ~\kern\z@~ in ~\linenumberpar~ is crucial,
+as I then found out. See below.---The final penalty is
+repeated, but this does no harm. (It would not be very
+difficult to avoid the repeating, but it may even be
+less efficient.) It may be repeated due to the previous
+~\xdef~, but it may be repeated as well below in the
+present macro where artificial interline penalty is to
be overridden.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\fi
\else
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(/New v4.00)
+(/New v4.00)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\@tempcnta\outputpenalty
\advance\@tempcnta -\linenopenalty
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(New v4.00)
+(New v4.00)
\begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% \penalty\@tempcnta
\end{verbatim}
\end{old}
-followed previously. To give ~\nopagebreak~ a chance,
-we do
+followed previously. To give ~\nopagebreak~ a chance,
+we do
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
- \penalty \ifnum\count@<\@tempcnta \@tempcnta \else \count@ \fi
+ \penalty \ifnum\count@<\@tempcnta \@tempcnta \else \count@ \fi
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-instead.---In ~linenox0.sty~, the ~\else~ thing once was omitted.
-Sergei Mariev's complaint (thanks!) showed that it is vital
-(see comment before ~\MakeLineNo~).
-The remaining ~\fi~ from previous package version closes the
-~\ifnum\outputpenalty~\dots
-(/New v4.00)
+instead.---In ~linenox0.sty~, the ~\else~ thing once was omitted.
+Sergei Mariev's complaint (thanks!) showed that it is vital
+(see comment before ~\MakeLineNo~).
+The remaining ~\fi~ from previous package version closes the
+~\ifnum\outputpenalty~\dots
+(/New v4.00)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\fi
}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(New v4.00)
+(New v4.00)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand\stepLineNumber{\stepcounter{linenumber}}
+\newcommand\stepLineNumber{\stepcounter{linenumber}}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-For reason, see use above. (/New v4.00)
+For reason, see use above. (/New v4.00)
-(New v4.4) The depth preserving trick is drawn here from
-~\MakeLineNo~ because it will be used again in
+(New v4.4) The depth preserving trick is drawn here from
+~\MakeLineNo~ because it will be used again in
section_\ref{ss:calls}.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\def\@LN@depthbox{%
+\def\@LN@depthbox{%
\dp\@tempboxa=\@tempdima
- \nointerlineskip \kern-\@tempdima \box\@tempboxa}
+ \nointerlineskip \kern-\@tempdima \box\@tempboxa}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(/New v4.4)
+(/New v4.4)
\section{%
-Control line numbering
+Control line numbering
\unskip}
\subsection{%
-Inserting \scs{output} calls %% own subsec. v4.4.
+Inserting \scs{output} calls %% own subsec. v4.4.
\unskip}\label{ss:calls}
The line numbering is controlled via ~\par~. \LaTeX\
saved the \TeX-primitive ~\par~ in ~\@@par~. We push it
one level further out, and redefine ~\@@par~ to insert
the ~\interlinepenalty~ needed to trigger the
line numbering. And we need to allow pagebreaks after a
-paragraph.
+paragraph.
New (2.05beta): the prevgraf test. A paragraph that ends with a
displayed equation, a ~\noindent\par~ or ~wrapfig.sty~ produce empty
paragraphs. These should not get a spurious line number via
-~\linenopenaltypar~.
+~\linenopenaltypar~.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\let\@@@par\@@par
\newcount\linenoprevgraf
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(UL) And needs ~\linenoprevgraf~
-to be a counter? Perhaps there may be a paragraph having
-thousands of lines, so ~\mathchardef~ doesn't suffice (really??).
-A macro ending on ~\relax~ might suffice, but would be
-somewhat slow. I think I will use ~\mathchardef~ next time.
-Or has any user used ~\linenoprevgraf~? (/UL)
+(UL) And needs ~\linenoprevgraf~
+to be a counter? Perhaps there may be a paragraph having
+thousands of lines, so ~\mathchardef~ doesn't suffice (really??).
+A macro ending on ~\relax~ might suffice, but would be
+somewhat slow. I think I will use ~\mathchardef~ next time.
+Or has any user used ~\linenoprevgraf~? (/UL)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\def\linenumberpar{%
- \ifvmode \@@@par \else
+\def\linenumberpar{%
+ \ifvmode \@@@par \else
\ifinner \@@@par \else
- \xdef\@LN@outer@holdins{\the\holdinginserts}% v4.2
+ \xdef\@LN@outer@holdins{\the\holdinginserts}% v4.2
\advance \interlinepenalty \linenopenalty
\linenoprevgraf \prevgraf
- \global \holdinginserts \thr@@
+ \global \holdinginserts \thr@@
\@@@par
\ifnum\prevgraf>\linenoprevgraf
\penalty-\linenopenaltypar
\fi
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(New v4.00)
+(New v4.00)
\begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
-% \kern\z@
+% \kern\z@
\end{verbatim}
\end{old}
-was here previously. What for?
-According to \TeX book p._125, Stephan's
-interline penalty is changed into 10000. At the end of a
-paragraph, the ~\parskip~ would follow that penalty of 10000,
-so there could be a page break neither at the
-~\parskip~ nor at the ~\baselineskip~ (\TeX book p._110)---so
-there could never be a page break between two paragraphs.
-So something must screen off the 10000 penalty.
-Indeed, the ~\kern~ is a place to break.
+was here previously. What for?
+According to \TeX book p._125, Stephan's
+interline penalty is changed into 10000. At the end of a
+paragraph, the ~\parskip~ would follow that penalty of 10000,
+so there could be a page break neither at the
+~\parskip~ nor at the ~\baselineskip~ (\TeX book p._110)---so
+there could never be a page break between two paragraphs.
+So something must screen off the 10000 penalty.
+Indeed, the ~\kern~ is a place to break.
(Stephan once knew this: see `allow pagebreaks' above.)
-Formerly, I tried to replace ~\kern\z@~ by
+Formerly, I tried to replace ~\kern\z@~ by
\begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
-% \penalty\@LN@parpgpen\relax
+% \penalty\@LN@parpgpen\relax
\end{verbatim}
\end{old}
----but this allows a page break after heading. So:
+---but this allows a page break after heading. So:
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
- \@LN@parpgbrk
+ \@LN@parpgbrk
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-These and similar changes were formerly done by ~linenox1.sty~.
-(/New v4.00)
+These and similar changes were formerly done by ~linenox1.sty~.
+(/New v4.00)
-(New v4.4)
-A ~\belowdisplayskip~ may precede the previous when the paragraph
-ends on a display-math; or there may be a ~\topsep~ from a list, etc.
-~\addvspace~ couldn't take account for it with ~\kern\z@~
-here. v4.32 therefore moved the space down -- with at least two
-bad consequences.
-Moreover, David Josef Dev observes that ~\kern\z@~ may
-inappropriately yield column depth 0pt.
-For these reasons, we introduce ~\@LN@screenoff@pen~ below.
-(/New v4.4)
+(New v4.4)
+A ~\belowdisplayskip~ may precede the previous when the paragraph
+ends on a display-math; or there may be a ~\topsep~ from a list, etc.
+~\addvspace~ couldn't take account for it with ~\kern\z@~
+here. v4.32 therefore moved the space down -- with at least two
+bad consequences.
+Moreover, David Josef Dev observes that ~\kern\z@~ may
+inappropriately yield column depth 0pt.
+For these reasons, we introduce ~\@LN@screenoff@pen~ below.
+(/New v4.4)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\global\holdinginserts\@LN@outer@holdins % v4.2
\advance\interlinepenalty -\linenopenalty
- \fi % from \ifinner ... \else
- \fi} % from \ifvmode ... \else
+ \fi % from \ifinner ... \else
+ \fi} % from \ifvmode ... \else
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(New v4.00, v4.4) Initialize ~\@LN@parpgbrk~, accounting
-for earlier space and for appropriate columndepth.
-We use former ~\MakeLineNo~'s depth-preverving trick
-~\@LN@depthbox~ again:
+(New v4.00, v4.4) Initialize ~\@LN@parpgbrk~, accounting
+for earlier space and for appropriate columndepth.
+We use former ~\MakeLineNo~'s depth-preverving trick
+~\@LN@depthbox~ again:
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\def\@LN@screenoff@pen{%
- \ifdim\lastskip=\z@
- \@tempdima\prevdepth \setbox\@tempboxa\null
+\def\@LN@screenoff@pen{%
+ \ifdim\lastskip=\z@
+ \@tempdima\prevdepth \setbox\@tempboxa\null
\@LN@depthbox \fi}
-\global\let\@LN@parpgbrk\@LN@screenoff@pen
+\global\let\@LN@parpgbrk\@LN@screenoff@pen
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(/New v4.4, v4.00)
+(/New v4.4, v4.00)
\subsection{%
Turning on/off %% own subsec. v4.4.
\unskip}\label{ss:OnOff}
The basic commands to enable and disable line numbers.
-~\@par~ and ~\par~ are only touched, when they are ~\let~
+~\@par~ and ~\par~ are only touched, when they are ~\let~
to ~\@@@par~/~\linenumberpar~. The line number may be
reset to 1 with the star-form, or set by an optional
-argument ~[~<number>~]~.
-
-(New v4.00) We add ~\ifLineNumbers~ etc.\ since
-a number of our new adjustments need to know whether
-linenumbering is active. This just provides a kind of
-shorthand for ~\ifx\@@par\linenumberpar~; moreover it is
-more stable: who knows what may happen to ~\@@par~?---A
-caveat: ~\ifLineNumbers~ may be wrong. E.g., it may be
-~\iffalse~ where it acts, while a ~\linenumbers~ a few
-lines below---in the same paragraph---brings about that
-the line where the ~\ifLineNumbers~ appears gets a
-marginal number.
-(New v4.3) Just noticed: Such tricks have been
-disallowed with v4.11, see subsections_\ref{ss:LL}
+argument ~[~<number>~]~.
+
+(New v4.00) We add ~\ifLineNumbers~ etc.\ since
+a number of our new adjustments need to know whether
+linenumbering is active. This just provides a kind of
+shorthand for ~\ifx\@@par\linenumberpar~; moreover it is
+more stable: who knows what may happen to ~\@@par~?---A
+caveat: ~\ifLineNumbers~ may be wrong. E.g., it may be
+~\iffalse~ where it acts, while a ~\linenumbers~ a few
+lines below---in the same paragraph---brings about that
+the line where the ~\ifLineNumbers~ appears gets a
+marginal number.
+(New v4.3) Just noticed: Such tricks have been
+disallowed with v4.11, see subsections_\ref{ss:LL}
and_\ref{ss:OnOff}.---Moreover, the switching between
-meanings of ~\linelabel~ for a possible error message
-as of v4.11 is removed. Speed is difficult to esteem
-and also depends on applications. Just use the most
-simple code you find. (/New v4.3)
+meanings of ~\linelabel~ for a possible error message
+as of v4.11 is removed. Speed is difficult to esteem
+and also depends on applications. Just use the most
+simple code you find. (/New v4.3)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\newif\ifLineNumbers \LineNumbersfalse
+\newif\ifLineNumbers \LineNumbersfalse
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(/New v4.00)
+(/New v4.00)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\def\linenumbers{%
- \LineNumberstrue % v4.00
- \xdef\@LN@outer@holdins{\the\holdinginserts}% v4.3
+\def\linenumbers{%
+ \LineNumberstrue % v4.00
+ \xdef\@LN@outer@holdins{\the\holdinginserts}% v4.3
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(New v4.3) The previous line is for ~{linenomath}~
-in a first numbered paragraph. (/New v4.3)
+(New v4.3) The previous line is for ~{linenomath}~
+in a first numbered paragraph. (/New v4.3)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\let\@@par\linenumberpar
- % \let\linelabel\@LN@linelabel % v4.11, removed v4.3
+ % \let\linelabel\@LN@linelabel % v4.11, removed v4.3
\ifx\@par\@@@par\let\@par\linenumberpar\fi
\ifx\par\@@@par\let\par\linenumberpar\fi
- \@LN@maybe@moduloresume % v4.31
+ \@LN@maybe@moduloresume % v4.31
\@ifnextchar[{\resetlinenumber}%]
{\@ifstar{\resetlinenumber}{}}%
}
-\def\nolinenumbers{%
+\def\nolinenumbers{%
\LineNumbersfalse % v4.00
\let\@@par\@@@par
- % \let\linelabel\@LN@LLerror % v4.11, removed v4.3
+ % \let\linelabel\@LN@LLerror % v4.11, removed v4.3
\ifx\@par\linenumberpar\let\@par\@@@par\fi
\ifx\par\linenumberpar\let\par\@@@par\fi
}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(New v4.00) Moreover, it is useful to switch to
-~\nolinenumbers~ in ~\@arrayparboxrestore~. We postpone this
-to section_\ref{ss:ReDef} where we'll have an appending macro
-for doing this. (/New v4.00)
+(New v4.00) Moreover, it is useful to switch to
+~\nolinenumbers~ in ~\@arrayparboxrestore~. We postpone this
+to section_\ref{ss:ReDef} where we'll have an appending macro
+for doing this. (/New v4.00)
What happens with a display math? Since ~\par~ is not executed,
when breaking the lines before a display, they will not get
@@ -906,14 +907,14 @@ display \ math
See the subsection below, for a wrapper environment to make
it work. But that requires to wrap each and every display
in your \LaTeX\ source %%.
-(see option ~displaymath~ in subsections_\ref{ss:v3opts}
-and_\ref{ss:display} for some relief [UL]).
+(see option ~displaymath~ in subsections_\ref{ss:v3opts}
+and_\ref{ss:display} for some relief [UL]).
The next two commands are provided to turn on line
numbering in a specific mode. Please note the difference:
for pagewise numbering, ~\linenumbers~ comes first to
inhibit it from seeing optional arguments, since
-re-/presetting the counter is useless.
+re-/presetting the counter is useless.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\def\pagewiselinenumbers{\linenumbers\setpagewiselinenumbers}
\def\runninglinenumbers{\setrunninglinenumbers\linenumbers}
@@ -923,20 +924,20 @@ Finally, it is a \LaTeX\ style, so we provide for the use
of environments, including the suppression of the
following paragraph's indentation.
-(UL) I am drawing the following
-private thoughts of Stephan's to publicity so that others may
-think about them---or to remind myself of them in an efficient
-way. (/UL)
-\begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
+(UL) I am drawing the following
+private thoughts of Stephan's to publicity so that others may
+think about them---or to remind myself of them in an efficient
+way. (/UL)
+\begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% TO DO: add \par to \linenumbers, if called from an environment.
% To DO: add an \@endpe hack if \linenumbers are turned on
% in horizontal mode. {\par\parskip\z@\noindent} or
% something.
\end{verbatim}
-\end{old}
-(UL) However, I rather think that ~\linenumbers~ and %% v4.31
-~\nolinenumbers~ should execute a ~\par~ already. (Then the
-~\par~s in the following definitions should be removed.) (/UL)
+\end{old}
+(UL) However, I rather think that ~\linenumbers~ and %% v4.31
+~\nolinenumbers~ should execute a ~\par~ already. (Then the
+~\par~s in the following definitions should be removed.) (/UL)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\@namedef{linenumbers*}{\par\linenumbers*}
\@namedef{runninglinenumbers*}{\par\runninglinenumbers*}
@@ -954,19 +955,19 @@ way. (/UL)
Display math
\unskip}\label{ss:DM}
-Now we tackle the problem to get display math working.
+Now we tackle the problem to get display math working.
There are different options.
\begin{enumerate}\item[
-1.] Precede every display math with a ~\par~.
+1.] Precede every display math with a ~\par~.
Not too good.
\item[
-2.] Change ~\interlinepenalty~ and associates globally.
+2.] Change ~\interlinepenalty~ and associates globally.
Unstable.
\item[
-3.] Wrap each display math with a ~{linenomath}~
-environment.
+3.] Wrap each display math with a ~{linenomath}~
+environment.
\end{enumerate}
-We'll go for option 3. See if it works:
+We'll go for option 3. See if it works:
\begin{linenomath}
\begin{equation}
display \ math
@@ -978,7 +979,7 @@ of the display itself,
\begin{eqnarray}
multi && line \\
display && math \\
-&
+&
\begin{array}{c}
with \\
array
@@ -996,32 +997,32 @@ does not harm to add these wrappers in sections that are
not numbered. Nor does it harm to wrap a display
twice, e.q, in case you have some ~{equation}~s wrapped
explicitely, and later you redefine ~\equation~ to do it
-automatically.
+automatically.
-(New v4.3) To avoid the spurious line number above a
-display in vmode, I insert ~\ifhmode~. (/New v4.3)
+(New v4.3) To avoid the spurious line number above a
+display in vmode, I insert ~\ifhmode~. (/New v4.3)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\newcommand\linenomathNonumbers{%
- \ifLineNumbers
+ \ifLineNumbers
\ifnum\interlinepenalty>-\linenopenaltypar
- \global\holdinginserts\thr@@
+ \global\holdinginserts\thr@@
\advance\interlinepenalty \linenopenalty
- \ifhmode % v4.3
+ \ifhmode % v4.3
\advance\predisplaypenalty \linenopenalty
- \fi
+ \fi
\fi
\fi
\ignorespaces
}
\newcommand\linenomathWithnumbers{%
- \ifLineNumbers
+ \ifLineNumbers
\ifnum\interlinepenalty>-\linenopenaltypar
- \global\holdinginserts\thr@@
+ \global\holdinginserts\thr@@
\advance\interlinepenalty \linenopenalty
- \ifhmode % v4.3
+ \ifhmode % v4.3
\advance\predisplaypenalty \linenopenalty
- \fi
+ \fi
\advance\postdisplaypenalty \linenopenalty
\advance\interdisplaylinepenalty \linenopenalty
\fi
@@ -1045,11 +1046,11 @@ lines of the display or vice versa.
\@namedef{linenomath*}{\linenomathWithnumbers}%
}
-\def\endlinenomath{%
- \ifLineNumbers % v4.3
- \global\holdinginserts\@LN@outer@holdins % v4.21
- \fi
- \global % v4.21 support for LaTeX2e earlier than 1996/07/26.
+\def\endlinenomath{%
+ \ifLineNumbers % v4.3
+ \global\holdinginserts\@LN@outer@holdins % v4.21
+ \fi
+ \global % v4.21 support for LaTeX2e earlier than 1996/07/26.
\@ignoretrue
}
\expandafter\let\csname endlinenomath*\endcsname\endlinenomath
@@ -1065,21 +1066,21 @@ that behavior.
\section{%
Line number references
-\unskip}\label{s:LNref}
-\subsection{%
-Internals %% New subsec. v4.3.
+\unskip}\label{s:LNref}
+\subsection{%
+Internals %% New subsec. v4.3.
\unskip}
The only way to get a label to a line number in a
paragraph is to ask the output routine to mark it.
-(New v4.00) The following two paragraphs don't hold any
-longer, see below. (/New v4.00)
+(New v4.00) The following two paragraphs don't hold any
+longer, see below. (/New v4.00)
\begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% We use the marginpar mechanism to hook to ~\output~ for a
% second time. Marginpars are floats with number $-1$, we
% fake marginpars with No $-2$. Originally, every negative
% numbered float was considered to be a marginpar.
-%
+%
% The float box number ~\@currbox~ is used to transfer the
% label name in a macro called ~\@LNL@~<box-number>.
\end{verbatim}
@@ -1087,14 +1088,14 @@ longer, see below. (/New v4.00)
A ~\newlabel~ is written to the aux-file. The reference
is to ~\theLineNumber~, \emph{not} ~\thelinenumber~.
This allows to hook in, as done below for pagewise line
-numbering.
+numbering.
(New v3.03) The ~\@LN@ExtraLabelItems~ are added for a hook
to keep packages like ~{hyperref}~ happy. (/New v3.03)
-(New v4.00)
-We fire the ~\marginpar~ mechanism, so we leave \LaTeX's
-~\@addmarginpar~ untouched.
+(New v4.00)
+We fire the ~\marginpar~ mechanism, so we leave \LaTeX's
+~\@addmarginpar~ untouched.
\begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% \let\@LN@addmarginpar\@addmarginpar
% \def\@addmarginpar{%
@@ -1109,46 +1110,46 @@ We fire the ~\marginpar~ mechanism, so we leave \LaTeX's
% \fi}
\end{verbatim}
\end{old}
-OK, we keep Stephan's ~\@LN@ExtraLabelItems~:
-(/New v4.00)
+OK, we keep Stephan's ~\@LN@ExtraLabelItems~:
+(/New v4.00)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\let\@LN@ExtraLabelItems\@empty
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(New v4.00)
-We imitate the ~\marginpar~ mechanism without using the
-~\@freelist~ boxes. ~\linelabel~ will indeed place a signal
-penalty (~\@Mllbcodepen~, new), and it will put a label into
-some list macro ~\@LN@labellist~. A new part of the output
-routine will take the labels from the list and will write
-~\newlabel~s to the .aux file.
+(New v4.00)
+We imitate the ~\marginpar~ mechanism without using the
+~\@freelist~ boxes. ~\linelabel~ will indeed place a signal
+penalty (~\@Mllbcodepen~, new), and it will put a label into
+some list macro ~\@LN@labellist~. A new part of the output
+routine will take the labels from the list and will write
+~\newlabel~s to the .aux file.
The following is a version of \LaTeX's ~\@xnext~.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\def\@LN@xnext#1\@lt#2\@@#3#4{\def#3{#1}\gdef#4{#2}}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-This takes an item ~#1~ from a list ~#4~ into ~#3~;
-to be used as ~\expandafter\@LN@xnext#4\@@#3#4~.
-Our lists use ~\@lt~ after each item for separating.
-Indeed, there will be another list macro which can
-appear as argument ~#4~, this will be used for moving
-~\vadjust~ items (section_\ref{ss:PVadj}).
-The list for ~\linelabel~s is the following:
+This takes an item ~#1~ from a list ~#4~ into ~#3~;
+to be used as ~\expandafter\@LN@xnext#4\@@#3#4~.
+Our lists use ~\@lt~ after each item for separating.
+Indeed, there will be another list macro which can
+appear as argument ~#4~, this will be used for moving
+~\vadjust~ items (section_\ref{ss:PVadj}).
+The list for ~\linelabel~s is the following:
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\global\let\@LN@labellist\@empty
+\global\let\@LN@labellist\@empty
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-The next is the new part of the output routine writing the
-~\newlabel~ to the .aux file. Since it is no real page output,
-the page is put back to top of the main vertical list.
+The next is the new part of the output routine writing the
+~\newlabel~ to the .aux file. Since it is no real page output,
+the page is put back to top of the main vertical list.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\def\WriteLineNo{%
- \unvbox\@cclv
- \expandafter \@LN@xnext \@LN@labellist \@@
- \@LN@label \@LN@labellist
- \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\newlabel{\@LN@label}%
- {{\theLineNumber}{\thepage}\@LN@ExtraLabelItems}}%
+\def\WriteLineNo{%
+ \unvbox\@cclv
+ \expandafter \@LN@xnext \@LN@labellist \@@
+ \@LN@label \@LN@labellist
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\newlabel{\@LN@label}%
+ {{\theLineNumber}{\thepage}\@LN@ExtraLabelItems}}%
}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
@@ -1165,9 +1166,9 @@ that place.
\marginpar{\tiny\raggedright
See if it works: This paragraph
starts on page \pageref{demo}, line
-\ref{demo}.
+\ref{demo}.
\unskip}%
-(New v4.11)
+(New v4.11)
\begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% If you use this command outside a ~\linenumbers~
% paragraph, you will get references to some bogus
@@ -1177,12 +1178,12 @@ starts on page \pageref{demo}, line
% or not. A ~\linelabel~ may legally appear earlier than
% ~\linenumbers~.
\end{verbatim}
-\end{old}
-This trick is better not allowed---see subsections_\ref{ss:LL}
+\end{old}
+This trick is better not allowed---see subsections_\ref{ss:LL}
and_\ref{ss:OnOff}.
(/New v4.11)
-~\linelabel~
+~\linelabel~
\begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
%, via a fake float number $-2$, %% new mechanism v4.00
\end{verbatim}
@@ -1199,57 +1200,57 @@ A ~\linelabel~ is allowed only in outer horizontal mode.
In outer vertical mode we start a paragraph, and ignore
trailing spaces (by fooling ~\@esphack~).
-(New v4.00) We aim at relaxing the previous condition.
-We insert a hook ~\@LN@mathhook~ and a shorthand
-~\@LN@postlabel~ to support the ~mathrefs~ option which
-allows ~\linelabel~ in math mode.
+(New v4.00) We aim at relaxing the previous condition.
+We insert a hook ~\@LN@mathhook~ and a shorthand
+~\@LN@postlabel~ to support the ~mathrefs~ option which
+allows ~\linelabel~ in math mode.
-The next paragraph is no longer valid.
+The next paragraph is no longer valid.
\begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% The argument of ~\linelabel~ is put into a macro with a
% name derived from the number of the allocated float box.
% Much of the rest is dummy float setup.
\end{verbatim}
\end{old}
-(/New v4.00)
+(/New v4.00)
-(New v4.11)
-\begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
+(New v4.11)
+\begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% \def\linelabel#1{%
\end{verbatim}
-\end{old}
-I forgot ~\linenumbers~ today, costed me hours or so.
+\end{old}
+I forgot ~\linenumbers~ today, costed me hours or so.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\def\@LN@LLerror{\PackageError{lineno}{%
- \string\linelabel\space without \string\linenumbers}{%
+\def\@LN@LLerror{\PackageError{lineno}{%
+ \string\linelabel\space without \string\linenumbers}{%
Just see documentation. (New feature v4.11)}\@gobble}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(New v4.3) Here some things have changed for v4.3.
-The previous ~#1~ has been replaced by ~\@gobble~.
-Ensuing, the ~\linelabel~ error message is re-implemented.
-I find it difficult to compare efficiency of slight
-alternatives---so choose an easy one. Explicit switching
-in ~\linenumbers~ and ~\nolinenumbers~ is an additional
-command that may better be avoided.
+(New v4.3) Here some things have changed for v4.3.
+The previous ~#1~ has been replaced by ~\@gobble~.
+Ensuing, the ~\linelabel~ error message is re-implemented.
+I find it difficult to compare efficiency of slight
+alternatives---so choose an easy one. Explicit switching
+in ~\linenumbers~ and ~\nolinenumbers~ is an additional
+command that may better be avoided.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand\linelabel{%
- \ifLineNumbers \expandafter \@LN@linelabel
+\newcommand\linelabel{%
+ \ifLineNumbers \expandafter \@LN@linelabel
\else \expandafter \@LN@LLerror \fi}
-\gdef\@LN@linelabel#1{%
+\gdef\@LN@linelabel#1{%
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-~\gdef~ for hyperref ``symbolically''. (/New v4.11)
+~\gdef~ for hyperref ``symbolically''. (/New v4.11)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
- \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect
+ \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-$\gets$ And a ~\linelabel~ should never be replicated in a
-mark or a TOC entry. (/New v4.3)
+$\gets$ And a ~\linelabel~ should never be replicated in a
+mark or a TOC entry. (/New v4.3)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\ifvmode
- \ifinner \else
+ \ifinner \else
\leavevmode \@bsphack \@savsk\p@
\fi
\else
@@ -1261,9 +1262,9 @@ mark or a TOC entry. (/New v4.3)
\else
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(New v4.00)
+(New v4.00)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
- \@LN@postlabel{#1}%
+ \@LN@postlabel{#1}%
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
\begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
@@ -1277,22 +1278,22 @@ mark or a TOC entry. (/New v4.3)
% \endgroup
% \@ignorefalse \@esphack
\end{verbatim}
-\end{old}
-(/New v4.00)
+\end{old}
+(/New v4.00)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
- \@esphack
+ \@esphack
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(New v4.00)
-The ~\@ignorefalse~ was appropriate before because the
-~\@Esphack~ in ~\end@float~ set ~\@ignoretrue~. Cf._\LaTeX's
-~\@xympar~. (/New v4.00)
+(New v4.00)
+The ~\@ignorefalse~ was appropriate before because the
+~\@Esphack~ in ~\end@float~ set ~\@ignoretrue~. Cf._\LaTeX's
+~\@xympar~. (/New v4.00)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\fi
\else
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(New v4.00)
+(New v4.00)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\@LN@mathhook{#1}%
\end{verbatim}
@@ -1300,36 +1301,36 @@ The ~\@ignorefalse~ was appropriate before because the
\begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% \@parmoderr
\end{verbatim}
-\end{old}
-Instead of complaining, you may just do your job.
-(/New v4.00)
+\end{old}
+Instead of complaining, you may just do your job.
+(/New v4.00)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\fi
- \fi
+ \fi
}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(New v4.00) The shorthand just does what happened
-with ~linenox0.sty~ before ~ednmath0.sty~ (New v4.1:
-now ~mathrefs~ option) appeared, and
-the hook is initialized to serve the same purpose.
-So errors come just where Stephan had built them in,
-and this is just the \LaTeX\ ~\marginpar~ behaviour.
+(New v4.00) The shorthand just does what happened
+with ~linenox0.sty~ before ~ednmath0.sty~ (New v4.1:
+now ~mathrefs~ option) appeared, and
+the hook is initialized to serve the same purpose.
+So errors come just where Stephan had built them in,
+and this is just the \LaTeX\ ~\marginpar~ behaviour.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\def\@LN@postlabel#1{\g@addto@macro\@LN@labellist{#1\@lt}%
- \vadjust{\penalty-\@Mllbcodepen}}
+ \vadjust{\penalty-\@Mllbcodepen}}
\def\@LN@mathhook#1{\@parmoderr}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(/New v4.00)
+(/New v4.00)
-\modulolinenumbers[3]
+\modulolinenumbers[3]
\firstlinenumber{1}
\section{%
The appearance of the line numbers
\unskip}\label{appearance}
\subsection{%
-Basic code %% own subsec. v4.2.
+Basic code %% own subsec. v4.2.
\unskip}
The line numbers are set as ~\tiny\sffamily\arabic{linenumber}~,
@@ -1338,10 +1339,10 @@ right of the text, or . . .
. . . here are the hooks:
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\def\makeLineNumberLeft{%
+\def\makeLineNumberLeft{%
\hss\linenumberfont\LineNumber\hskip\linenumbersep}
-\def\makeLineNumberRight{%
+\def\makeLineNumberRight{%
\linenumberfont\hskip\linenumbersep\hskip\columnwidth
\hb@xt@\linenumberwidth{\hss\LineNumber}\hss}
@@ -1356,7 +1357,7 @@ right of the text, or . . .
\end{code}
Margin switching requires ~pagewise~ numbering mode, but
choosing the left or right margin for the numbers always
-works.
+works.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\def\switchlinenumbers{\@ifstar
{\let\makeLineNumberOdd\makeLineNumberRight
@@ -1408,57 +1409,57 @@ Only the running mode counter may be reset, or preset,
for individual paragraphs. The pagewise counter must
give a unique anonymous number for each line.
-(New v4.3) ~\newcounter{linenumber}~
-was the only ~\newcounter~ in the whole package, and
-formerly I was near using ~\newcount~ instead. Yet
-~\newcounter~ may be quite useful for ~\includeonly~.
-It also supports resetting ``subcounters'', but what
-could these be? Well, ~edtable~ might introduce a
-subcounter for columns.
-(Note that \LaTeX's setting commands would work with
-~\newcount\c@linenumber~ already, apart from this.
-And perhaps sometimes ~\refstepcounter{linenumber}~
-wouldn't work---cf._my discussion of ~\stepcounter~ in
-subsection_\ref{ss:MLN}, similarly ~\refstep...~ would
-be quite useless.
-Even the usual redefinitions of ~\thelinenumber~ would
-work. It is nice, on the other hand, that
-~\thelinenumber~ is predefined here. \LaTeX's
-initialization of the value perhaps just serves making
-clear \LaTeX\ counters should always be changed
-globally.---Shortened and improved the discussion here.)
-(/New v4.3)
-
-(New v4.22)
-~\c@linenumber~ usually is---globally---incremented by
-~\stepcounter~ (at present), so resetting it locally would
-raise the save stack problem of \TeX book p._301, moreover
-it would be is useless, there is no hope of keeping the
-values local (but see subsection_\ref{ss:ILN}). So I insert
-~\global~: (/New v4.22)
-\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand*\resetlinenumber[1][\@ne]{%
+(New v4.3) ~\newcounter{linenumber}~
+was the only ~\newcounter~ in the whole package, and
+formerly I was near using ~\newcount~ instead. Yet
+~\newcounter~ may be quite useful for ~\includeonly~.
+It also supports resetting ``subcounters'', but what
+could these be? Well, ~edtable~ might introduce a
+subcounter for columns.
+(Note that \LaTeX's setting commands would work with
+~\newcount\c@linenumber~ already, apart from this.
+And perhaps sometimes ~\refstepcounter{linenumber}~
+wouldn't work---cf._my discussion of ~\stepcounter~ in
+subsection_\ref{ss:MLN}, similarly ~\refstep...~ would
+be quite useless.
+Even the usual redefinitions of ~\thelinenumber~ would
+work. It is nice, on the other hand, that
+~\thelinenumber~ is predefined here. \LaTeX's
+initialization of the value perhaps just serves making
+clear \LaTeX\ counters should always be changed
+globally.---Shortened and improved the discussion here.)
+(/New v4.3)
+
+(New v4.22)
+~\c@linenumber~ usually is---globally---incremented by
+~\stepcounter~ (at present), so resetting it locally would
+raise the save stack problem of \TeX book p._301, moreover
+it would be is useless, there is no hope of keeping the
+values local (but see subsection_\ref{ss:ILN}). So I insert
+~\global~: (/New v4.22)
+\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
+\newcommand*\resetlinenumber[1][\@ne]{%
\global % v4.22
\c@runninglinenumber#1\relax}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(New v4.00)
+(New v4.00)
\begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% \newcommand\resetlinenumber[1][1]{\c@runninglinenumber#1}
\end{verbatim}
\end{old}
-Added ~\relax~, being quite sure that this does no harm
-and is quite important, as with ~\setcounter~ etc.
-I consider this a bug fix (although perhaps no user has
-ever had a problem with this). (/New v4.00)
+Added ~\relax~, being quite sure that this does no harm
+and is quite important, as with ~\setcounter~ etc.
+I consider this a bug fix (although perhaps no user has
+ever had a problem with this). (/New v4.00)
-(v4.22: I had made much fuss about resetting subordinate
+(v4.22: I had made much fuss about resetting subordinate
counters here---removed, somewhat postponed.)
\subsection{%
Running line numbers
-\unskip}
+\unskip}
Running mode is easy, ~\LineNumber~ and ~\theLineNumber~
produce ~\thelinenumber~, which defaults to
@@ -1479,12 +1480,12 @@ counter. This is the default mode of operation.
\subsection{%
Pagewise line numbers
-\unskip}\label{ss:PW}
+\unskip}\label{ss:PW}
Difficult, if you think about it. The number has to be
printed when there is no means to know on which page it
-will end up, except through the aux-file. My solution
-is really expensive, but quite robust.
+will end up, except through the aux-file. My solution
+is really expensive, but quite robust.
With version ~v2.00~ the hashsize requirements are
reduced, because we do not need one controlsequence for
@@ -1525,53 +1526,53 @@ there might else be in ~\thepage~.
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
(New v4.00) (UL)
-As Daniel Doherty observed, the earlier line
+As Daniel Doherty observed, the earlier line
\begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% \string\@LN{\the\c@linenumber}{\noexpand\the\c@page}}}
\end{verbatim}
\end{old}
-here may lead into an infinite loop when the user resets
-the page number (think of ~\pagenumbering~, e.g.).
-Stephan and I brief\/ly discussed the matter and decided
-to introduce a ``physical''-page counter to which
-~\logtheLineNumber~ refers. It was Stephan's idea to use
-~\cl@page~ for reliably augmenting the ``physical''-page
-counter. However, this relies on the output routine once
-doing ~\stepcounter{page}~. Before Stephan's
-suggestion, I had thought of appending the stepping to
-\LaTeX's ~\@outputpage~.---So the macro definition ends
-as follows.
-\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
- \string\@LN{\the\c@linenumber}{%
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{code}
-(New v4.2)
-The `truepage' counter must start with ~\c@~ so it works
-with ~\include~, and the ~\@addtoreset~ below is needed
-for the same purpose.
-\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
- \noexpand\the\c@LN@truepage}}}
+here may lead into an infinite loop when the user resets
+the page number (think of ~\pagenumbering~, e.g.).
+Stephan and I brief\/ly discussed the matter and decided
+to introduce a ``physical''-page counter to which
+~\logtheLineNumber~ refers. It was Stephan's idea to use
+~\cl@page~ for reliably augmenting the ``physical''-page
+counter. However, this relies on the output routine once
+doing ~\stepcounter{page}~. Before Stephan's
+suggestion, I had thought of appending the stepping to
+\LaTeX's ~\@outputpage~.---So the macro definition ends
+as follows.
+\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
+ \string\@LN{\the\c@linenumber}{%
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{code}
+(New v4.2)
+The `truepage' counter must start with ~\c@~ so it works
+with ~\include~, and the ~\@addtoreset~ below is needed
+for the same purpose.
+\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
+ \noexpand\the\c@LN@truepage}}}
-\newcount\c@LN@truepage
+\newcount\c@LN@truepage
\g@addto@macro\cl@page{\global\advance\c@LN@truepage\@ne}
\@addtoreset{LN@truepage}{@ckpt}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(/New v4.2) I had thought of offering more
-features of a \LaTeX\ counter. However, the user should
-better \emph{not} have access to this counter. ~\c@page~
-should suffice as a pagewise master counter.---To be sure,
-along the present lines the user \emph{can} manipulate
-~\c@LN@truepage~ by ~\stepcounter{page}~. E.g., she might
-do this in order to manually insert a photograph. Well,
-seems not to harm.
+(/New v4.2) I had thought of offering more
+features of a \LaTeX\ counter. However, the user should
+better \emph{not} have access to this counter. ~\c@page~
+should suffice as a pagewise master counter.---To be sure,
+along the present lines the user \emph{can} manipulate
+~\c@LN@truepage~ by ~\stepcounter{page}~. E.g., she might
+do this in order to manually insert a photograph. Well,
+seems not to harm.
-The above usage of ~\g@addto@macro~ and ~\cl@page~ may be
-not as stable as Stephan intended. His proposal used
-~\xdef~ directly. But he used ~\cl@page~ as well, and who
-knows \dots{} And as to ~\g@addto@macro~, I have introduced
-it for list macros anyway.
-(/UL) (/New v4.00)
+The above usage of ~\g@addto@macro~ and ~\cl@page~ may be
+not as stable as Stephan intended. His proposal used
+~\xdef~ directly. But he used ~\cl@page~ as well, and who
+knows \dots{} And as to ~\g@addto@macro~, I have introduced
+it for list macros anyway.
+(/UL) (/New v4.00)
From the aux-file we get one macro ~\LN@P~<page> for each
page with line numbers on it. This macro calls four other
@@ -1582,7 +1583,7 @@ on which page the current line number is located.
We need sort of a pointer to the first page with line
numbers, initiallized to point to nothing:
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\def\LastNumberedPage{first}
+\def\LastNumberedPage{first}
\def\LN@Pfirst{\nextLN\relax}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
@@ -1597,7 +1598,7 @@ themselves in an ~\xdef~
\end{code}
During the end-document run through the aux-files, we
disable ~\@LN~. I may put in a check here later, to give
-a rerun recommendation.
+a rerun recommendation.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\AtEndDocument{\let\@LN\@gobbletwo}
\end{verbatim}
@@ -1611,7 +1612,7 @@ If ~\LN@P~<page> is undefined, initialize it with the
current page and line number, with the
\emph{pointer-to-the-next-page} pointing to nothing. And
the macro for the previous page will be redefined to point
-to the current one.
+to the current one.
If the macro for the current page already exists, just
redefine the \emph{last-line-number} entry.
@@ -1626,8 +1627,8 @@ following page later.
\def\@@LN#1#2#3#4{\ifx#1\relax
\ifx#2\relax\gdef#2{#3}\fi
- \expandafter\@@@LN\csname LN@P\LastNumberedPage\endcsname#1%
- \xdef#1{\lastLN{#3}\firstLN{#3}%
+ \expandafter\@@@LN\csname LN@P\LastNumberedPage\endcsname#1%
+ \xdef#1{\lastLN{#3}\firstLN{#3}%
\pageLN{#4}{\@LN@column}{#2}\nextLN\relax}%
\else
\def\lastLN##1{\noexpand\lastLN{#3}}%
@@ -1638,7 +1639,7 @@ following page later.
\end{code}
The previous page macro gets its pointer to the
current one, replacing the ~\relax~ with the cs-token
-~\LN@P~<page>.
+~\LN@P~<page>.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\def\@@@LN#1#2{{\def\nextLN##1{\noexpand\nextLN\noexpand#2}%
\xdef#1{#1}}}
@@ -1650,12 +1651,12 @@ the last one came from, or maybe the next page. However, it can
be a completely different one. We maintain a cache,
which is ~\let~ to the last page's macro. But for now
it is initialized to expand ~\LN@first~, where the poiner
-to the first numbered page has been stored in.
+to the first numbered page has been stored in.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\def\NumberedPageCache{\LN@Pfirst}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-To find out on which page the current ~\c@linenumber~ is,
+To find out on which page the current ~\c@linenumber~ is,
we define the four dynamic macros to do something usefull
and execute the current cache macro. ~\lastLN~ is run
first, testing if the line number in question may be on a
@@ -1671,7 +1672,7 @@ Else, if ~\firstLN~ finds out that we need an earlier
page, we start over from the beginning. Else, ~\nextLN~
will be disabled, and ~\pageLN~ will run
~\gotNumberedPage~ with four arguments: the first line
-number on this column, the page number, the column
+number on this column, the page number, the column
number, and the first line on the page.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\def\testFirstNumberedPage#1{\ifnum#1>\c@linenumber
@@ -1697,7 +1698,7 @@ continue the search with the next page.
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
When we switch to another page, we first have to make
-sure that it is there. If we are done with the last
+sure that it is there. If we are done with the last
page, we probably need to run \TeX\ again, but for the
rest of this run, the cache macro will just return four
zeros. This saves a lot of time, for example if you have
@@ -1705,7 +1706,7 @@ half of an aux-file from an aborted run, in the next run
the whole page-list would be searched in vain again and
again for the second half of the document.
-If there is another page, we iterate the search.
+If there is another page, we iterate the search.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\def\testNextNumberedPage#1{\ifx#1\relax
\global\def\NumberedPageCache{\gotNumberedPage0000}%
@@ -1722,10 +1723,10 @@ If there is another page, we iterate the search.
\linelabel{demo2}
\marginpar{\tiny\raggedright
Let's see if it finds the label
-on page \pageref{demo},
+on page \pageref{demo},
line \ref{demo}, and back here
on page \pageref{demo2}, line
-\ref{demo2}.
+\ref{demo2}.
\unskip}%
To separate the official hooks from the internals there is
this equivalence, to hook in later for whatever purpose:
@@ -1743,7 +1744,7 @@ the final line number to be printed.
\def\gotNumberedPage#1#2#3#4{\oddNumberedPagefalse
\ifodd \if@twocolumn #3\else #2\fi\relax\oddNumberedPagetrue\fi
- \advance\c@linenumber\@ne
+ \advance\c@linenumber\@ne
\ifcolumnwiselinenumbers
\subtractlinenumberoffset{#1}%
\else
@@ -1771,7 +1772,7 @@ the whole procedure, with the requested line number stored
in the ~\c@linenumber~ counter. This is what gets printed
to the aux-file to make a label:
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\def\thePagewiseLineNumber{\protect
+\def\thePagewiseLineNumber{\protect
\getpagewiselinenumber{\the\c@linenumber}}%
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
@@ -1795,76 +1796,76 @@ numbered line
[MEM:] One macro per page. Great improvement over v1.02,
which had one control sequence per line in
addition. It blew the hash table after some five
-thousand lines.
+thousand lines.
\end{description}
\subsection{%
Twocolumn mode (New v3.06)
\unskip}
-Twocolumn mode requires another patch to the ~\output~
-routine, in order to print a column tag to the .aux
+Twocolumn mode requires another patch to the ~\output~
+routine, in order to print a column tag to the .aux
file.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\AtBeginDocument{% v4.2, revtex4.cls (e.g.).
- % <- TODO v4.4+: Or better in \LineNoLaTeXOutput!?
- \let\@LN@orig@makecol\@makecol}
+\AtBeginDocument{% v4.2, revtex4.cls (e.g.).
+ % <- TODO v4.4+: Or better in \LineNoLaTeXOutput!?
+ \let\@LN@orig@makecol\@makecol}
\def\@LN@makecol{%
\@LN@orig@makecol
\setbox\@outputbox \vbox{%
\boxmaxdepth \@maxdepth
- \protected@write\@auxout{}{%
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{%
\string\@LN@col{\if@firstcolumn1\else2\fi}%
}%
- \box\@outputbox
+ \box\@outputbox
}% \vbox
-} %% TODO cf. revtexln.sty.
+} %% TODO cf. revtexln.sty.
-\def\@LN@col{\def\@LN@column} % v4.22, removed #1.
+\def\@LN@col{\def\@LN@column} % v4.22, removed #1.
\@LN@col{1}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
\subsection{%
-Numbering modulo $m$, starting at $f$
-\unskip}\label{ss:Mod}
+Numbering modulo $m$, starting at $f$
+\unskip}\label{ss:Mod}
Most users want to have only one in five lines numbered.
~\LineNumber~ is supposed to produce the outfit of the
line number attached to the line, while ~\thelinenumber~
is used also for references, which should appear even if
-they are not multiples of five.
-
-(New v4.00) Moreover, some users want to
-control which line number should be printed first. Support
-of this is now introduced here---see ~\firstlinenumber~
-below.---~numline.sty~ by Michael Jaegermann and
-James Fortune offers controlling which \emph{final}
-line numbers should not be printed. What is
-it good for? We ignore this here until some user demands
-it.---Peter Wilson's ~ledmac.sty~ offers much different
-choices of line numbers to be printed, due to Wayne Sullivan.
-(/New v4.00)
-
-(New v4.22) ~\c@linenumbermodulo~ is rendered a
-fake counter, as discussed since v4.00. So it can
-no longer be set by ~\setcounter~. ~\modulolinenumbers~
-serves this purpose. Well, does anybody want to do
-what worked with ~\addtocounter~? (Then please tell
-me.)---At least, ~\value~ still works. For the same
-purpose I rename the fake `firstlinenumber' counter
-~\n@...~ to ~\c@...~. (/New v4.22)
+they are not multiples of five.
+
+(New v4.00) Moreover, some users want to
+control which line number should be printed first. Support
+of this is now introduced here---see ~\firstlinenumber~
+below.---~numline.sty~ by Michael Jaegermann and
+James Fortune offers controlling which \emph{final}
+line numbers should not be printed. What is
+it good for? We ignore this here until some user demands
+it.---Peter Wilson's ~ledmac.sty~ offers much different
+choices of line numbers to be printed, due to Wayne Sullivan.
+(/New v4.00)
+
+(New v4.22) ~\c@linenumbermodulo~ is rendered a
+fake counter, as discussed since v4.00. So it can
+no longer be set by ~\setcounter~. ~\modulolinenumbers~
+serves this purpose. Well, does anybody want to do
+what worked with ~\addtocounter~? (Then please tell
+me.)---At least, ~\value~ still works. For the same
+purpose I rename the fake `firstlinenumber' counter
+~\n@...~ to ~\c@...~. (/New v4.22)
\begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
-% \newcount\c@linenumbermodulo % removed for v4.22
+% \newcount\c@linenumbermodulo % removed for v4.22
\end{verbatim}
\end{old}
-(New v4.00) \par
-~\themodulolinenumber~ waits for being declared
-~\LineNumber~ by ~\modulolinenumbers~. (This has
-been so before, no change.) Here is how it
-looked before:
+(New v4.00) \par
+~\themodulolinenumber~ waits for being declared
+~\LineNumber~ by ~\modulolinenumbers~. (This has
+been so before, no change.) Here is how it
+looked before:
\begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% \def\themodulolinenumber{{\@tempcnta\c@linenumber
% \divide\@tempcnta\c@linenumbermodulo
@@ -1872,219 +1873,219 @@ looked before:
% \ifnum\@tempcnta=\c@linenumber\thelinenumber\fi
% }}
\end{verbatim}
-\end{old}
-(UL) This was somewhat slow. This arithmetic
-happens at every line. This time I tend to declare an extra
-line counter (as opposed to my usual recommendations to use
-counters as rarely as possible) which is stepped every line.
-It could be incremented in the same way as ~\c@LN@truepage~
-is incremented via ~\cl@page~! This is another point in favour
-of ~{linenumber}~ being a \LaTeX\ counter!
-When this new counter equals ~\c@linenumbermodulo~, it is reset,
-and ~\thelinenumber~ is executed.---It gets much slower by my
-support of controlling the first line number below. I should
+\end{old}
+(UL) This was somewhat slow. This arithmetic
+happens at every line. This time I tend to declare an extra
+line counter (as opposed to my usual recommendations to use
+counters as rarely as possible) which is stepped every line.
+It could be incremented in the same way as ~\c@LN@truepage~
+is incremented via ~\cl@page~! This is another point in favour
+of ~{linenumber}~ being a \LaTeX\ counter!
+When this new counter equals ~\c@linenumbermodulo~, it is reset,
+and ~\thelinenumber~ is executed.---It gets much slower by my
+support of controlling the first line number below. I should
improve this.---On
-the other hand, time expense means very little nowadays,
-while the number of \TeX\ counters still is limited.
+the other hand, time expense means very little nowadays,
+while the number of \TeX\ counters still is limited.
-For the same purpose, moreover, attaching the line number
-box could be intercepted earlier (in ~\MakeLineNo~),
-without changing ~\LineNumber~. However, this may be
-bad for the latter's announcement as a wizard interface
+For the same purpose, moreover, attaching the line number
+box could be intercepted earlier (in ~\MakeLineNo~),
+without changing ~\LineNumber~. However, this may be
+bad for the latter's announcement as a wizard interface
in section_\ref{s:UserCmds}.
-(/UL)
+(/UL)
-Here is the new code. It is very near to my ~lnopatch.sty~
-code which introduced the first line number feature
-before.---I add starting with a ~\relax~ which is so often
-recommended---without understanding this really. At least,
-it will not harm.---Former group braces appear as
-~\begingroup~/~\endgroup~ here.
+Here is the new code. It is very near to my ~lnopatch.sty~
+code which introduced the first line number feature
+before.---I add starting with a ~\relax~ which is so often
+recommended---without understanding this really. At least,
+it will not harm.---Former group braces appear as
+~\begingroup~/~\endgroup~ here.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\def\themodulolinenumber{\relax
- \ifnum\c@linenumber<\c@firstlinenumber \else
- \begingroup
+ \ifnum\c@linenumber<\c@firstlinenumber \else
+ \begingroup
\@tempcnta\c@linenumber
- \advance\@tempcnta-\c@firstlinenumber
+ \advance\@tempcnta-\c@firstlinenumber
\divide\@tempcnta\c@linenumbermodulo
\multiply\@tempcnta\c@linenumbermodulo
- \advance\@tempcnta\c@firstlinenumber
+ \advance\@tempcnta\c@firstlinenumber
\ifnum\@tempcnta=\c@linenumber \thelinenumber \fi
- \endgroup
- \fi
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(/New v4.00)
+(/New v4.00)
The user command to set the modulo counter:
-(New v4.31) \dots\ a star variant is introduced to implement
-Hillel Chayim Yisraeli's idea to print the first line number
-after an interruption of the edited text by some editor's
-text, regardless of the modulo. If it is 1, it is printed only
+(New v4.31) \dots\ a star variant is introduced to implement
+Hillel Chayim Yisraeli's idea to print the first line number
+after an interruption of the edited text by some editor's
+text, regardless of the modulo. If it is 1, it is printed only
with ~\firstlinenumber{1}~. I.e., you use ~\modulolinenumbers*~
-for the new feature, without the star you get the simpler
-behaviour that we have had so far. And you can switch back
-from the refined behaviour to the simple one by using
-~\modulolinenumbers~ without the star.---This enhancement
-is accompanied by a new package option ~modulo*~ which just
-executes ~\modulolinenumbers*~
-(subsection_\ref{ss:v3opts}).---`With ~\firstlinenumber{1}~'
-exactly means: `1' is printed if and only if the last
-~\firstlinenumber~ before or in the paragraph that follows
-the ``interruption'' has argument `1' (or something
-\emph{expanding} to `1', or (to) something that \TeX\
-``reads'' as 1, e.g.: a \TeX\ count register storing
-1).---At present, this behaviour may be unsatisfactory with
-pagewise line-numbering $\dots$ I'll make an experimental
+for the new feature, without the star you get the simpler
+behaviour that we have had so far. And you can switch back
+from the refined behaviour to the simple one by using
+~\modulolinenumbers~ without the star.---This enhancement
+is accompanied by a new package option ~modulo*~ which just
+executes ~\modulolinenumbers*~
+(subsection_\ref{ss:v3opts}).---`With ~\firstlinenumber{1}~'
+exactly means: `1' is printed if and only if the last
+~\firstlinenumber~ before or in the paragraph that follows
+the ``interruption'' has argument `1' (or something
+\emph{expanding} to `1', or (to) something that \TeX\
+``reads'' as 1, e.g.: a \TeX\ count register storing
+1).---At present, this behaviour may be unsatisfactory with
+pagewise line-numbering $\dots$ I'll make an experimental
extra package if someone complains \dots
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand\modulolinenumbers{%
+\newcommand\modulolinenumbers{%
\@ifstar
- {\def\@LN@maybe@moduloresume{%
+ {\def\@LN@maybe@moduloresume{%
\global\let\@LN@maybe@normalLineNumber
- \@LN@normalLineNumber}%
- \@LN@modulolinenos}%
+ \@LN@normalLineNumber}%
+ \@LN@modulolinenos}%
{\let\@LN@maybe@moduloresume\relax \@LN@modulolinenos}%
}
-\global\let\@LN@maybe@normalLineNumber\relax
-\let\@LN@maybe@moduloresume\relax
-\gdef\@LN@normalLineNumber{%
- \ifnum\c@linenumber=\c@firstlinenumber \else
+\global\let\@LN@maybe@normalLineNumber\relax
+\let\@LN@maybe@moduloresume\relax
+\gdef\@LN@normalLineNumber{%
+ \ifnum\c@linenumber=\c@firstlinenumber \else
\ifnum\c@linenumber>\@ne
- \def\LineNumber{\thelinenumber}%
- \fi
- \fi
+ \def\LineNumber{\thelinenumber}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-~\def~ instead of ~\let~ enables taking account of a
-redefinition of ~\thelinenumber~ in a present numbering
-environment (e.g.).
+~\def~ instead of ~\let~ enables taking account of a
+redefinition of ~\thelinenumber~ in a present numbering
+environment (e.g.).
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\global\let\@LN@maybe@normalLineNumber\relax}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-Instead of changing ~\LineNumber~ directly by
+Instead of changing ~\LineNumber~ directly by
~LN@moduloresume~, these tricks enable ~\modulolinenumbers*~
-to act as locally as I can make it. I don't know how to
-avoid that the output routine switches back to the normal
-modulo behaviour by a global change. (An ~\aftergroup~ may
+to act as locally as I can make it. I don't know how to
+avoid that the output routine switches back to the normal
+modulo behaviour by a global change. (An ~\aftergroup~ may
fail in admittedly improbable cases.)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\newcommand*\@LN@modulolinenos[1][\z@]{%
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-The definition of this macro is that of the former
-~\modulolinenumbers~. (/New v4.31)
+The definition of this macro is that of the former
+~\modulolinenumbers~. (/New v4.31)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\let\LineNumber\themodulolinenumber
- \ifnum#1>\@ne
- \chardef % v4.22, note below
+ \ifnum#1>\@ne
+ \chardef % v4.22, note below
\c@linenumbermodulo#1\relax
- \else\ifnum#1=\@ne
+ \else\ifnum#1=\@ne
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
\begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% \def\LineNumber{\thelinenumber}%
\end{verbatim}
-\end{old}
-(New v4.00) I am putting something here to enable
-~\firstlinenumber~ with $~\c@linenumbermodulo~=1$.
-With ~lnopatch.sty~, a trick was offered for this purpose.
-It is now obsolete.
+\end{old}
+(New v4.00) I am putting something here to enable
+~\firstlinenumber~ with $~\c@linenumbermodulo~=1$.
+With ~lnopatch.sty~, a trick was offered for this purpose.
+It is now obsolete.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
- \def\LineNumber{\@LN@ifgreat\thelinenumber}%
+ \def\LineNumber{\@LN@ifgreat\thelinenumber}%
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(/New v4.00)
+(/New v4.00)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\fi\fi
}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(New v4.00) The default of ~\@LN@ifgreat~ is
+(New v4.00) The default of ~\@LN@ifgreat~ is
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\let\@LN@ifgreat\relax
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-The previous changes as soon as ~\firstlinenumber~ is used:
+The previous changes as soon as ~\firstlinenumber~ is used:
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\newcommand*\firstlinenumber[1]{%
- \chardef\c@firstlinenumber#1\relax
+\newcommand*\firstlinenumber[1]{%
+ \chardef\c@firstlinenumber#1\relax
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-No counter, little values allowed only---OK?---(UL)
-The change is local---OK? The good thing is that
-~\global\firstlinenumber{~<number>~}~ works. Moreover,
+No counter, little values allowed only---OK?---(UL)
+The change is local---OK? The good thing is that
+~\global\firstlinenumber{~<number>~}~ works. Moreover,
~\modulolinenumbers~ acts locally as well. (/UL)
-(New v4.31)
+(New v4.31)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
- \let\@LN@ifgreat\@LN@ifgreat@critical}
+ \let\@LN@ifgreat\@LN@ifgreat@critical}
\def\@LN@ifgreat@critical{%
- \ifnum\c@linenumber<\c@firstlinenumber
- \expandafter \@gobble
- \fi}%
+ \ifnum\c@linenumber<\c@firstlinenumber
+ \expandafter \@gobble
+ \fi}%
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(/New v4.31)
+(/New v4.31)
-The default
-value of ~\c@firstlinenumber~ %% v4.31
-is 0. This is best for what one would expect from modulo
-printing.
+The default
+value of ~\c@firstlinenumber~ %% v4.31
+is 0. This is best for what one would expect from modulo
+printing.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\let\c@firstlinenumber=\z@
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-For usage and effects of ~\modulolinenumbers~ and %% v4.31
-~\firstlinenumbers~, please consult section_\ref{s:UserCmds}.
-Two details on ~\firstlinenumbers~ here:
-(i)_~\firstlinenumber~ acts on a paragraph if and only if
-(a)_the paragraph is broken into lines ``in line-numbering
-mode'' (after ~\linenumbers~, e.g.);
-(b)_it is the last occurrence of a ~\firstlinenumbers~
-before or in the paragraph.
-(The practical applications of this that I can imagine
-don't seem appealing to me.)
-Cf._the explanation above of how ~\modulolinenumbers~ and
-~\firstlinenumbers~ interact---for this and for (ii),
-which is concerned with possible arguments for
-~\firstlinenumbers~.
+For usage and effects of ~\modulolinenumbers~ and %% v4.31
+~\firstlinenumbers~, please consult section_\ref{s:UserCmds}.
+Two details on ~\firstlinenumbers~ here:
+(i)_~\firstlinenumber~ acts on a paragraph if and only if
+(a)_the paragraph is broken into lines ``in line-numbering
+mode'' (after ~\linenumbers~, e.g.);
+(b)_it is the last occurrence of a ~\firstlinenumbers~
+before or in the paragraph.
+(The practical applications of this that I can imagine
+don't seem appealing to me.)
+Cf._the explanation above of how ~\modulolinenumbers~ and
+~\firstlinenumbers~ interact---for this and for (ii),
+which is concerned with possible arguments for
+~\firstlinenumbers~.
-Note that the line numbers of the present section
-demonstrate the two devices. (/New v4.00)
+Note that the line numbers of the present section
+demonstrate the two devices. (/New v4.00)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\chardef\c@linenumbermodulo=5 % v4.2; ugly?
+\chardef\c@linenumbermodulo=5 % v4.2; ugly?
\modulolinenumbers[1]
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(New v4.22) The new implementation through ~\chardef~
-decreases the functionality and raises certain compatibility
-problems. I face this without fear. The maximum modulo value
-is now ~255~. I expect that this suffices for usual applications.
-However, some users have ``abused'' ~lineno.sty~ to get
-~ednotes.sty~ features without line numbers, so have set the
-modulo to a value beyond the total number of lines in their
-edition. This ought to be replaced by
-~\let\makeLineNumber\relax~. (/New v4.22)
+(New v4.22) The new implementation through ~\chardef~
+decreases the functionality and raises certain compatibility
+problems. I face this without fear. The maximum modulo value
+is now ~255~. I expect that this suffices for usual applications.
+However, some users have ``abused'' ~lineno.sty~ to get
+~ednotes.sty~ features without line numbers, so have set the
+modulo to a value beyond the total number of lines in their
+edition. This ought to be replaced by
+~\let\makeLineNumber\relax~. (/New v4.22)
-\section{%
+\section{%
Package options
-\unskip}\label{s:Opts}
+\unskip}\label{s:Opts}
-(New v4.1)
-The last heading formerly was the heading of what is now
-subsection_\ref{ss:v3opts}. The options declared there were
-said to execute user commands only. This was wrong already
-concerning ~displaymath~ and ~hyperref~. At least, however,
-these options were no or almost no occasion to skip definitions
-or allocations. This is different with the options that we now
-insert.
+(New v4.1)
+The last heading formerly was the heading of what is now
+subsection_\ref{ss:v3opts}. The options declared there were
+said to execute user commands only. This was wrong already
+concerning ~displaymath~ and ~hyperref~. At least, however,
+these options were no or almost no occasion to skip definitions
+or allocations. This is different with the options that we now
+insert.
\subsection{%
@@ -2092,150 +2093,150 @@ Extended referencing to line numbers. (v4.2)
\unskip}
This subsection explains and declares package option ~addpageno~. %% v4.31
-If a line to whose number you refer by ~\ref~ is not on the
-present page, it may be useful to add the number of the page
-on which the line occurs---and perhaps it should not be added
-otherwise. In general, you could use the Standard \LaTeX\
-package varioref for this. However, the latter usually
+If a line to whose number you refer by ~\ref~ is not on the
+present page, it may be useful to add the number of the page
+on which the line occurs---and perhaps it should not be added
+otherwise. In general, you could use the Standard \LaTeX\
+package varioref for this. However, the latter usually
produces verbose output like `on the preceding page'---
-unless costumized---, while in critical editions, e.g., one
-may prefer just adding the page number and some mark on the
-left of the line number, irrespectively of how far the page is
-apart etc. To support this, package option ~addpageno~
-provides a command ~\vpagelineref~ to be used in place of
-~\ref~. This produces, e.g., `34.15' when referring to line_15
-on page_34 while the present page is not 34. You can customize
-the outcome, see the package file ~vplref.sty~ where the code
-and further details are. You may conceive of
-~\vpagelineref~ as a certain customization of varioref's
-~\vref~.
-
-This implies that option ~addpageno~ requires the files
-~vplref.sty~ and ~varioref.sty~. ~addpageno~ automatically
-loads both of them. Yet you can also load ~varioref.sty~
-on your own to use its package options.
-
-Of course, you might better introduce a shorter command name
-for ~\vpagelineref~ for your work, while we cannot predict
-here what shorthand will fit your work. E.g.,
+unless costumized---, while in critical editions, e.g., one
+may prefer just adding the page number and some mark on the
+left of the line number, irrespectively of how far the page is
+apart etc. To support this, package option ~addpageno~
+provides a command ~\vpagelineref~ to be used in place of
+~\ref~. This produces, e.g., `34.15' when referring to line_15
+on page_34 while the present page is not 34. You can customize
+the outcome, see the package file ~vplref.sty~ where the code
+and further details are. You may conceive of
+~\vpagelineref~ as a certain customization of varioref's
+~\vref~.
+
+This implies that option ~addpageno~ requires the files
+~vplref.sty~ and ~varioref.sty~. ~addpageno~ automatically
+loads both of them. Yet you can also load ~varioref.sty~
+on your own to use its package options.
+
+Of course, you might better introduce a shorter command name
+for ~\vpagelineref~ for your work, while we cannot predict
+here what shorthand will fit your work. E.g.,
~\newcommand{\lref}{\vpagelineref}~.
-If you really want to add the page number in \emph{any} case,
-use, e.g., some ~\myref~ instead of ~\ref~, after
-\[~newcommand*{\myref}{\pageref{#1}.\ref{#1}}~\]
-or what you like. You don't need the ~addpageno~ option in
-this case.
+If you really want to add the page number in \emph{any} case,
+use, e.g., some ~\myref~ instead of ~\ref~, after
+\[~newcommand*{\myref}{\pageref{#1}.\ref{#1}}~\]
+or what you like. You don't need the ~addpageno~ option in
+this case.
-~addpageno~ is due to a suggestion by Sergei Mariev.
+~addpageno~ is due to a suggestion by Sergei Mariev.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\DeclareOption{addpageno}{%
- \AtEndOfPackage{\RequirePackage{vplref}[2005/04/25]}}
+\DeclareOption{addpageno}{%
+ \AtEndOfPackage{\RequirePackage{vplref}[2005/04/25]}}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-\subsection{%
-\scs{linelabel} in math mode
+\subsection{%
+\scs{linelabel} in math mode
\unskip}\label{ss:MathRef}
-We have made some first steps towards allowing ~\linelabel~ in
-math mode. Because our code for this is presently experimental,
-we leave it to the user to decide for the experiment by calling
-option ~mathrefs~. We are in a hurry now and thus leave the
-code, explanations, and discussion in the separate package
-~ednmath0.sty~. Maybe we later find the time to improve the
-code and move the relevant content of ~ednmath0.sty~ to here.
-The optimal situation would be to define ~\linelabel~ from
-the start so it works in math mode, omitting the ~mathrefs~
-option.
+We have made some first steps towards allowing ~\linelabel~ in
+math mode. Because our code for this is presently experimental,
+we leave it to the user to decide for the experiment by calling
+option ~mathrefs~. We are in a hurry now and thus leave the
+code, explanations, and discussion in the separate package
+~ednmath0.sty~. Maybe we later find the time to improve the
+code and move the relevant content of ~ednmath0.sty~ to here.
+The optimal situation would be to define ~\linelabel~ from
+the start so it works in math mode, omitting the ~mathrefs~
+option.
-Actually, this package even provides adjustments for analogously
-allowing ~ednotes.sty~ commands in math mode. Loading the package
-is postponed to ~\AtBeginDocument~ when we know whether these
-adjustments are needed.
+Actually, this package even provides adjustments for analogously
+allowing ~ednotes.sty~ commands in math mode. Loading the package
+is postponed to ~\AtBeginDocument~ when we know whether these
+adjustments are needed.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\DeclareOption{mathrefs}{\AtBeginDocument
- {\RequirePackage{ednmath0}[2004/08/20]}}
+\DeclareOption{mathrefs}{\AtBeginDocument
+ {\RequirePackage{ednmath0}[2004/08/20]}}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-\subsection{%
+\subsection{%
Arrays, tabular environments (Revised v4.11)
-\unskip}\label{ss:Tab}
+\unskip}\label{ss:Tab}
This subsection explains and declares package options %% v4.31
~edtable~, ~longtable~, and ~nolongtablepatch~.
-The standard \LaTeX\ tabular environments come as single
-boxes, so the ~lineno.sty~ versions before v4.00 treated them as
-(parts of) single lines, printing (at most) one line number
-beside each and stepping the line number counter once only.
-Moreover, ~\linelabel~s got lost. Of course, tables are
-usually so high that you will want to treat each row like a
-line. (Christian Tapp even desires that the lines of table
-entries belonging to a single row are treated like ordinary
-lines.) Footnotes get lost in such environments as well, which
+The standard \LaTeX\ tabular environments come as single
+boxes, so the ~lineno.sty~ versions before v4.00 treated them as
+(parts of) single lines, printing (at most) one line number
+beside each and stepping the line number counter once only.
+Moreover, ~\linelabel~s got lost. Of course, tables are
+usually so high that you will want to treat each row like a
+line. (Christian Tapp even desires that the lines of table
+entries belonging to a single row are treated like ordinary
+lines.) Footnotes get lost in such environments as well, which
was bad for ~ednotes.sty~.
-We provide adjustments to count lines, print their numbers
-etc.\ as desired at least for \emph{some} \LaTeX\ tabular
-environments. (Like with other details, ``some'' is to some
-extent explained in ~edtable.sty~.) We do this similarly as
-with option ~mathrefs~ before. We leave code
-and explanations in the separate package ~edtable.sty~.
-(For wizards: this package provides adjustments for
-~ednotes.sty~ as well. However, in the present case we don't try
-to avoid them unless ~ednotes.sty~ is loaded.)
-Package option ~edtable~
-defines---by loading ~edtable.sty~---an environment ~{edtable}~
-which is able to change some \LaTeX\ tabular environments
-with the desired effects. (v4.11: ~edtable.sty~ v1.3 counts
-\LaTeX's ~{array}~ [etc.\@] as a ``tabular environment'' as
-well.)
-
-The ~{edtable}~ environment doesn't help with ~longtable.sty~,
-however. To make up for this, ~{longtable}~ is adjusted in a
-different way---and this happens only when another ~lineno.sty~
-option ~longtable~ is called. In this case, option ~edtable~
-needn't be called explicitly: option ~longtable~ works as if
-~edtable~ had been called.
-
-Now, we are convinced that vertical spacing around
-~{longtable}~ works wrongly---see \LaTeX\ bugs database
-tools/3180 and 3485, or see explanations in the package
+We provide adjustments to count lines, print their numbers
+etc.\ as desired at least for \emph{some} \LaTeX\ tabular
+environments. (Like with other details, ``some'' is to some
+extent explained in ~edtable.sty~.) We do this similarly as
+with option ~mathrefs~ before. We leave code
+and explanations in the separate package ~edtable.sty~.
+(For wizards: this package provides adjustments for
+~ednotes.sty~ as well. However, in the present case we don't try
+to avoid them unless ~ednotes.sty~ is loaded.)
+Package option ~edtable~
+defines---by loading ~edtable.sty~---an environment ~{edtable}~
+which is able to change some \LaTeX\ tabular environments
+with the desired effects. (v4.11: ~edtable.sty~ v1.3 counts
+\LaTeX's ~{array}~ [etc.\@] as a ``tabular environment'' as
+well.)
+
+The ~{edtable}~ environment doesn't help with ~longtable.sty~,
+however. To make up for this, ~{longtable}~ is adjusted in a
+different way---and this happens only when another ~lineno.sty~
+option ~longtable~ is called. In this case, option ~edtable~
+needn't be called explicitly: option ~longtable~ works as if
+~edtable~ had been called.
+
+Now, we are convinced that vertical spacing around
+~{longtable}~ works wrongly---see \LaTeX\ bugs database
+tools/3180 and 3485, or see explanations in the package
~ltabptch.sty~ (which is to be obtained from CTAN folder
\path{macros/latex/ltabptch}). Our conviction is so strong
that the ~longtable~ option loads---after ~longtable.sty~---the
patch package ~ltabptch.sty~. If the user doesn't want this
-(maybe preferring her own arrangement with the vertical
-spacing), she can forbid it by calling ~nolongtablepatch~.
-
-The following code just collects some choices, which are
-then executed in section_\ref{ss:ExOpt}. We use an ~\if...~
-without ~\newif~ since ~\if...true~ and ~\if...false~
-would occur at most two times and only within the present
-package. (~\AtEndOfClass{\RequirePackage{edtable}}~
-could be used instead, I just overlooked this. Now I don't
-change it because it allows to change the version requirement
+(maybe preferring her own arrangement with the vertical
+spacing), she can forbid it by calling ~nolongtablepatch~.
+
+The following code just collects some choices, which are
+then executed in section_\ref{ss:ExOpt}. We use an ~\if...~
+without ~\newif~ since ~\if...true~ and ~\if...false~
+would occur at most two times and only within the present
+package. (~\AtEndOfClass{\RequirePackage{edtable}}~
+could be used instead, I just overlooked this. Now I don't
+change it because it allows to change the version requirement
at one place only.)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\let\if@LN@edtable\iffalse
+\let\if@LN@edtable\iffalse
\DeclareOption{edtable}{\let\if@LN@edtable\iftrue}
-\DeclareOption{longtable}{\let\if@LN@edtable\iftrue
+\DeclareOption{longtable}{\let\if@LN@edtable\iftrue
\PassOptionsToPackage{longtable}{edtable}}
-\DeclareOption{nolongtablepatch}{%
+\DeclareOption{nolongtablepatch}{%
\PassOptionsToPackage{nolongtablepatch}{edtable}}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(/New v4.1)
+(/New v4.1)
-\subsection{%
-Switch among settings
+\subsection{%
+Switch among settings
\unskip}\label{ss:v3opts}
-There is a bunch of package options that execute %% v4.2
-user commands only.
+There is a bunch of package options that execute %% v4.2
+user commands only.
Options ~left~ (~right~) put the line numbers on the left
(right) margin. This works in all modes. ~left~ is the
@@ -2261,9 +2262,9 @@ subtraction, getting sort of running numbers again. The
\runningpagewiselinenumbers}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-In twocolumn mode, we can switch the line numbers to
+In twocolumn mode, we can switch the line numbers to
the outer margin, and/or start with number 1 in each
-column. Margin switching is covered by the ~switch~
+column. Margin switching is covered by the ~switch~
options.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\DeclareOption{columnwise}{\setpagewiselinenumbers
@@ -2281,7 +2282,7 @@ opportunity to establish the page on which they finally
come to rest. This allows the subtraction of the page
offset, getting the numbers starting with 1 on top of each
page, and margin switching in twoside formats becomes
-possible. The default mode is ~running~.
+possible. The default mode is ~running~.
The order of declaration of the options is important here
~pagewise~ must come after ~switch~, to overide running
@@ -2301,13 +2302,13 @@ real pagewise line numbers.
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
The option ~modulo~ causes only those linenumbers to be
-printed which are multiples of five.
+printed which are multiples of five.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\DeclareOption{modulo}{\modulolinenumbers\relax}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-Option ~modulo*~ modifies ~modulo~ in working like
-~\modulolinenumbers*~---see section_\ref{s:UserCmds}.
+Option ~modulo*~ modifies ~modulo~ in working like
+~\modulolinenumbers*~---see section_\ref{s:UserCmds}.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\DeclareOption{modulo*}{\modulolinenumbers*\relax}
\end{verbatim}
@@ -2322,28 +2323,28 @@ does. With this option, its just the opposite.
\DeclareOption{mathlines}{\linenumberdisplaymath}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-~displaymath~ now calls for wrappers of the standard
-\LaTeX\ display math environment. This was previously
+~displaymath~ now calls for wrappers of the standard
+\LaTeX\ display math environment. This was previously
done by ~mlineno.sty~.
-(New v4.3) Option `displaymath' becomes default according
-to Erik \mbox{Luijten}'s suggestion. I was finally convinced
-of this as soon as I discovered how to avoid a spurious line
-number above ~\begin{linenomath}~ (subsection_\ref{ss:DM}).
-~\endlinenomath~ provides ~\ignorespaces~, so what could go
-wrong now?
+(New v4.3) Option `displaymath' becomes default according
+to Erik \mbox{Luijten}'s suggestion. I was finally convinced
+of this as soon as I discovered how to avoid a spurious line
+number above ~\begin{linenomath}~ (subsection_\ref{ss:DM}).
+~\endlinenomath~ provides ~\ignorespaces~, so what could go
+wrong now?
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\DeclareOption{displaymath}{\PackageWarningNoLine{lineno}{%
- Option [displaymath] is obsolete -- default now!}}
+ Option [displaymath] is obsolete -- default now!}}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(/New v4.3)
+(/New v4.3)
\subsection{%
-Compatibility with \texttt{hyperref} %% own subsec. v4.3.
+Compatibility with \texttt{hyperref} %% own subsec. v4.3.
\unskip}
-The ~hyperref~ package, via ~nameref~, requires three more
-groups in the second argment of a ~\newlabel~. Well, why
+The ~hyperref~ package, via ~nameref~, requires three more
+groups in the second argment of a ~\newlabel~. Well, why
shouldn't it get them? (New v3.07) The presence of the
~nameref~ package is now detected automatically
~\AtBeginDocument~. (/New v3.07) (Fixed in v3.09) We try
@@ -2351,97 +2352,97 @@ to be smart, and test ~\AtBeginDocument~ if the ~nameref~
package is loaded, but ~hyperref~ postpones the loading of
~nameref~ too, so this is all in vain.
-(New v4.3) But we can also test at the first ~\linelabel~.
-Regarding the error-message for misplaced ~\linelabel~ from v4.11:
-previously, ~\linenumbers~ rendered ~\linelabel~ the genuine
-version of ~\linelabel~ from the start on. This doesn't work
-now, since ~\@LN@linelabel~ may change its meaning after the
-first ~\linenumbers~ and before a next one (if there is some).
-(/New v4.3)
+(New v4.3) But we can also test at the first ~\linelabel~.
+Regarding the error-message for misplaced ~\linelabel~ from v4.11:
+previously, ~\linenumbers~ rendered ~\linelabel~ the genuine
+version of ~\linelabel~ from the start on. This doesn't work
+now, since ~\@LN@linelabel~ may change its meaning after the
+first ~\linenumbers~ and before a next one (if there is some).
+(/New v4.3)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\DeclareOption{hyperref}{\PackageWarningNoLine{lineno}{%
- Option [hyperref] is obsolete.
+ Option [hyperref] is obsolete.
\MessageBreak The hyperref package is detected automatically.}}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
+\AtBeginDocument{%
\@ifpackageloaded{nameref}{%
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(New v4.3) ``Global'' is merely ``symbolic'' ~\AtBeginDoc...~.
-If ~nameref~ is not detected here, the next ~\@LN@linelabel~
-will do almost the same, then globally indeed.
+(New v4.3) ``Global'' is merely ``symbolic'' ~\AtBeginDoc...~.
+If ~nameref~ is not detected here, the next ~\@LN@linelabel~
+will do almost the same, then globally indeed.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
- \gdef\@LN@ExtraLabelItems{{}{}{}}%
+ \gdef\@LN@ExtraLabelItems{{}{}{}}%
}{%
- \global\let\@LN@@linelabel\@LN@linelabel
- \gdef\@LN@linelabel{%
+ \global\let\@LN@@linelabel\@LN@linelabel
+ \gdef\@LN@linelabel{%
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-~\@ifpackageloaded~ is ``preamble only'', its---very
-internal---preamble definition is replicated here:
+~\@ifpackageloaded~ is ``preamble only'', its---very
+internal---preamble definition is replicated here:
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
- \expandafter
- \ifx\csname ver@nameref.sty\endcsname\relax \else
- \gdef\@LN@ExtraLabelItems{{}{}{}}%
- \fi
+ \expandafter
+ \ifx\csname ver@nameref.sty\endcsname\relax \else
+ \gdef\@LN@ExtraLabelItems{{}{}{}}%
+ \fi
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-Now aim at the ``usual'' behaviour:
+Now aim at the ``usual'' behaviour:
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
- \global\let\@LN@linelabel\@LN@@linelabel
- \global\let\@LN@@linelabel\relax
+ \global\let\@LN@linelabel\@LN@@linelabel
+ \global\let\@LN@@linelabel\relax
\@LN@linelabel
- }%
+ }%
}%
-}
+}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(/New v4.3)
+(/New v4.3)
-(New v4.1)
-\subsection{%
-A note on calling so many options
-\unskip}
+(New v4.1)
+\subsection{%
+A note on calling so many options
+\unskip}
-The number of package options may stimulate worrying about how to
-\emph{enter} all the options that one would like to use---they may
-not fit into one line. Fortunately, you can safely break code lines
+The number of package options may stimulate worrying about how to
+\emph{enter} all the options that one would like to use---they may
+not fit into one line. Fortunately, you can safely break code lines
after the commas separating the option names in the ~\usepackage~
-command (no comment marks needed).
+command (no comment marks needed).
-\subsection{%
+\subsection{%
Execute options
\unskip}\label{ss:ExOpt}
-We stop declaring options and execute the ones that are
+We stop declaring options and execute the ones that are
called by the user. (/New v4.1)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\ProcessOptions
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(New v4.1) Now we know whether ~edtable.sty~ is wanted
-and (if it is) with which options it is to be called.
+(New v4.1) Now we know whether ~edtable.sty~ is wanted
+and (if it is) with which options it is to be called.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\if@LN@edtable \RequirePackage{edtable}[2005/03/07] \fi
+\if@LN@edtable \RequirePackage{edtable}[2005/03/07] \fi
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(/New v4.1)
+(/New v4.1)
\section{%
-Former package extensions
+Former package extensions
\label{s:Xt}\unskip}
-The extensions in this section were previously supplied
-in separate ~.sty~ files.
+The extensions in this section were previously supplied
+in separate ~.sty~ files.
\subsection{%
$display math$
\unskip}\label{ss:display}
-(New v4.3) From now on, you no longer need to type
-the ~{linenomath}~ environment with the ~\[~, ~{equation}~,
-and ~{eqnarray}~ environments---and you no longer need to
-use the former package option ~displaymath~ for this feature.
-(/New v4.3)
+(New v4.3) From now on, you no longer need to type
+the ~{linenomath}~ environment with the ~\[~, ~{equation}~,
+and ~{eqnarray}~ environments---and you no longer need to
+use the former package option ~displaymath~ for this feature.
+(/New v4.3)
The standard \LaTeX\ display math environments are
wrapped in a ~{linenomath}~ environment.
@@ -2456,9 +2457,9 @@ the ~\mathindent~ register. (/New 3.05)
(New 3.05a) for ~{eqnarray}~s we rather keep the
old trick. (/New 3.05a)
-(New 3.08) Wrap ~\[~ and ~\]~ into ~{linenomath}~,
+(New 3.08) Wrap ~\[~ and ~\]~ into ~{linenomath}~,
instead of ~{displaymath}~. Also save the definition
-of ~\equation~, instead of replicating the current
+of ~\equation~, instead of replicating the current
\LaTeX\ definition. (/New 3.08)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\@ifundefined{mathindent}{
@@ -2477,7 +2478,7 @@ of ~\equation~, instead of replicating the current
{\linenomath\LN@equation}%
{\LN@endequation\endlinenomath}%
- }{}% \@ifundefined{mathindent} -- 3rd arg v4.2, was \par!
+ }{}% \@ifundefined{mathindent} -- 3rd arg v4.2, was \par!
\let\LN@eqnarray\eqnarray
\let\LN@endeqnarray\endeqnarray
@@ -2486,38 +2487,38 @@ of ~\equation~, instead of replicating the current
{\LN@endeqnarray\endlinenomath}%
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(UL) Indeed. The \LaTeX\ macros are saved for
-unnumbered mode, which is detected by ~\linenomath~.
-(/UL)
+(UL) Indeed. The \LaTeX\ macros are saved for
+unnumbered mode, which is detected by ~\linenomath~.
+(/UL)
\subsection{%
Line numbers in internal vertical mode
\unskip}\label{ss:ILN}
-The command ~\internallinenumbers~ adds line numbers in
+The command ~\internallinenumbers~ adds line numbers in
internal vertical mode, but with limitations: we assume
fixed baseline skip.
-(v4.22) v3.10 provided a global (~\global\advance~)
-as well as a local version (star-form, using
-~\c@internallinenumber~). ~\resetlinenumbers~ acted
-locally and was here used with the global version---save
-stack danger, \TeX book p._301---in v4.00 I
-disabled the global version therefore. Now I find that
-it is better to keep a global version, and the now global
-~\resetlinenumbers~ is perfect for this. The global version
-allows continuing the ``internal'' numbers in the ensuing
-``external'' text, and---unless reset by brackets
-argument---continuing the above series of line numbers.
-As with v3.10, the local version always starts with
-line number one. A new ~\@LN@iglobal~ steps ~\global~ly
-in the global version, otherwise it is ~\relax~.
-(I also remove all my stupid discussions as of v4.00.
+(v4.22) v3.10 provided a global (~\global\advance~)
+as well as a local version (star-form, using
+~\c@internallinenumber~). ~\resetlinenumbers~ acted
+locally and was here used with the global version---save
+stack danger, \TeX book p._301---in v4.00 I
+disabled the global version therefore. Now I find that
+it is better to keep a global version, and the now global
+~\resetlinenumbers~ is perfect for this. The global version
+allows continuing the ``internal'' numbers in the ensuing
+``external'' text, and---unless reset by brackets
+argument---continuing the above series of line numbers.
+As with v3.10, the local version always starts with
+line number one. A new ~\@LN@iglobal~ steps ~\global~ly
+in the global version, otherwise it is ~\relax~.
+(I also remove all my stupid discussions as of v4.00.
And I use ~\newcommand~.) (v4.22)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\let\@LN@iglobal\global % v4.22
+\let\@LN@iglobal\global % v4.22
-\newcommand\internallinenumbers{\setrunninglinenumbers
+\newcommand\internallinenumbers{\setrunninglinenumbers
\let\@@par\internallinenumberpar
\ifx\@par\@@@par\let\@par\internallinenumberpar\fi
\ifx\par\@@@par\let\par\internallinenumberpar\fi
@@ -2536,7 +2537,7 @@ And I use ~\newcommand~.) (v4.22)
\newcount\c@internallinenumber
\newcount\c@internallinenumbers
-\newcommand\internallinenumberpar{%
+\newcommand\internallinenumberpar{%
\ifvmode\@@@par\else\ifinner\@@@par\else\@@@par
\begingroup
\c@internallinenumbers\prevgraf
@@ -2545,14 +2546,14 @@ And I use ~\newcommand~.) (v4.22)
\ht\@tempboxa\z@
\nobreak\vskip-\prevdepth
\nointerlineskip\box\@tempboxa
- \endgroup
+ \endgroup
\fi\fi
}
-\newcommand\makeinternalLinenumbers{%
+\newcommand\makeinternalLinenumbers{%
\ifnum\c@internallinenumbers>\z@ % v4.2
- \hb@xt@\z@{\makeLineNumber}%
- \@LN@iglobal % v4.22
+ \hb@xt@\z@{\makeLineNumber}%
+ \@LN@iglobal % v4.22
\advance\c@linenumber\@ne
\advance\c@internallinenumbers\m@ne
\expandafter\makeinternalLinenumbers\fi
@@ -2620,14 +2621,14 @@ Numbered quotation environments
The ~{numquote}~ and ~{numquotation}~
environments are like ~{quote}~ and
~{quotation}~, except there will be line
-numbers.
+numbers.
An optional argument gives the number to count
from. A star ~*~ (inside or outside the closing
~}~) prevent the reset of the line numbers.
Default is to count from one.
-(v4.22: A local version using ~\c@internallinenumber~
+(v4.22: A local version using ~\c@internallinenumber~
might be useful, see subsection_\ref{ss:ILN}.) %% TODO v4.4+
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\newcommand\quotelinenumbers
@@ -2704,227 +2705,284 @@ without special height lines. All lines must be
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
+\subsection{%
+\textsf{amsmath} patches
+\unskip}\label{ss:AMSMath}
+
+(New v5.0) Patches ~amsmath~ to work with ~lineno~. These patches used to be
+supplied by the ~linenoamsmath~ package. See ~linenoamsmathdemo.pdf~ for a
+demonstration.
+
+\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
+\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
+
+\newcommand*\linenoamsmath@patch[1]{%
+ \cspreto{#1}{\linenomath}%
+ \cspreto{#1*}{\linenomath}%
+ \csappto{end#1}{\endlinenomath}%
+ \csappto{end#1*}{\endlinenomath}%
+}
+\newcount\linenoamsmath@ams@eqpen
+\cspreto{math@cr@}{\global\@eqpen\numexpr\@eqpen+\linenoamsmath@ams@eqpen\relax}
+\newcommand*\linenoamsmath@patch@ams[1]{%
+ \cspreto{#1}{%
+ \linenomath%
+ \postdisplaypenalty=0%
+ \global\linenoamsmath@ams@eqpen\interdisplaylinepenalty%
+ }%
+ \cspreto{#1*}{%
+ \linenomath%
+ \postdisplaypenalty=0%
+ \global\linenoamsmath@ams@eqpen\interdisplaylinepenalty%
+ }%
+ \csappto{end#1}{%
+ \global\linenoamsmath@ams@eqpen\z@%
+ \endlinenomath%
+ }%
+ \csappto{end#1*}{%
+ \global\linenoamsmath@ams@eqpen\z@%
+ \endlinenomath%
+ }%
+}
+\linenoamsmath@patch{equation}
+\linenoamsmath@patch@ams{multline}
+\linenoamsmath@patch@ams{gather}
+\linenoamsmath@patch@ams{align}
+\linenoamsmath@patch@ams{alignat}
+\linenoamsmath@patch@ams{flalign}
+\let\linenoamsmath@ams@mmeasure\mmeasure@
+\def\mmeasure@#1{%
+ \global\linenoamsmath@ams@eqpen\z@%
+ \begingroup%
+ \interdisplaylinepenalty=0%
+ \linenoamsmath@ams@mmeasure{#1\\}%
+ \endgroup%
+ \global\linenoamsmath@ams@eqpen\interdisplaylinepenalty%
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{code}
+
\section{%
Move \scs{vadjust} items (New v4.00)
-\unskip}\label{s:MVadj}
+\unskip}\label{s:MVadj}
-This section completes reviving ~\pagebreak~, ~\nopagebreak~,
-~\vspace~, and the star and optional form of ~\\~. This was
-started in section_\ref{ss:output} and resumed in
+This section completes reviving ~\pagebreak~, ~\nopagebreak~,
+~\vspace~, and the star and optional form of ~\\~. This was
+started in section_\ref{ss:output} and resumed in
section_\ref{ss:MLN} and subsection_\ref{ss:calls}.
-The problem was explained in section_\ref{ss:output}:
-~\vadjust~ items come out at a bad position, and the
-\LaTeX\ commands named before work with ~\vadjust~ indeed.
-Our solution was sketched there as well.
+The problem was explained in section_\ref{ss:output}:
+~\vadjust~ items come out at a bad position, and the
+\LaTeX\ commands named before work with ~\vadjust~ indeed.
+Our solution was sketched there as well.
According to the caveat in subsection_\ref{ss:OnOff} concerning
-~\ifLineNumbers~, the \LaTeX\ commands enumerated may go
-wrong if you switch line numbering inside or at the end of
-a paragraph.
+~\ifLineNumbers~, the \LaTeX\ commands enumerated may go
+wrong if you switch line numbering inside or at the end of
+a paragraph.
\subsection{%
Redefining \scs{vadjust}
\unskip}\label{ss:PVadj}
-~\vadjust~ will temporarily be changed into the following
-command.
+~\vadjust~ will temporarily be changed into the following
+command.
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\def\PostponeVadjust#1{%
- \global\let\vadjust\@LN@@vadjust
+\def\PostponeVadjust#1{%
+ \global\let\vadjust\@LN@@vadjust
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-This undoes a ~\global\let\vadjust\PostponeVadjust~ which will
-start each of the refined \LaTeX\ commands. The ~\global~s
-are most probably superfluous. They might be useful should one
-~\vadjust~ appear in a group starting after the change of
-~\vadjust~ into ~\PostponeVadjust~.
-(UL) Even the undoing may be superfluous, cf._discussion
-in section_\ref{ss:ReDef} below. (UL)
+This undoes a ~\global\let\vadjust\PostponeVadjust~ which will
+start each of the refined \LaTeX\ commands. The ~\global~s
+are most probably superfluous. They might be useful should one
+~\vadjust~ appear in a group starting after the change of
+~\vadjust~ into ~\PostponeVadjust~.
+(UL) Even the undoing may be superfluous, cf._discussion
+in section_\ref{ss:ReDef} below. (UL)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
- \vadjust{\penalty-\@Mppvacodepen}%
- \g@addto@macro\@LN@vadjustlist{#1\@lt}%
+ \vadjust{\penalty-\@Mppvacodepen}%
+ \g@addto@macro\@LN@vadjustlist{#1\@lt}%
+}
+\let\@LN@@vadjust\vadjust
+\global\let\@LN@vadjustlist\@empty
+\global\let\@LN@do@vadjusts\relax
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{code}
+These ~\global~s are just to remind that
+all the changes of the strings after ~\let~ should be
+~\global~ (\TeX book p._301). ~\@LN@vadjustlist~ collects
+the ~\vadjust~ items of a paragraph. ~\PassVadjustList~
+tears one ~\vadjust~ item for the current line out of
+~\@LN@vadjustlist~ and puts it into ~\@LN@do@vadjusts~.
+The latter is encountered each line in ~\MakeLineNo~
+(section_\ref{ss:MLN}), while those \LaTeX\ ~\vadjust~
+commands will come rather rarely. So I decided that
+~\@LN@do@vadjust~ is ~\relax~ until a ~\vadjust~ item
+is waiting. In the latter case, ~\@LN@do@vadjusts~
+is turned into a list macro which resets itself to
+~\relax~ when the other contents have been placed in
+the vertical list.---~\PassVadjustList~ is invoked by
+the output routine (section_\ref{ss:output}), so the
+~\box255~ must be put back.
+\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
+\def\PassVadjustList{%
+ \unvbox\@cclv
+ \expandafter \@LN@xnext \@LN@vadjustlist \@@
+ \@tempa \@LN@vadjustlist
+ \ifx\@LN@do@vadjusts\relax
+ \gdef\@LN@do@vadjusts{\global\let\@LN@do@vadjusts\relax}%
+ \fi
+ \expandafter \g@addto@macro \expandafter \@LN@do@vadjusts
+ \expandafter {\@tempa}%
}
-\let\@LN@@vadjust\vadjust
-\global\let\@LN@vadjustlist\@empty
-\global\let\@LN@do@vadjusts\relax
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{code}
-These ~\global~s are just to remind that
-all the changes of the strings after ~\let~ should be
-~\global~ (\TeX book p._301). ~\@LN@vadjustlist~ collects
-the ~\vadjust~ items of a paragraph. ~\PassVadjustList~
-tears one ~\vadjust~ item for the current line out of
-~\@LN@vadjustlist~ and puts it into ~\@LN@do@vadjusts~.
-The latter is encountered each line in ~\MakeLineNo~
-(section_\ref{ss:MLN}), while those \LaTeX\ ~\vadjust~
-commands will come rather rarely. So I decided that
-~\@LN@do@vadjust~ is ~\relax~ until a ~\vadjust~ item
-is waiting. In the latter case, ~\@LN@do@vadjusts~
-is turned into a list macro which resets itself to
-~\relax~ when the other contents have been placed in
-the vertical list.---~\PassVadjustList~ is invoked by
-the output routine (section_\ref{ss:output}), so the
-~\box255~ must be put back.
-\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\def\PassVadjustList{%
- \unvbox\@cclv
- \expandafter \@LN@xnext \@LN@vadjustlist \@@
- \@tempa \@LN@vadjustlist
- \ifx\@LN@do@vadjusts\relax
- \gdef\@LN@do@vadjusts{\global\let\@LN@do@vadjusts\relax}%
- \fi
- \expandafter \g@addto@macro \expandafter \@LN@do@vadjusts
- \expandafter {\@tempa}%
-}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
\subsection{%
-Redefining the \LaTeX\ commands
+Redefining the \LaTeX\ commands
\unskip}\label{ss:ReDef}
-Now we change ~\pagebreak~ etc.\
-so that they use ~\PostponeVadjust~ in place of ~\vadjust~.
-We try to do this as independently as possible of the
-implementation of the \LaTeX\ commands to be redefined.
-Therefore, we don't just copy macro definition code from any
-single implementation (say, latest \LaTeX) and insert our
-changes, but attach a conditional
-~\global\let\vadjust\PostponeVadjust~
-to their left ends in a way which should work rather
-independantly of their actual code.
-However, ~\vadjust~ should be the primitive again after
-execution of the command. So the ~\global\let...~ may be used
-only if it's guaranteed that a ~\vadjust~ is near.---(UL)
-Sure? In line numbering mode, probably each ~\vadjust~
-coming from a \LaTeX\ command should be ~\PostponeVadjust~.
-~\marginpar~s and floats seem to be the only cases which
-are not explicitly dealt with in the present section.
-This would be a way to avoid ~\@LN@nobreaktrue~!
-Of course, the ~\vadjust~s that the present package uses
-then must be replaced by ~\@LN@@vadjust~.---Maybe
-next time. (/UL)
-
-The next command and something else will be added to the
-\LaTeX\ commands we are concerned with here.
-\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\@LN@changevadjust{%
- \ifvmode\else\ifinner\else
- \global\let\vadjust\PostponeVadjust
- \fi\fi
-}
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{code}
-(UL) What about math mode? Math display? Warn? (/UL)
-
-~\@tempa~ will now become a two place macro which adds first
+Now we change ~\pagebreak~ etc.\
+so that they use ~\PostponeVadjust~ in place of ~\vadjust~.
+We try to do this as independently as possible of the
+implementation of the \LaTeX\ commands to be redefined.
+Therefore, we don't just copy macro definition code from any
+single implementation (say, latest \LaTeX) and insert our
+changes, but attach a conditional
+~\global\let\vadjust\PostponeVadjust~
+to their left ends in a way which should work rather
+independantly of their actual code.
+However, ~\vadjust~ should be the primitive again after
+execution of the command. So the ~\global\let...~ may be used
+only if it's guaranteed that a ~\vadjust~ is near.---(UL)
+Sure? In line numbering mode, probably each ~\vadjust~
+coming from a \LaTeX\ command should be ~\PostponeVadjust~.
+~\marginpar~s and floats seem to be the only cases which
+are not explicitly dealt with in the present section.
+This would be a way to avoid ~\@LN@nobreaktrue~!
+Of course, the ~\vadjust~s that the present package uses
+then must be replaced by ~\@LN@@vadjust~.---Maybe
+next time. (/UL)
+
+The next command and something else will be added to the
+\LaTeX\ commands we are concerned with here.
+\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\@LN@changevadjust{%
+ \ifvmode\else\ifinner\else
+ \global\let\vadjust\PostponeVadjust
+ \fi\fi
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{code}
+(UL) What about math mode? Math display? Warn? (/UL)
+
+~\@tempa~ will now become a two place macro which adds first
argument (single token), enclosed by ~\ifLineNumbers~\,\dots
-~\fi~ to the left of second argument. As long as we need it,
-we can't use the star form of ~\DeclareRobustCommand~ or
-the like, because AMS-\LaTeX\ uses ~\@tempa~ for ~\@ifstar~.
-(New v4.41) And for the same reason, that ~\CheckCommand*~
+~\fi~ to the left of second argument. As long as we need it,
+we can't use the star form of ~\DeclareRobustCommand~ or
+the like, because AMS-\LaTeX\ uses ~\@tempa~ for ~\@ifstar~.
+(New v4.41) And for the same reason, that ~\CheckCommand*~
had to be raised! (/New v4.41)
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
\CheckCommand*\@parboxrestore{\@arrayparboxrestore\let\\\@normalcr}
-\def\@tempa#1#2{%
+\def\@tempa#1#2{%
\expandafter \def \expandafter#2\expandafter{\expandafter
- \ifLineNumbers\expandafter#1\expandafter\fi#2}%
-}
+ \ifLineNumbers\expandafter#1\expandafter\fi#2}%
+}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-(UL) This ~\ifLineNumber~ can be fooled by
-~\linenumbers~ ahead etc. It might be better to place
-a signal penalty in any case and let the output routine
-decide what to do.
-(/UL)
+(UL) This ~\ifLineNumber~ can be fooled by
+~\linenumbers~ ahead etc. It might be better to place
+a signal penalty in any case and let the output routine
+decide what to do.
+(/UL)
-We use the occasion to switch off linenumbers where they
-don't work anyway and where we don't want them,
-especially in footnotes:
+We use the occasion to switch off linenumbers where they
+don't work anyway and where we don't want them,
+especially in footnotes:
\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\@tempa\nolinenumbers\@arrayparboxrestore
+\@tempa\nolinenumbers\@arrayparboxrestore
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
-We hope this suffices $\dots$ let's check one thing
+We hope this suffices $\dots$ let's check one thing
at least: [(New v4.41) see ~\CheckCommand~ above (/New v4.41)]
-Now for the main theme of the section.
-The next lines assume that ~\vspace~, ~\pagebreak~, and
-~\nopagebreak~ use ~\vadjust~ whenever they occur outside
-vertical mode; moreover, that they don't directly read
-an argument. Indeed ~\pagebreak~ and ~\nopagebreak~ first
-call something which tests for a left bracket ahead,
-while ~\vspace~ first tests for a star.
-\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\@tempa\@LN@changevadjust\vspace
-\@tempa\@LN@changevadjust\pagebreak
-\@tempa\@LN@changevadjust\nopagebreak
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{code}
-~\\~, however, uses ~\vadjust~ only in star or optional form.
-We relax independency of implementation in assuming
-that ~\@normalcr~ is the fragile version of ~\\~
-(and we use ~\@ifstar~!).
-(Using a copy of ~\\~ would be safer, but an ugly repetition
-of ~\protect~.)
-\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\DeclareRobustCommand\\{%
- \ifLineNumbers
- \expandafter \@LN@cr
- \else
- \expandafter \@normalcr
- \fi
-}
-\def\@LN@cr{%
- \@ifstar{\@LN@changevadjust\@normalcr*}%
- {\@ifnextchar[{\@LN@changevadjust\@normalcr}\@normalcr}%
-}
-\end{verbatim}
-\end{code}
-Moreover we hope that ~\newline~ never leads to a ~\vadjust~,
-although names of some commands invoked by ~\\~ contain
-~newline~. At last, this seems to have been OK since 1989 or
-even earlier.
+Now for the main theme of the section.
+The next lines assume that ~\vspace~, ~\pagebreak~, and
+~\nopagebreak~ use ~\vadjust~ whenever they occur outside
+vertical mode; moreover, that they don't directly read
+an argument. Indeed ~\pagebreak~ and ~\nopagebreak~ first
+call something which tests for a left bracket ahead,
+while ~\vspace~ first tests for a star.
+\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
+\@tempa\@LN@changevadjust\vspace
+\@tempa\@LN@changevadjust\pagebreak
+\@tempa\@LN@changevadjust\nopagebreak
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{code}
+~\\~, however, uses ~\vadjust~ only in star or optional form.
+We relax independency of implementation in assuming
+that ~\@normalcr~ is the fragile version of ~\\~
+(and we use ~\@ifstar~!).
+(Using a copy of ~\\~ would be safer, but an ugly repetition
+of ~\protect~.)
+\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\\{%
+ \ifLineNumbers
+ \expandafter \@LN@cr
+ \else
+ \expandafter \@normalcr
+ \fi
+}
+\def\@LN@cr{%
+ \@ifstar{\@LN@changevadjust\@normalcr*}%
+ {\@ifnextchar[{\@LN@changevadjust\@normalcr}\@normalcr}%
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+\end{code}
+Moreover we hope that ~\newline~ never leads to a ~\vadjust~,
+although names of some commands invoked by ~\\~ contain
+~newline~. At last, this seems to have been OK since 1989 or
+even earlier.
\modulolinenumbers[1]
-\firstlinenumber{0}
-Let's have a few tests.\vspace*{.5\baselineskip}
-Testing ~\pagebreak~ and ~\nopagebreak~ would be too expensive
-here, but---oops!---we have just experienced a successful
-~\vspace*{.5\baselineskip}~. A
-~\\*[.5\baselineskip]~\\*[.5\baselineskip] may look even more
-drastical, but this time we are happy about it. Note that the
-line numbers have moved with the lines. Without our changes,
-one line number\vadjust{\kern.5\baselineskip} would have
-``anticipated'' the move of the next line, just as you can
-observe it now.
-(/New v4.00)
-
-\switchlinenumbers
-
-\subsection{%
-Reminder on obsoleteness
-\unskip}
-
-(New v4.1) We have completed inclusion of the earlier
-extension packages ~linenox0.sty~, ~linenox1.sty~, and
-~lnopatch.sty~. If one of them is loaded, though,
-we produce an error message before something weird happens.
-We avoid ~\newif~ because the switchings occur so rarely.
-\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \let\if@LN@obsolete\iffalse
- \@ifpackageloaded{linenox0}{\let\if@LN@obsolete\iftrue}\relax
- \@ifpackageloaded{linenox1}{\let\if@LN@obsolete\iftrue}\relax
+\firstlinenumber{0}
+Let's have a few tests.\vspace*{.5\baselineskip}
+Testing ~\pagebreak~ and ~\nopagebreak~ would be too expensive
+here, but---oops!---we have just experienced a successful
+~\vspace*{.5\baselineskip}~. A
+~\\*[.5\baselineskip]~\\*[.5\baselineskip] may look even more
+drastical, but this time we are happy about it. Note that the
+line numbers have moved with the lines. Without our changes,
+one line number\vadjust{\kern.5\baselineskip} would have
+``anticipated'' the move of the next line, just as you can
+observe it now.
+(/New v4.00)
+
+\switchlinenumbers
+
+\subsection{%
+Reminder on obsoleteness
+\unskip}
+
+(New v4.1) We have completed inclusion of the earlier
+extension packages ~linenox0.sty~, ~linenox1.sty~, and
+~lnopatch.sty~. If one of them is loaded, though,
+we produce an error message before something weird happens.
+We avoid ~\newif~ because the switchings occur so rarely.
+\begin{code}\begin{verbatim}
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \let\if@LN@obsolete\iffalse
+ \@ifpackageloaded{linenox0}{\let\if@LN@obsolete\iftrue}\relax
+ \@ifpackageloaded{linenox1}{\let\if@LN@obsolete\iftrue}\relax
\@ifpackageloaded{lnopatch}{\let\if@LN@obsolete\iftrue}\relax
- \if@LN@obsolete
- \PackageError{lineno}{Obsolete extension package(s)}{%
- With lineno.sty version 4.00 or later,\MessageBreak
- linenox0/linenox1/lnopatch.sty must no longer be loaded.}%
- \fi
-}
+ \if@LN@obsolete
+ \PackageError{lineno}{Obsolete extension package(s)}{%
+ With lineno.sty version 4.00 or later,\MessageBreak
+ linenox0/linenox1/lnopatch.sty must no longer be loaded.}%
+ \fi
+}
\end{verbatim}
\end{code}
@@ -2943,20 +3001,20 @@ There is one deadcycle for each line number.
\section{%
The user commands
-\unskip}\label{s:UserCmds}
+\unskip}\label{s:UserCmds}
-The user commands to turn on and off line numbering
-are
+The user commands to turn on and off line numbering
+are
\begin{description}\item
[|\linenumbers] \ \par
Turn on line numbering in the current mode.
-\item
+\item
[|\linenumbers*] \ \par$\qquad$
and reset the line number to 1.
-\def\NL{<number>]}\item
+\def\NL{<number>]}\item
[|\linenumbers[\NL] \ \par$\qquad$
-and start with <number>.
+and start with <number>.
\item
[|\nolinenumbers] \ \par
Turn off line numbering.
@@ -2995,7 +3053,7 @@ star, put the line numbers on the inner margin.
[|\rightlinenumbers*] \ \par
Set the line numbers in the left/right margin. With the
star this works for both modes of operation, without
-the star only for the currently selected mode.
+the star only for the currently selected mode.
\item
[|\runningpagewiselinenumbers] \ \par
When using the pagewise line number mode, do not
@@ -3015,37 +3073,37 @@ current value in the counter ~linenumbermodulo~ is
retained. <number>=1 turns this off without changing
~linenumbermodulo~. The counter is initialized to 5.
\item
-[|\modulolinenumbers*[\NL] \ \par
-Like ~\modulolinenumbers~, the only difference being
-that the first line number after a ~\linenumbers~
-(or ~\runninglinenumbers~, ~\pagewiselinenumbers~,
-~\quotelinenumbers~) is printed regardless of the
-modulo---yet `1' is printed only after (or \dots)
-~\firstlinenumber{1}~.
-This also applies to the first line of a
-~{linenumbers}~ or respective environment.
-See subsection_\ref{ss:Mod} for another explanation.
-The behaviour may be unsatisfactory with pagewise
-line-numbering.
+[|\modulolinenumbers*[\NL] \ \par
+Like ~\modulolinenumbers~, the only difference being
+that the first line number after a ~\linenumbers~
+(or ~\runninglinenumbers~, ~\pagewiselinenumbers~,
+~\quotelinenumbers~) is printed regardless of the
+modulo---yet `1' is printed only after (or \dots)
+~\firstlinenumber{1}~.
+This also applies to the first line of a
+~{linenumbers}~ or respective environment.
+See subsection_\ref{ss:Mod} for another explanation.
+The behaviour may be unsatisfactory with pagewise
+line-numbering.
\item
-[|\firstlinenumber] \ \par
-~\firstlinenumber{~<filino>~}~ brings about that
-(after it) line numbers less than <filino> do
-\emph{not} appear in the margin. Moreover, with
-~\modulolinenumbers[~<number>~]~, just the line
-numbers which are <filino> plus a multiple of
-<number> are printed.---If you had
-~\firstlinenumber{~<pos>~}~ with some $\mbox{<pos>}>0$
-and want to switch to printing multiples of, e.g.,
-4, you best do ~\modulolinenumbers[4]~ and
-~\firstlinenumber{0}~. (See subsection_\ref{ss:Mod}
-for technical details.)
+[|\firstlinenumber] \ \par
+~\firstlinenumber{~<filino>~}~ brings about that
+(after it) line numbers less than <filino> do
+\emph{not} appear in the margin. Moreover, with
+~\modulolinenumbers[~<number>~]~, just the line
+numbers which are <filino> plus a multiple of
+<number> are printed.---If you had
+~\firstlinenumber{~<pos>~}~ with some $\mbox{<pos>}>0$
+and want to switch to printing multiples of, e.g.,
+4, you best do ~\modulolinenumbers[4]~ and
+~\firstlinenumber{0}~. (See subsection_\ref{ss:Mod}
+for technical details.)
\item
[|\linenumberdisplaymath] \ \par
Number the lines of a display math in a ~{linenomath}~
environment, but do not in a ~{linenomath*}~
environment. This is used by the package option
-~[mathlines]~.
+~[mathlines]~.
\item
[|\nolinenumberdisplaymath] \ \par
Do not Number the lines of a display math in a
@@ -3059,7 +3117,7 @@ referencing commands ~\ref{~<foo>~}~ and
~\pageref{~<foo>~}~.
\end{description}
The commands can be used globally, locally within groups
-or as environments. It is important to know that they
+or as environments. It is important to know that they
take action only when the ~\par~ is executed. The
~\end{~<mode>~linenumbers}~ commands provide a ~\par~.
Examples:
@@ -3079,32 +3137,32 @@ Examples:
~\linenumbers~ \\
<paragraph> ~{\nolinenumbers\par}~ \\
\end{verse}
-(New v4.00)
-However, the examples containing <paragraph> show what you
-should \emph{not} do, at least if you use ~\pagebreak~,
-~\nopagebreak~, ~\vspace~, ~\\*~ or
-~\\[~<space>~]~---cf._section_\ref{s:MVadj}.
+(New v4.00)
+However, the examples containing <paragraph> show what you
+should \emph{not} do, at least if you use ~\pagebreak~,
+~\nopagebreak~, ~\vspace~, ~\\*~ or
+~\\[~<space>~]~---cf._section_\ref{s:MVadj}.
-The same care should be applied to the ``wizard'' devices
+The same care should be applied to the ``wizard'' devices
~\ifLineNumbers~ (subsection_\ref{ss:OnOff}) and
-~\PostponeVadjust~ (section_\ref{ss:PVadj}).
-(/New v4.00)
+~\PostponeVadjust~ (section_\ref{ss:PVadj}).
+(/New v4.00)
-(New v4.11) Oh, and the commands and environments of
-section_{s:Xt} are missing. Sorry, I am in a hurry now.
-May be next time.% %% TODO v4.4+
----And the environments ~{linenomath}~ and ~{linenomath*}~should
-get an own paragraph. In short, each math display, equation,
-or ~{eqnarray}~ should be ``wrapped'' in one of ~{linenomath}~
-and ~{linenomath*}~.
+(New v4.11) Oh, and the commands and environments of
+section_{s:Xt} are missing. Sorry, I am in a hurry now.
+May be next time.% %% TODO v4.4+
+---And the environments ~{linenomath}~ and ~{linenomath*}~should
+get an own paragraph. In short, each math display, equation,
+or ~{eqnarray}~ should be ``wrapped'' in one of ~{linenomath}~
+and ~{linenomath*}~.
\subsection{%
Customization hooks
-\unskip}
+\unskip}
There are several hooks to customize the appearance of the
line numbers, and some low level hooks for special
-effects.
+effects.
\begin{description}\item
[|\thelinenumber] \ \par
This macro should give the representation of the line
@@ -3114,11 +3172,11 @@ default is provided by \LaTeX: \par$\qquad$
\item
[|\makeLineNumberLeft] \ \par
This macro is used to attach a line number to the left
-of the text page. This macro should fill an ~\hbox to 0pt~
+of the text page. This macro should fill an ~\hbox to 0pt~
which will be placed at the left margin of the
page, with the reference point aligned to the line to
which it should give a number. Please use the macro
-~\LineNumber~ to refer to the line number.
+~\LineNumber~ to refer to the line number.
The default definition is \par$\qquad$
~\hss\linenumberfont\LineNumber\hskip\linenumbersep~
@@ -3144,7 +3202,7 @@ This dimension register sets the width of the line
number box on the right margin. The distance of the
right edge of the text to the right edge of the line
number is ~\linenumbersep~ + ~\linenumberwidth~. The
-default value is ~10pt~.
+default value is ~10pt~.
\item
[|\theLineNumber] (for wizards) \ \par
This macro is called for printing a ~\newlabel~ entry
@@ -3161,7 +3219,7 @@ mode it just expands ~\makeLineNumberLeft~.
[|\LineNumber] (for wizards) \ \par
This macro is called by ~\makeLineNumber~ to typeset
the line number. This hook is changed by the modulo
-mechanism
-and by ~\firstlinenumber~.
+mechanism
+and by ~\firstlinenumber~.
\end{description}
\end{document}%D
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/source/linenoamsmathdemo.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/source/linenoamsmathdemo.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f01f1cc364
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/source/linenoamsmathdemo.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,415 @@
+% Copyright 2021 Karl Wette
+%
+% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+% The latest version of this license is in
+% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+%
+% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+%
+% The Current Maintainer of this work is Karl Wette.
+
+\ProvidesFile{linenoamsmathdemo.tex}
+ [2021/09/30 Make amsmath work with lineno]
+
+\documentclass{ltxdoc}
+
+\usepackage[leqno]{amsmath}
+\usepackage[mathlines]{lineno}
+\usepackage{lipsum}
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{Make \textsf{amsmath}\footnote{\url{https://ctan.org/pkg/amsmath}}~ work with \textsf{lineno}}
+\author{Karl Wette}
+
+\maketitle
+
+This document demonstrates patches to the \textsf{amsmath} package to work with
+the \textsf{lineno} package. The code I've used is largely based on the posts
+here\footnote{\url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/461192}} and
+here\footnote{\url{https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/443201}}; credit is due to
+their author(s). In addition I've made a few refinements to handle some corner
+cases.
+
+\section*{Demonstration}
+
+This section demonstrates that, with this package, line numbers are correctly
+formatted when using \textsf{amsmath} math environments.
+
+\newcounter{lipsumparagraph}
+\newcommand{\nextlipsum}{\stepcounter{lipsumparagraph}\lipsum[\thelipsumparagraph][1-4]}
+\newcommand{\crs}{\qquad\qquad\texttt{[\textbackslash\textbackslash{}*]}\\*}
+
+\linenumbers
+
+\subsection*{Normal text}
+
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{\texttt{equation}}
+
+\subsection*{With line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{equation}
+ E = m c^2 \,.
+\end{equation}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{Without line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{linenomath*}
+\begin{equation}
+ E = m c^2 \,.
+\end{equation}
+\end{linenomath*}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{\texttt{equation*}}
+
+\subsection*{With line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{equation*}
+ E = m c^2 \,.
+\end{equation*}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{Without line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{linenomath*}
+\begin{equation*}
+ E = m c^2 \,.
+\end{equation*}
+\end{linenomath*}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{\texttt{\textbackslash[\ldots\textbackslash]}}
+
+\subsection*{With line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\[
+ E = m c^2 \,.
+\]
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{Without line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{linenomath*}
+\[
+ E = m c^2 \,.
+\]
+\end{linenomath*}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{\texttt{multline}}
+
+\subsection*{With line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{multline}
+ \frac{1}{1 + x} = 1 - x + x^{2} - x^{3} + x^{4} - x^{5} + x^{6} - x^{7} + x^{8} - x^{9} + \mathcal{O}(x^{10}) \,.
+\end{multline}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{multline}
+ \frac{1}{1 + x} = 1 - x + x^{2} - x^{3} + x^{4} - x^{5} + x^{6} - x^{7} + x^{8} - x^{9} \\
+ + x^{10} - x^{11} + x^{12} - x^{13} + x^{14} - x^{15} + x^{16} - x^{17} + x^{18} - x^{19} + \mathcal{O}(x^{20}) \,.
+\end{multline}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{Without line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{linenomath*}
+\begin{multline}
+ \frac{1}{1 + x} = 1 - x + x^{2} - x^{3} + x^{4} - x^{5} + x^{6} - x^{7} + x^{8} - x^{9} + \mathcal{O}(x^{10}) \,.
+\end{multline}
+\end{linenomath*}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{linenomath*}
+\begin{multline}
+ \frac{1}{1 + x} = 1 - x + x^{2} - x^{3} + x^{4} - x^{5} + x^{6} - x^{7} + x^{8} - x^{9} \\
+ + x^{10} - x^{11} + x^{12} - x^{13} + x^{14} - x^{15} + x^{16} - x^{17} + x^{18} - x^{19} + \mathcal{O}(x^{20}) \,.
+\end{multline}
+\end{linenomath*}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{\texttt{multline*}}
+
+\subsection*{With line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{multline*}
+ \frac{1}{1 + x} = 1 - x + x^{2} - x^{3} + x^{4} - x^{5} + x^{6} - x^{7} + x^{8} - x^{9} + \mathcal{O}(x^{10}) \,.
+\end{multline*}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{multline*}
+ \frac{1}{1 + x} = 1 - x + x^{2} - x^{3} + x^{4} - x^{5} + x^{6} - x^{7} + x^{8} - x^{9} \crs
+ + x^{10} - x^{11} + x^{12} - x^{13} + x^{14} - x^{15} + x^{16} - x^{17} + x^{18} - x^{19} + \mathcal{O}(x^{20}) \,.
+\end{multline*}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{Without line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{linenomath*}
+\begin{multline*}
+ \frac{1}{1 + x} = 1 - x + x^{2} - x^{3} + x^{4} - x^{5} + x^{6} - x^{7} + x^{8} - x^{9} + \mathcal{O}(x^{10}) \,.
+\end{multline*}
+\end{linenomath*}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{linenomath*}
+\begin{multline*}
+ \frac{1}{1 + x} = 1 - x + x^{2} - x^{3} + x^{4} - x^{5} + x^{6} - x^{7} + x^{8} - x^{9} \\
+ + x^{10} - x^{11} + x^{12} - x^{13} + x^{14} - x^{15} + x^{16} - x^{17} + x^{18} - x^{19} + \mathcal{O}(x^{20}) \,.
+\end{multline*}
+\end{linenomath*}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{\texttt{gather}}
+
+\subsection*{With line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{gather}
+ E = m c^2 \,.
+\end{gather}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{gather}
+ E = m c^2 \,, \\
+ E^2 = p^2 c^2 + m_0^2 c^4 \,.
+\end{gather}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{Without line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{linenomath*}
+\begin{gather}
+ E = m c^2 \,.
+\end{gather}
+\end{linenomath*}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{linenomath*}
+\begin{gather}
+ E = m c^2 \,, \\
+ E^2 = p^2 c^2 + m_0^2 c^4 \,.
+\end{gather}
+\end{linenomath*}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{\texttt{gather*}}
+
+\subsection*{With line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{gather*}
+ E = m c^2 \,.
+\end{gather*}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{gather*}
+ E = m c^2 \,, \crs
+ E^2 = p^2 c^2 + m_0^2 c^4 \,.
+\end{gather*}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{Without line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{linenomath*}
+\begin{gather*}
+ E = m c^2 \,.
+\end{gather*}
+\end{linenomath*}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{linenomath*}
+\begin{gather*}
+ E = m c^2 \,, \\
+ E^2 = p^2 c^2 + m_0^2 c^4 \,.
+\end{gather*}
+\end{linenomath*}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{\texttt{align}}
+
+\subsection*{With line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{align}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{align}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{align}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,, \\
+ \nabla \cdot \vec B = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec B = \frac{1}{c^2} \frac{\partial \vec E}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{align}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{Without line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{linenomath*}
+\begin{align}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{align}
+\end{linenomath*}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{linenomath*}
+\begin{align}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,, \\
+ \nabla \cdot \vec B = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec B = \frac{1}{c^2} \frac{\partial \vec E}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{align}
+\end{linenomath*}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{\texttt{align*}}
+
+\subsection*{With line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{align*}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{align*}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{align*}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,, \crs
+ \nabla \cdot \vec B = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec B = \frac{1}{c^2} \frac{\partial \vec E}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{align*}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{Without line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{linenomath*}
+\begin{align*}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{align*}
+\end{linenomath*}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{linenomath*}
+\begin{align*}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,, \\
+ \nabla \cdot \vec B = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec B = \frac{1}{c^2} \frac{\partial \vec E}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{align*}
+\end{linenomath*}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{\texttt{alignat}}
+
+\subsection*{With line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{alignat}{2}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{alignat}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{alignat}{2}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,, \\
+ \nabla \cdot \vec B = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec B = \frac{1}{c^2} \frac{\partial \vec E}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{alignat}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{Without line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{linenomath*}
+\begin{alignat}{2}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{alignat}
+\end{linenomath*}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{linenomath*}
+\begin{alignat}{2}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,, \\
+ \nabla \cdot \vec B = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec B = \frac{1}{c^2} \frac{\partial \vec E}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{alignat}
+\end{linenomath*}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{\texttt{alignat*}}
+
+\subsection*{With line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{alignat*}{2}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{alignat*}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{alignat*}{2}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,, \crs
+ \nabla \cdot \vec B = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec B = \frac{1}{c^2} \frac{\partial \vec E}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{alignat*}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{Without line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{linenomath*}
+\begin{alignat*}{2}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{alignat*}
+\end{linenomath*}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{linenomath*}
+\begin{alignat*}{2}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,, \\
+ \nabla \cdot \vec B = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec B = \frac{1}{c^2} \frac{\partial \vec E}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{alignat*}
+\end{linenomath*}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{\texttt{flalign}}
+
+\subsection*{With line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{flalign}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{flalign}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{flalign}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,, \\
+ \nabla \cdot \vec B = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec B = \frac{1}{c^2} \frac{\partial \vec E}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{flalign}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{Without line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{linenomath*}
+\begin{flalign}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{flalign}
+\end{linenomath*}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{linenomath*}
+\begin{flalign}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,, \\
+ \nabla \cdot \vec B = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec B = \frac{1}{c^2} \frac{\partial \vec E}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{flalign}
+\end{linenomath*}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{\texttt{flalign*}}
+
+\subsection*{With line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{flalign*}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{flalign*}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{flalign*}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,, \crs
+ \nabla \cdot \vec B = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec B = \frac{1}{c^2} \frac{\partial \vec E}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{flalign*}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\subsection*{Without line numbers in equations}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{linenomath*}
+\begin{flalign*}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{flalign*}
+\end{linenomath*}
+\nextlipsum
+\begin{linenomath*}
+\begin{flalign*}
+ \nabla \cdot \vec E = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec E = - \frac{\partial \vec B}{\partial t} \,, \\
+ \nabla \cdot \vec B = 0 \,, &\quad \nabla \times \vec B = \frac{1}{c^2} \frac{\partial \vec E}{\partial t} \,.
+\end{flalign*}
+\end{linenomath*}
+\nextlipsum
+
+\nolinenumbers
+
+\end{document}
+
+% Local Variables:
+% mode: doctex
+% TeX-master: t
+% End:
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/source/lnosuppl.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/source/lnosuppl.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..124547afa4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/source/lnosuppl.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+%% LNoSuppl.tex -- U.L.
+\ProvidesFile{lnosuppl.tex}
+ [2011/02/16 documenting supplementary files]
+\title{\LARGE \bf Supplementary files belonging \\
+ to the \textit{lineno.sty} distribution \\[1ex]
+ \normalfont \Large
+ Lazy \texttt{ASCII}\,$\to$\,\texttt{PDF} listings}
+\author{Uwe L\"uck}
+\documentclass[10pt]{article}
+\usepackage{verbatim}
+%% hyperref settings from makedoc.cfg 2011/02/14:
+\RequirePackage{ifpdf}
+\usepackage[%
+ \ifpdf
+% bookmarks=false, %% 2010/12/22
+% bookmarksnumbered,
+ bookmarksopen, %% 2011/01/24!?
+ bookmarksopenlevel=2, %% 2011/01/23
+% pdfpagemode=UseNone,
+% pdfstartpage=10,
+% pdfstartview=FitH,
+ citebordercolor={ .6 1 .6},
+ filebordercolor={1 .6 1},
+ linkbordercolor={1 .9 .7},
+ urlbordercolor={ .7 1 1}, %% playing 2011/01/24
+ \else
+ draft
+ \fi
+]{hyperref}
+\usepackage{hypertoc}
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\newcommand*{\cs}[1]{\texttt{\char"5C#1}}
+\newcommand*{\lcurl}[2][]{%% `mirror', \url #2 2011/02/14
+ \texttt{#2}\footnote{%
+ \url{http://mirror.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/#1#2}}}
+\newcommand*{\Verbatiminput}[1]{%% 2011/02/14
+ \small\verbatiminput{#1}\normalsize}
+\makeatletter
+\newcommand*{\notinaux}[1]{%
+ \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect #1%
+ \else
+ \ifdim\lastskip>\z@\ignorespaces\fi
+ \fi}
+\makeatother
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+\section*{Preface}
+
+\texttt{lineno.sty} is a macro package made by
+Stephan~I.~B\"ottcher for attaching line numbers to
+\LaTeX\ documents. Some people have used it for revising
+submittings in collaboration with referees or co-authors.
+Documentations are nowadays preferred to be in
+Adobe's \texttt{PDF}---so \texttt{lineno.sty}'s
+documentation is \lcurl[lineno/]{lineno.pdf}.
+
+\texttt{ednotes.sty} uses \texttt{lineno.sty} for critical
+editions, combining it with Alexander~I.~Rozhenko's
+\texttt{manyfoot.sty}---this was Christian Tapp's idea,
+who then hired me for adding the \TeX nical details.
+In doing this, I had to change some internals of
+\texttt{lineno.sty}, so Stephan transferred maintenance
+to me; then some of my macro files that I originally had
+made for \texttt{ednotes.sty} wandered into the
+\texttt{lineno} directory of CTAN---because they turned
+out not to need \texttt{ednotes.sty},
+just to work as extensions of \texttt{lineno.sty}\,.
+
+Now, I haven't had the time for making \texttt{.dtx} versions
+of the \texttt{.sty} files for \texttt{ednotes}.
+Therefore, ordinary \texttt{.pdf} documentation for
+the remaining \texttt{.sty} files of \texttt{lineno}
+is missing.
+What you see here is nothing but a somewhat structured listing
+of the additional \texttt{.txt} and \texttt{.sty} files in
+\texttt{PDF}, deriving from the \texttt{verbatim} package and
+its \cs{verbatiminput} command. I hope the high quality
+(scalable) output is worth it.
+
+By contrast, the new package \texttt{fnlineno.sty} added in 2011 for
+footnote line numbers is documented in \lcurl[lineno/]{fnlineno.pdf}
+in high quality, using the \lcurl{nicetext} bundle.
+
+\leavevmode\hfill \textit{U.\,L.}
+
+\newpage
+\tableofcontents
+
+\section{The \texttt{.txt} files}
+\subsection{Summary: \texttt{README.txt}}
+\verbatiminput{README.txt}
+\subsection{Licenses/Copyright: \texttt{COPYING.txt}}
+\verbatiminput{COPYING.txt}
+\subsection{Update summaries: \texttt{CHANGEs.txt}}
+\verbatiminput{CHANGEs.txt}
+%% rm. 2011/02/16:
+% \subsection{Files and subdirectories: \texttt{FILEs.txt}}
+% \verbatiminput{FILEs.txt}
+\subsection{Source file infos: \texttt{SRCFILEs.txt}}
+\verbatiminput{SRCFILEs.txt}
+
+\section{Tabular and array environments}
+\texttt{lineno.sty}'s package options \texttt{edtable},
+\texttt{longtable}, and \texttt{nolongtablepatch}
+redefine \LaTeX\ tabular and array environments
+such that \texttt{lineno} and \texttt{ednotes} commands
+can be used inside. The code for these options resides
+in separate files at present. We are listing them here.
+\subsection{\texttt{edtable.sty}}
+\verbatiminput{edtable.sty}
+\subsection{\texttt{ltabptch.sty}}
+\verbatiminput{ltabptch.sty}
+
+\section{\cs{linelabel} and notes from \textit{math} mode:
+ \notinaux{\\} \texttt{ednmath0.sty}}
+\verbatiminput{ednmath0.sty}
+
+\section{Extended line number references: \texttt{vplref.sty}}
+\texttt{vplref.sty} is input through the \texttt{lineno}
+package option \texttt{addpageno}. This adds page numbers
+to line number references to distant sides---using the
+\texttt{varioref} package from the \LaTeX\ distribution.
+\verbatiminput{vplref.sty}
+
+\end{document}
+
+end of LNoSuppl.tex
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/ulineno.tex b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/source/ulineno.tex
index 25d20bcaec..da4438ff20 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/ulineno.tex
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/source/ulineno.tex
@@ -8,14 +8,14 @@
% $Id: ulineno.tex,v 3.1 2001/08/03 03:29:19 stephan Exp $
%
% 1999-06-11 SiB: updated for lineno.sty v3.00
-\ProvidesFile{ulineno.tex}[2001/08/03 lineno.sty users manual]
+\ProvidesFile{ulineno.tex}[2001/08/03 lineno.sty users manual]
%% <- UL 2011/02/13 for readprov.sty
\documentclass[12pt,a4paper,titlepage]{article}
\date{\def\$##1: ##2 ##3${##2}%$
- Version
- \$Revision: 3.1 $,
+ Version
+ \$Revision: 3.1 $,
\$Date: 2001/08/03 03:29:19 $
}
\def\lineno.sty{\texttt{\itshape lineno.sty}}
@@ -95,11 +95,9 @@ There may be cases, where other packages do a better job, e.g.,
\section{Where to get \lineno.sty}
\lineno.sty is available on the \emph{Comprehensive TeX Archive
- Network} (CTAN), e.g, \url{ftp:// ftp.tex.ac.uk/ tex-archive/
- macros/ latex/ contrib/ supported/ lineno/ lineno.sty}.
+ Network} (CTAN), e.g, \url{https://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/lineno.sty}.
-The home of \lineno.sty is \url{http:// www.nevis.columbia.edu/
- ~stephan/ tex/ #lineno}. Here you can get the latest version.
+The home of \lineno.sty is \url{https://github.com/latex-lineno/lineno}. Here you can get the latest version.
\end{runninglinenumbers}
@@ -116,7 +114,7 @@ The available <options> are:
\begin{description}
\item[\texttt{[left]}:] Put the line numbers into the left margin
- (default).
+ (default).
\item[\texttt{[right]}:] Put the line numbers into the right margin.
@@ -125,11 +123,11 @@ The available <options> are:
\item[\texttt{[switch*]}:] Put the line numbers into the inner
margin.
-
+
\item[\texttt{[pagewise]}:] Number the lines from 1 on each page.
\item[\texttt{[running]}:] Continuously number the lines (default).
-
+
\item[\texttt{[modulo]}:] Print line numbers only if they are
multiples of five.
@@ -144,7 +142,7 @@ The available <options> are:
Change from v2 to v3: ~[mathlines]~ was called ~[displaymath]~
before, and ~[displaymath]~ was ~\usepacke{mlineno}~.
\end{itshape}
-
+
\end{description}
All effects of these option can also be obtained by calling certain
macros later in the document, except for ~[displaymath]~.
@@ -175,8 +173,8 @@ or an explicit ~\par~ before the ~\endgroup~.
The prefered solution is to use an enviroment:
\begin{quote}\obeylines
- ~\begin{linenumbers}~
- Text of your paragraph.
+ ~\begin{linenumbers}~
+ Text of your paragraph.
~\end{linenumbers}~
\end{quote}
~\end{linenumbers}~ terminates the paragraph for you. It will also
@@ -231,22 +229,22 @@ the line was in the last \LaTeX\ run.
Thus, there are two basic numbering modes
\begin{enumerate}
-
+
\item \emph{Running} line numbers. The numbers run continuously along
- the document, without considering page breaks.
-
+ the document, without considering page breaks.
+
The line numbers can be reset, or preset at any point in the
document (except within a paragraph). Margin switching (or any
other dependence on the page breaks) is not possible.
-
+
\item \emph{Pagewise} line numbers. The lines on each page are
numbered from one. Automatic margin switching is possible.
\emph{Running} mode can be simulated in pagewise mode, to get
automatic margin switching with continuous line numbers, but without
the ability to reset/preset the line numbers anywhere in the
- document.
-
+ document.
+
Any feature that depends on the page breaks must use this mode.
\end{enumerate}
@@ -256,7 +254,7 @@ Thus, there are two basic numbering modes
\subsection{\emph{Running} line numbers}
This is the default mode of operation. The lines of your text are
-numbered continuously across page breaks.
+numbered continuously across page breaks.
You cannot get automatic margin switching in this mode, because at the
time when the line numbers are attached, it is not yet decided on
@@ -271,7 +269,7 @@ You get this mode by
\item specifying the package option ~[running]~,
\item give the command ~\setrunninglinenumbers~ in the document, or
\item turn on line numbering with ~\runninglinenumbers~ or
- ~\begin{runninglinenumbers}~.
+ ~\begin{runninglinenumbers}~.
\end{itemize}
\subsubsection{Reseting or setting the line number}
@@ -285,15 +283,15 @@ where the default is to reset the line number to one.
Alternatively, you can give the line number in an optional argument to
any command that turns on the line numbering in this mode:
\begin{quote}\obeylines
- ~\linenumbers[~<number>~]~
- ~\runninglinenumbers[~<number>~]~
+ ~\linenumbers[~<number>~]~
+ ~\runninglinenumbers[~<number>~]~
~\begin{linenumbers}[~<number>~]~
~\begin{runninglinenumbers}[~<number>~]~
\end{quote}
or reset the line number to 1 with any of the following:
\begin{quote}\obeylines
- ~\linenumbers*~
- ~\runninglinenumbers*~
+ ~\linenumbers*~
+ ~\runninglinenumbers*~
~\begin{linenumbers*}~
~\begin{linenumbers}*~
~\begin{runninglinenumbers*}~
@@ -333,7 +331,7 @@ You get this mode by
~[pagewise]~, but not ~[running]~,
\item give the command ~\setpagewiselinenumbers~ in the document, or
\item turn on line numbering with ~\pagewiselinenumbers~ or
- ~\begin{pagewiselinenumbers}~.
+ ~\begin{pagewiselinenumbers}~.
\end{itemize}
You cannot reset or preset the line numbers in \emph{pagewise} mode.
@@ -356,7 +354,7 @@ pages. If you add a star, the numbers go on the inner margins
~\switchlinenumbers*~
\end{quote}
You can achieve the same effect by specifying the package
-option ~[switch]~ or ~[switch*]~ together with ~[pagewise]~.
+option ~[switch]~ or ~[switch*]~ together with ~[pagewise]~.
Margin switching is independent of any ~[twoside]~ option of the
document class.
@@ -440,11 +438,11 @@ The following commands change the major line numbering mode.
\item [|\setrunninglinenumbers]
\item [|\setpagewiselinenumbers] \leavevmode\\
set the current mode, without activating or deactivating line
- numbering.
+ numbering.
\item [|\runninglinenumbers\texttt{*[\NL}]
\item [|\pagewiselinenumbers] \leavevmode\\
set the current mode and activate line numbering, optionally reset
- (~*~), or set the line number for \emph{running} mode.
+ (~*~), or set the line number for \emph{running} mode.
\end{description}
The following commands do not change the major mode, but modify the
the behaviour of \emph{pagewise} mode
@@ -459,7 +457,7 @@ the behaviour of \emph{pagewise} mode
\subsection{Summary of margin selection commands}
The following command select into which margin the numbers should be
-printed
+printed
\begin{description}\itemsep=0pt\parskip=0pt
\item [|\leftlinenumbers\texttt*]
\item [|\rightlinenumbers\texttt*] \leavevmode\\
@@ -492,7 +490,7 @@ whatever you used last (the current value of the counter
option ~[modulo]~.
If you set <n> to 1, the modulo value is not changed, but modulo
-numbering is turned off.
+numbering is turned off.
Changing the counter ~linenumbermodulo~ does not turn on modulo
numbering, it just changes the modulo, if it is turned on without the
@@ -500,7 +498,7 @@ optional argument.
This section of the manual is enclosed in
\begin{quote}
- ~\begin{linenumbers*}~ \\
+ ~\begin{linenumbers*}~ \\
~\modulolinenumbers[2]~
~\end{linenumbers*}~
@@ -611,7 +609,7 @@ The first is used in \emph{running} mode, the other two in
\emph{pagewise} mode. If you modify those, you cut into the
margin selection mechanism as advertised above. You will have to call
a mode selection command after changing these macros, to make them take
-effect (at least for ~\makeLineNumberRunning~).
+effect (at least for ~\makeLineNumberRunning~).
You can go up one more step. The margin selection commands redefine
the above macros by making them equivalent (~\let~) to one of the
@@ -691,7 +689,7 @@ equation numbers?)
The ~\linelabel~ command starts a new paragraph if it is issued after
an empty line. It will properly ignore further whitespace before the
first word of text. Thus you can easily get a label to the first line
-of a paragraph.
+of a paragraph.
Furthermore, ~\linelabel~ uses \LaTeX s standart tricks to avoid
unnecessary spaces if you place is between two words with spaces
@@ -705,7 +703,7 @@ trailing space).
Special care should be taken at the end of a paragraph. You better
put the line label without intervening spaces behind the period, like
-this
+this
\begin{quote}
~This is the end of this section.%~\\
~\linelabel{ll2}~
@@ -749,7 +747,7 @@ line numbers. Here comes the Formula
\mathrm{6\,H_2O + 6\,CO_2 \ \rightarrow\ C_6H_{12}O_6 + 6\,O_2}
\end{displaymath}
which makes the line numbers disappear. The trailing part of the
-paragraph does get line numbers.
+paragraph does get line numbers.
There are several means to solve the problem, but none of them is
fully satisfactory. \lineno.sty defines a ~{linenomath}~ environment,
@@ -761,7 +759,7 @@ comes an example use of ~{linenomath*}~
\begin{linenomath*}
\begin{eqnarray*}
b_1 &=& a_{11}x_1 + a_{12}x_2 \\
- b_2 &=& a_{21}x_1 + a_{22}x_2
+ b_2 &=& a_{21}x_1 + a_{22}x_2
\end{eqnarray*}
\end{linenomath*}
wrapping an ~{egnarray*}~ like this
@@ -769,7 +767,7 @@ wrapping an ~{egnarray*}~ like this
~\begin{linenomath*}~\\
~ \begin{eqnarray*}~\\
~ b_1 &=& a_{11}x_1 + a_{12}x_2 \\~\\
- ~ b_2 &=& a_{21}x_1 + a_{22}x_2~\\
+ ~ b_2 &=& a_{21}x_1 + a_{22}x_2~\\
~ \end{eqnarray*}~\\
~\end{linenomath*}~
\end{quote}
@@ -783,7 +781,7 @@ The ~{linenomath}~ wrapper does nothing if line numbering is not
activated. You do not need to remove them if you decide to omit the
line numbering later (although you still have to load \lineno.sty).
-The \texttt{\itshape mlineno} extension redefines the standard \LaTeX\
+The \texttt{\itshape mlineno} extension redefines the standard \LaTeX\
display math environments to wrap themselves automatically into
~{linenomath}~:
\begin{quote}\obeylines
@@ -795,7 +793,7 @@ display math environments to wrap themselves automatically into
\end{quote}
As of version 3.00 you can activate this by the package option
~[displaymath]~. You can keep existing explicit ~{linenomath}~
-wrappers without harm.
+wrappers without harm.
This will probably not work with AMSmath.
@@ -816,16 +814,16 @@ environment, since you still have to modify your document.
\begin{runninglinenumbers}
It is currently not possible to put a ~\linelabel~ into math mode.
This should not impose problems with inline math, since you can attach
-the label just outside the math shift, like\linelabel{rll1}
+the label just outside the math shift, like\linelabel{rll1}
\begin{quote}
~... \linelabel{~<label>~}$x=f(y)$ ...~
\end{quote}
-but to refer to a line in display math, you cannot label it directly.
+but to refer to a line in display math, you cannot label it directly.
\end{runninglinenumbers}
\begin{pagewiselinenumbers}
The extension \texttt{\itshape rlineno} offers a solution,
-allowing to refer to a line number with an offset.
+allowing to refer to a line number with an offset.
This extension is now available with plain \lineno.sty v3.00.
@@ -837,10 +835,10 @@ offset.\linelabel{rll2}
~\begin{equation}~ \\
~ y=f'(x)~ \\
~\end{equation}~ \\
- ~... the formula in line \lineref[+1]{~<label>~}~
+ ~... the formula in line \lineref[+1]{~<label>~}~
\end{quote}
The offset calculation is different for pagewise or running line
-numbers, and you will have to make sure the right method is used.
+numbers, and you will have to make sure the right method is used.
\end{pagewiselinenumbers}
The macro ~\lineref[~<offset>~]{~<label>~}~ uses the method of the
@@ -887,7 +885,7 @@ specify the line number to start with in an optional argument.
\begin{numquote}
The line numbers set to the left of the text, indented by the same
amount as the quote or quotation. This works as expected even if the
-quote appears in a nested list.
+quote appears in a nested list.
\end{numquote}
To customize the distance from the text or the shape of the
numbers, you can modify the macros ~\quotelinenumbersep~ and
@@ -936,7 +934,7 @@ little interest, so it is gone from the \lineno.sty distribution.
\setlength\bframesep{10pt}
\begin{bframe}
-\lineno.sty can be used for unexpected purposes. The environment
+\lineno.sty can be used for unexpected purposes. The environment
\begin{quote}\obeylines
~\begin{bframe}~
~\end{bframe}~
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/tex/ednmath0.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/tex/ednmath0.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ef9884f30c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/tex/ednmath0.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+%% Macro package `ednmath0.sty' for LaTeX2e,
+%% copyright (C) 2004 Uwe L\"uck,
+%% http://www.contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu
+%% --author-maintained;
+%% math support for `lineno.sty' and `ednotes.sty'.
+%%
+\def\fileversion{v0.2b} \def\filedate{2005/01/10}
+%% This program can be redistributed and/or modified under the
+%% terms of the LaTeX Project Public License distributed from
+%% CTAN archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt; either
+%% version 1.3a of the License, or any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% There is NO WARRANTY.
+%% This code is very EXPERIMENTAL!
+%%
+%% Please report bugs, problems, and suggestions via
+%%
+%% http://www.contact-ednotes.sty@web.de
+%
+%% * MAIN FEATURE *
+%
+% lineno.sty's \linelabel and ednotes.sty's commands are enabled
+% to work in math mode if it's "entered in outer mode"
+% (including `displaymath' and `equation' environments).
+% (lineno.sty is the package by Stephan Boettcher.)
+% They will even work in tabular environments that are adjusted
+% to notes by package `edtable.sty'.
+%
+% CAVEATS:
+% -- Does not work yet in environments like LaTeX's
+% `eqnarray'. (This could probably repaired along the lines
+% of Edtable.sty--we're short of time and will try later.)
+% -- Useful error messages when (i) math mode is entered from
+% inner mode or when (ii) a math display gets not line number
+% are missing at present.
+%
+%% * USAGE: *
+%
+% * Most simple: *
+% --If you are working with ednotes and want to use its
+% commands in math mode, load ednotes.sty--version 0.8
+% onwards--with its package option `mathnotes'.
+% --If you don't work with ednotes, only with lineno, you
+% get the main feature of making \linelabel work in math mode
+% by loading lineno.sty--version 4.1 onwards--with its
+% package option `mathrefs'.
+%
+% * Switch off and on: *
+% To reduce danger resulting from missing error messages
+% ("caveat" above), you may switch these new math facilities
+% off by \NoNotesToMath where you don't expect to need them.
+% You may switch them on again by \NotesToMath where you want
+% to use them, being aware of the danger. Both commands work
+% locally, so you can replace one of them by enclosing it in
+% a group. E.g., even, after \NoNotesToMath you can use an
+% environment as follows:
+% \begin{NotesToMath}
+% <text>
+% \end{NotesToMath}
+% (I am not quite sure that this is useful.)
+%
+% * Customize ellipsis: *
+% ednotes' \lemmaellipsis is changed to expand to
+% \mathlemmaellipsis when entering math, and this is preset
+% to be LaTeX's \mathellipsis. (This is three dots as
+% \mathinner.) You can change this by redefining
+% \mathlemmaellipsis, e.g.:
+% \renewcommand{\mathlemmaellipsis}{\cdots}
+% If you need \cdots as the ellipsis at a single place only,
+% you may, of course, use the `<...>' option of \<, e.g.:
+% $ x = \Anote{a\<<\cdots>bcd\>e}{Indeed?} - y $
+%
+% * Customize note mode: *
+% For variant readings, you may want that the note is
+% usually set in math mode--so you may want that you
+% needn't type the dollar signs in the note text.
+% Note that you can do this by customizing \notefmt,
+% and you can do this by customizing \Anotefmt (e.g.)
+% to have this feature for \Anote only.
+%
+
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{ednmath0}[\filedate\space\fileversion\space
+ math support for lineno/ednotes (ul)]
+%
+%% User commands:
+\def\NotesToMath{\let\@LN@mathhook\@LN@labelinmath
+ \@bsphack \@esphack
+% For \begin{NotesToMath}
+}
+\def\NoNotesToMath{\@bsphack
+ \def\@LN@mathhook{\@parmoderr\@gobble}%
+ \@esphack
+}
+\def\endNotesToMath{\@bsphack\@Esphack}
+\let\endNoNotesToMath\endNotesToMath
+%
+%% Core code for lineno.sty:
+\@ifundefined{@LN@postlabel}{%
+ \PackageError{ednmath0}{%
+ Bad lineno.sty version%
+ }{%
+ lineno.sty from 2004/08/16 or later
+ must be loaded earlier.%
+ }%
+}{%
+ \def\@LN@labelinmath#1{%
+ \ifmmode
+ \@LN@postlabel{#1}%
+ \else
+ \@parmoderr
+ \fi
+ }
+}
+%
+%% Core code for ednotes.sty:
+\@ifundefined{@EN@note}{%
+% v0.01 sent a warning in this case. Considered superfluous now.
+}{%
+ \def\@EN@themathlemmatag{%
+ \ifmmode
+ \toks@\expandafter{\@EN@lemmatag}%
+ \edef\@EN@lemmatag{%
+ $%
+ \def\noexpand\lemmaellipsis{%
+ \noexpand\mathlemmaellipsis}%
+ \the\toks@
+ $%
+ }%
+% \expandafter \def \expandafter \@EN@lemmatag
+% \expandafter {\expandafter $\expandafter
+% \def \expandafter \lemmaellipsis \expandafter {%
+% \expandafter \mathlemmaellipsis \expandafter }%
+% \@EN@lemmatag $}%
+ \fi
+ }
+% To be sure, \lemmaellipsis doesn't need to be changed when
+% ednotes `\<...\>' feature is not used. Though I prefer to
+% use one hook only in ednotes for both situations, with and
+% without `\<...\>'.
+%
+% The final \unskip in ednotes' \@EN@lemmatag would undo a final
+% \quad. That's OK: outside math the same happens.
+% In v0.01, \NoNotesToMath undid ednotes changes for math mode.
+% However, re-appearence of \linelabel error messages suffices.
+%
+% Now add lemma switch to the left of \[No]NotesToMath:
+ \toks@\expandafter{\NotesToMath}
+ \edef\NotesToMath{%
+ \let \noexpand\@EN@mathlemmatag \noexpand\@EN@themathlemmatag
+ \the\toks@
+ }
+% \typeout{\string\NotesToMath: \meaning\NotesToMath}
+ \toks@\expandafter{\NoNotesToMath}
+ \edef\NoNotesToMath{%
+ \let \noexpand\@EN@mathlemmatag \relax
+ \the\toks@
+ }
+% \typeout{\string\NoNotesToMath: \meaning\NoNotesToMath}
+}
+% We need no extra device for a choice for users whether the *note*
+% should be set in math mode or in horizontal mode by default
+% (which might depend on the kind ["layer"] of notes).
+% This can be done already by customization of ednotes' \notefmt.
+% However, we might change ednotes' default \notefmt to default
+% \renewcommand*{\notefmt}[1]{$#1$}
+%
+\let\mathlemmaellipsis\mathellipsis
+%% TODO: Since when has LaTeX provided \mathellipsis?
+%% -> \Needs...
+%
+% Default:
+\NotesToMath
+%
+\endinput
+
+%% TODO: Without \linenumberdisplaymath, in displaymath,
+%% an error should be shown. Use, e.g., that in a displaymath
+%% \ifinner is false.
+%% TODO: E.g., by changing \everymath, perhaps can be warned
+%% that the math group is in a box already, so the vertical
+%% items will get lost.
+%% TODO: Adjust `eqnarray' (in Edtable?) as well.
+
+%% VERSION HISTORY:
+v0.01 2004/08/16 First version, sent to Christian.
+v0.02 2004/08/16 Considerably simplified for ednotes.
+ 2004/08/19 Added ellipsis stuff, documentation, and
+ instructions. Uncapitalized package names.
+ Added \end[No]NotesToMath.
+ 2004/08/20 Added \@bsphack and \@esphack; corrected
+ ednotes extension (too much deleted, completely
+ wrong), introducing \@EN@themathlemmatag.
+v0.02b .../08/31 Rearranged preamble concerning maintenance.
+v0.1 2004/09/20 Removed mentions of `linenox0.sty'.
+v0.2 2004/10/07 Removed another mention of `linenox0.sty';
+ Instructions: `lineno' or `ednotes.sty' option.
+v0.2a 2004/11/07 LPPL v1.3a.
+v0.2b 2005/01/10 Contact via http.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/tex/edtable.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/tex/edtable.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3d16a9c722
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/tex/edtable.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,571 @@
+%% `edtable.sty'---Uwe L"uck, direction Christian Tapp.
+%% LaTeX package for tables with line numbers and
+%% editorial notes.
+%%
+%% Copyright (C) 2003-2005 Uwe L"uck--author-maintained.
+%%
+\def\fileversion{1.3c} \def\filedate{2005/10/03}
+%%
+%% This file can be redistributed and/or modified under
+%% the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License; either
+%% version 1.3 of the License, or any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% We did our best to help you, but there is NO WARRANTY.
+%%
+%% Please send your comments via
+%%
+%% http://www.contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu
+%%
+%% * USAGE: *
+%
+% *Requirements/overview:*
+%
+% The package is made for the background of the LaTeX2e macro
+% package and enhances functionality of the following packages:
+% 1.) Stephan I. B"ottcher's `lineno.sty' for printing line
+% numbers in the margin and a \label version \linelabel
+% relating labels to line numbers;
+% 2.) our `ednotes.sty' for indicating variant readings and
+% other editorial remarks in separate footnote apparatuses;
+% 3.) David Carlisle's `longtable.sty' for multi-page tables.
+% %% TODO: supertabular etc.!?
+% 4.) our `ltabptch.sty' for a patch of `longtable.sty'
+% (i.e., optionally, see below).
+%
+% Actually, only the first package is necessary for using the
+% present one. The present one needs your line numbering commands
+% according to the first one and its documentation to which we
+% refer here. We likewise refer to the remaining packages for the
+% details of their functionality.
+%
+% `lineno.sty' version 4.1 and (in case it is used) `ednotes.sty'
+% version 0.8 (onwards) are needed. For obtaining recent versions
+% of required packages, see the CTAN folder
+% /macros/latex/contrib/ednotes.
+%
+% *Install/load:*
+% 1.) To be used, the present file must be put into a folder
+% that (La)TeX searches. You should have obtained a file
+% containing more detailed hints about this.
+% 2.) We recommend loading this file *not* by
+% \usepackage[<options>]{edtable} but by loading `lineno.sty'
+% or `ednotes.sty' with package option `edtable'.
+% 3.) To use the package options `longtable' and
+% `nolongtablepatch' that are described below, enter them
+% as options for `lineno.sty' or `ednotes.sty'.
+%
+% *User Commands:*
+%
+% 1. The package defines an environment `edtable' -- for its
+% syntax we consider two cases:
+% (a) Let <stdtable> be a tabular environment "like `tabular'".
+% "Like" here means: (i) we have tested it with `tabular', but
+% it should work with many more (e.g., from the `array' and
+% `tabularx' packages) -- which share certain properties of
+% implementation and requirements. Sorry, you must try, or we
+% hope you will (and tell us). (For wizards: <stdtable> may
+% probably be anything using a single \halign and \tabskip=0pt.)
+% Definitively:
+% (ii) LaTeX's standard `array' and other environments are *not*
+% "like" `tabular'. Namely, environments that work only in math
+% mode are not meant here. They are considered below in `b.'.
+% (iii) `longtable' from the `longtable' package of the `tools'
+% bundle neither is meant. An option of the present package
+% deals with it as described below. Neither `supertabular' is
+% meant.
+% (iv) In general, usage with tabular environments that can
+% break across pages as in (iii) is not recommended, at least
+% when working with `ednotes.sty'. Even if some worked here, a
+% shortcoming with `ednotes.sty' would be that the footnotes can
+% appear on bad pages.
+% -- Now the syntax is:
+% \begin{edtable}{<stdtable>}<args><entries>\end{edtable}
+% -- where <args> and <entries> are usual arguments and entries
+% for <stdtable>. So an example is:
+% \begin{edtable}{tabular}{cc}
+% left upper & right upper \\ left lower & right lower
+% \end{edtable}
+% This produces just what <stdtable> does in an extra line,
+% only adding line numbers in the margin and processing `ednotes'
+% commands in the entries appropriately.
+% (b) Let <stdarray> be an "array environment" like -- standard
+% LaTeX's `array'! "Like" here means (i) ... analogously to
+% <stdtable> above. (ii) "Text" ... oh, sorry, this is not clear
+% to me at present, and I am in a hurry. %% TODO
+% (iii) Nothing from the `amsmath' package seems to work here,
+% sorry, I have tried a lot ... (iv) For standard LaTeX's
+% `eqnarray', it is better to try the `linenomath' environment
+% of `lineno.sty' [with package option `mathlines']. Its
+% modifications in `amsmath' produce (at best) a spurious line
+% number with the `linenomath' environment (up to now).
+% -- Now the syntax is:
+% \begin{edtable}[<$$$>]{<stdarray>}
+% <args><entries>\end{edtable}
+% -- where <args> and <entries> are usual arguments and entries
+% for <stdarray>. <$$$> can be one of `$' or `$$'. Indeed, the
+% <stdtable> syntax above (without [<$$$>]) *does not work*
+% inside $...$ or $$...$$. -- An example:
+% \begin{edtable}[$$]{array}{cc}
+% a_{11} & a_{12} \\ a_{21} & a_{22}
+% \end{edtable}
+% Now, this produces just what <stdarray> does in an extra line
+% etc. as with <stdtable>. However, \linelabel and `ednotes.sty'
+% footnotes may need the `mathrefs' option of `lineno.sty'. For
+% the difference between `[$]' and `[$$]', see below.
+%
+% 2. When working with `ednotes.sty', in
+% \Anote{L1\<L2\>L3}{NOTE}
+% L2 may contain &'s and \\'s, but L1, L3 must not! Analogously
+% for \Bnote, etc., \Anotelabel...\donote..., etc. -- Well this
+% holds for <stdtable>, hardly for <stdarray> ... %% TODO
+%
+% 3. On positioning: You may have wondered about `extra line'
+% above. This means that `edtable' starts a new line at
+% \begin{edtable} and at \end{edtable}. %% TODO: sure!?
+% (a) It should be placed within a `center', `flushleft', or
+% `flushright' environment for proper (vertical) spacing, but
+% also works without. However, with <stdarray> and optional
+% parameter `$$' of `edtable' (i.e., \begin{edtable}[$$]...),
+% you can obtain the usual math display spacing *within a
+% paragraph*; especially, the vertical space is less when the
+% previous line is short ... and so on.
+% (b) Horizontal positioning of line numbers (usually) needs a
+% second run (after changing a table)! %% TODO: automatic warning.
+% (For wizards: It may fail if some of \leftskip, \rightskip,
+% \linewidth, and \@totalleftmargin are used in an unusual way.)
+% A <dimen> register \ETextraoffset is provided whose value is
+% 0pt by default and which additionally moves line numbers
+% to the left (right) if given a positive (negative) value.
+% %% TODO: any use?
+%
+% *Package options:*
+%
+% 1. Option `longtable' adjusts the `longtable' environment
+% defined by David Carlisle's longtable.sty for use with
+% `lineno.sty' and `ednotes.sty'. The option makes `longtable'
+% environments appear with line numbers in the margin, according
+% to `lineno.sty', and process `ednotes.sty' commands if line
+% numbering is active according to `lineno.sty'.
+% [We maintain an alternative package with just this function
+% in a slightly different implementation.] %% -> ulnltab.sty.
+% Lemmas may go across table entries as with `edtable' (see above).
+% ---There might be options like `supertabular' for adjusting
+% other tabular environments that cannot be handled by the
+% `edtable' environment provided here---they have not been
+% implemented yet! %% TODO
+%
+% 2. Option `nolongtablepatch' avoids loading/asking for
+% `ltabptch.sty'. I.e.: according to LaTeX bugs database,
+% tools/3180 and tools/3485, there have been problems with
+% vertical spacing around `longtable' environments. By default
+% the present package loads our `ltabptch.sty' or asks for it.
+% Option `nolongtablepatch' overrides this. This is useful when
+% you don't want to have the patch, especially when you use an
+% "emergency stop" installation of TeX.
+%
+% *Wizard interface:*
+% Macros \@ET@makeLineNumber, \@ET@use@outerhook,
+% \@ET@execute@outerhook, \@ET@ampnotes \@ET@startlinewith,
+% \@ET@trivialize@linelabel are provided as tools for adjusting
+% tabular environments for use with `lineno.sty' and
+% `ednotes.sty'. \@ET@step@linenumber is \let \stepLineNumber
+% (from `lineno.sty'), but could be used as a hook for
+% something different. See Environment `edtable' and Option
+% `longtable' below for examples of application.
+% %% TODO: specification here.
+%
+%
+%% * Acknowledgements: *
+%
+% Stephan I. B"ottcher told us how to do it in extensive discussion
+% and by providing some first code lines. We changed these essentially
+% in some respects, but kept his general ideas and some parts of his
+% macros, the latter even without knowing what we are doing.
+%
+% v1.3 is due to a request by Martin Brandenburg.
+%
+% * Now for internals: *
+%
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+% 1994/12/01: \newenvironment* etc. %% TODO: more recent needed?
+\ProvidesPackage{edtable}[\filedate\space v\fileversion\space
+ arrays with lineno + ednotes (ul)]
+%
+% Alternative ideas for implementation:
+% 1. There is a German package `TABMAC' enhancing `EDMAC' (cf.
+% documentation of `ednotes.sty'). We could have rewritten its
+% macros so it would work with `lineno.sty' and `ednotes.sty'
+% in place of `EDMAC'. [TODO: "tabmac.sty"]
+% 2. We redefine `longtable' by Option `longtable' because
+% there seems to be only one reasonable use of the `longtable'
+% environment in the course of a critical edition. This may be
+% different for environments like `array' and `tabular' which
+% can be used within text lines. Therefore, these environments
+% are not redefined.
+% 3. One might use \everycr, however: (a) it is executed
+% before the first row, (b) it is executed in fake lines that
+% `longtable' uses.
+% 4. As an alternative to \everycr, there is the approach of
+% redefining \cr and \crcr for setting \noalign. This needs
+% redefining \@tabularcr etc.---not nice. We use this approach
+% here for `longtable' which uses a stretching \tabskip.
+% For \tabskip=0pt, we attach line numbers by a template.
+%
+% \RequirePackage{lineno}[2004/10/06]
+% Wanted to check lineno version--causes unknown option error.
+% See LaTeX bug latex/3730.
+
+% Options:
+
+%% TODO: underful page with `longtable.sty'!?
+\let\if@ET@longtable\iffalse % \newif\if@ET@longtable@
+\DeclareOption{longtable}{\let\if@ET@longtable\iftrue}
+\let\if@ET@ltabptch\iftrue
+\DeclareOption{nolongtablepatch}{\let\if@ET@ltabptch\iffalse}
+\ProcessOptions
+
+% Redefine \longtable if option:
+\if@ET@longtable
+ % Stephan's direction for attaching a line number to each row
+ % is using \noalign in the course of \\.
+ % However, (1) the user should not worry about closing the table
+ % with \\ or without, and (2) the line number thing should not
+ % happen twice if \\ is the last token before \end{longtable}.
+ % Our solution: attach something to the beginning of \endlongtable
+ % which attaches line number unless an unsucceeded \\ has done it.
+ % This thing is activated by each row start and turned off by \\.
+ % Since the switch at row start may happen to be in a pbox,
+ % let it act globally on \endlongtable. (The \crcr at the beginning
+ % of \endlongtable must not be changed directly, since original
+ % \crcr may be required in table entries using \oalign etc.)
+ %
+ \RequirePackage{longtable}%
+% \IfFileExists{longtable.sty}{\RequirePackage{longtable}}%
+% {\RequirePackage{longtabl}}%
+% For Atari problem, it suffices to rename `longtable.sty'
+% into `longtabl.sty'.
+%
+% Patch for tools/3180 and tools/3485 of LaTeX bug database:
+ \if@ET@ltabptch
+ \IfFileExists{ltabptch.sty}{\RequirePackage{ltabptch}}{%
+ \PackageError{edtable}{%
+ ltabptch.sty (for improving spacing around\MessageBreak
+ longtable) missing! Be sure to use it always\MessageBreak
+ or never!%
+ }{%
+ To omit ltabptch.sty *and* escape this error,\MessageBreak
+ use package option `nolongtablepatch'.%
+ }%
+ }
+ \fi
+ \let\@ET@@longtable\longtable
+ \def\longtable{%
+ \ifLineNumbers
+ \expandafter\@ET@longtable
+ \else
+ \let\@ET@sw@cr\@ET@crcr % ... in \endlongtable.
+ \expandafter\@ET@@longtable
+ \fi
+ }
+ \def\@ET@longtable{%
+ % Since we have made it anyway, we use the method of redefining
+ % \halign for inserting the activating row start as well.
+ % However, redefinition must be repeated before every \LT@bchunk.
+ % \longtable and \LT@get@withs are good places for this.
+ \@ET@startlinewith\@ET@sw@cr@on
+ \@ET@trivialize@linelabel
+ \@ET@use@outerhook
+ \@ET@ampnotes
+ \let\LT@tabularcr\@ET@LT@tabularcr
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\LT@get@widths\expandafter
+ {\LT@get@widths\@ET@startlinewith\@ET@sw@cr@on}
+ % Admittedly, we could make it less of a hack by using @{...}
+ % ---we could then leave \LT@get@widths untouched.
+ \@ET@@longtable
+ }
+ \def\@ET@sw@cr@on{\global\let\@ET@sw@cr\@ET@cr@attach}
+ % We are hacking a longtable version offering
+ % \def\LT@tabularcr{%
+ % \relax\iffalse{\fi\ifnum0=`}\fi
+ % \@ifstar
+ % {\def\crcr{\LT@crcr\noalign{\nobreak}}\let\cr\crcr
+ % \LT@t@bularcr}%
+ % {\LT@t@bularcr}}
+ % We need a redefinition of \cr which is not overridden by \@ifstar:
+ \def\@ET@LT@tabularcr{%
+ \relax\iffalse{\fi\ifnum0=`}\fi
+ \def\cr{\@ET@sw@cr}%
+ % So \crcr is affected by change of \@ET@sw@cr, cf. below.
+ \let\crcr\cr
+ \@ifstar
+ {\gdef\@ET@sw@nobreak{\nobreak
+ \global\let\@ET@sw@nobreak\relax}%
+ % {\def\cr{\@ET@sw@cr\noalign{\nobreak}}\let\cr\crcr
+ % Why didn't this work? %% TODO: try shorter again.
+ \LT@t@bularcr}%
+ \LT@t@bularcr
+ % {\let\cr\@ET@sw@cr \let\crcr\cr
+ % \LT@t@bularcr}% This accompanied \def\cr... above.
+ }
+ % Attach \@ET@sw@cr to beginning of \endlongtable:
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\endlongtable\expandafter
+ {\expandafter\@ET@sw@cr\endlongtable}
+ \def\@ET@cr@attach{% Actually attaching line numbers.
+ \@ET@crcr\noalign{% Basically Stephan's approach.
+ % If we were not careful, following box containing line number
+ % could fool interline glue after longtable, even if tools/3485
+ % is repaired in some way. This box should have same depth as
+ % the line composed previously.
+ \nobreak %% \@ET@ex... might cause page break. 2003/10/30.
+ \setbox\z@\@ET@makeLineNumber
+ \ht\z@-\prevdepth \dp\z@\prevdepth \box\z@
+ \@ET@step@linenumber
+ \global\let\@ET@sw@cr\@ET@crcr % ... if called by \\.
+ % This also resets the \crcr starting \LT@echunk following
+ % \@xargarraycr or \@yargarraycr in \LT@argtabularcr.
+ % \let...\relax seems to suffice at well, but in case ...
+ \@ET@execute@outerhook %% 2003/10/30.
+ \@ET@sw@nobreak
+% \@ET@execute@outerhook
+ }%
+ }
+ \let\@ET@crcr\crcr
+ \global\let\@ET@sw@nobreak\relax % Just to remind ...
+\fi
+
+\let\@ET@step@linenumber\stepLineNumber
+% \def\@ET@step@linenumber{\global\advance\c@linenumber\@ne}
+\def\@ET@makeLineNumber{\hb@xt@\z@{\makeLineNumber}}
+%% TODO: export to lineno.sty!?
+% Special \halign:
+% For `array' etc., we insert line numbers by a leftmost template.
+% @{...} in the last argument of `array' etc. is difficult for this
+% since `tabular*' has an additional argument. So we redefine
+% \halign to put something to the right of the next \bgroup.
+% Now, as a macro, \halign would break in an \edef or \xdef.
+% Horribly, this danger has become quite real in longtable.sty's
+% definition of \LT@bchunk. Only its latest version 4.10 has
+% preceded \halign by a \noexpand (for mathtext.sty which
+% redefines \halign as well). We need not rely on such a
+% provision if we let \halign expand to \the<token register>
+% for some token register. However, using \toks@ or \@temptokena
+% is neither very safe---might be filled by macro ahead with
+% something new. So reserve an own token register.
+\newtoks\@ET@toks
+\@ET@toks{\@ET@specialhalign}
+% v1.3: In 'AMSmath', there are \halign's followed by explicit
+% left braces. Thus '\def\@ET@specialhalign#1\bgroup{%' broke.
+%% TODO ...
+\def\@ET@specialhalign{%
+ \ifmeasuring@ \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+% v1.3 2005/03/04, for `amsmath'.
+ \else \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+ \fi
+ {\let\halign\@ET@@halign \halign}%
+ {\@ifnextchar\bgroup\@ET@replace@arg\@ET@sphalign@to}}
+%% TODO: change back, commenting out code above, report
+%% error with `alignat'.
+% \@ifnextchar\bgroup\@ET@replace@arg\@ET@sphalign@to}
+% If `amsmath' not loaded (v1.3):
+\AtBeginDocument{\@ifundefined{measuring@true}{%
+ \let\ifmeasuring@\iffalse}\relax}
+\def\@ET@replace@arg#1{%
+ \def\@EN@tempa{#1}\def\@EN@tempb{\bgroup}% Corr. after v1.3b.
+ \ifx\@EN@tempa\@EN@tempb
+ \def\@EN@tempa{\@ET@sphalign@to\bgroup}%
+ \else
+ \def\@EN@tempa{\@ET@sphalign@to{#1}}%
+% This may be wrong, #1 might be `t' from `to' ...
+ \fi
+ \@EN@tempa}
+\def\@ET@sphalign@to#1\bgroup{%
+ \let\halign\@ET@@halign % Reset for nested arrays.
+ \halign#1\bgroup
+% \ifmeasuring@\else % For `amsmath', moved backwards.
+ \@ET@startline % [Wizard interface, via \@ET@starlinewith.]
+% \fi
+}
+% Wizard interface:
+\def\@ET@startlinewith{% Next token precedes preamble.
+% \let\@ET@@halign\halign % Or \AtBeginDocument?
+% ... indeed: bad loop with long longtable (\LT@get@widths!?)
+ \def\halign{\the\@ET@toks}%
+ \let\@ET@startline
+}
+\AtBeginDocument{\let\@ET@@halign\halign}
+% Or save it at start of environment only
+% (don't repeat inside longtable).
+%
+% Outer hook for inserts: (wizard interface)
+\def\@ET@execute@outerhook{% To be placed outside inner mode.
+ \@ET@outerhook \global\let\@ET@outerhook\@empty
+}
+\global\let\@ET@outerhook\@empty % Just to remind: global!
+% \@EN@hookfn (ednotes) sends to outer hook:
+\def\@ET@use@outerhook{% Wizard interface.
+ \def\@EN@hookfn{\g@addto@macro\@ET@outerhook}%
+}%% TODO: move last line to `ednotes', \let\@ET@use...\@empty.
+%% But this requires re-installing both packages
+%% at the same time. See the `ampnotes' thing as well.
+%
+% Trivialize \linelabel: (wizard interface)
+\def\@ET@trivialize@linelabel{\let\linelabel\@ET@linelabel}
+\def\@ET@linelabel{%
+ \protected@edef\@currentlabel{\theLineNumber}%
+ \label
+}
+% Change ampersand at \Anote etc.: (wizard interface)
+%% 2003/10/31.
+% & is changed by \Anote etc. No \begin...\endgroup,
+% next \\ or & after % note/donote command switches back.
+% ---Global change seems to break table setup.
+\begingroup
+\gdef\@ET@hideamps{\catcode`\&\active}
+\@ET@hideamps
+\gdef\@ET@ampnotes{%
+ \let&\@ET@hideamp
+ %% & would be undefined after \\ in lemma.
+ \let\@ET@EN@rnote\@EN@note
+ \def\@EN@note{\@ET@hideamps\@ET@EN@rnote}%
+ \let\@ET@EN@rnotelb\@EN@notelabel
+ \def\@EN@notelabel{\@ET@hideamps\@ET@EN@rnotelb}%
+}
+%% TODO: & and \\ in \@EN@lemmaexpands!?
+\endgroup
+\def\@ET@hideamp{&}
+
+\newenvironment*{edtable}[2][]{%
+% #1 $ or $$, #2 standard environment name.
+%% TODO: star version!? cf. lineno.sty's `numquote'.
+ \def\@ET@mode{#1}%
+ \def\@ET@currenvir{#2}%
+ \ifhmode \ifnum\the\lastpenalty=-\@M\else
+% \par must be executed for printing/stopping line numbers:
+ \@centercr\relax \noindent
+ \fi \fi
+ \ifvmode \noindent \fi % Otherwise linenumbers are indented
+% -- however, not recommended.
+ \@ET@use@outerhook
+ \@ET@trivialize@linelabel
+ \@ET@ampnotes
+ \@ET@startlinewith\@ET@normal@startline
+ \global\advance\c@linenumber\m@ne % Stepping correction.
+% (Must come after closing previous paragraph.)
+% Calculate offset:
+ \global\advance\c@ET@array\@ne
+% Saving/calling width of table (`longtable's algorithm).
+% Test if there is \@flushglue on the left (center or flushleft):
+ \edef\@EN@tempa{\the\@flushglue}%
+% ... v1.3: fool this for "$$".
+ \in@{$$}{#1\@nil}% \in@{#1}{#2} searches #1 in #2#1 ...
+ \edef\@EN@tempb{\the\ifin@\@flushglue\else\leftskip\fi}%
+ \ifx\@EN@tempa\@EN@tempb
+% Assume \@ET@offset is 0pt else here.
+ \@ET@offset\linewidth
+ \advance\@ET@offset-%
+ \@ifundefined\@ET@arraywidth@csn % Shortened for v1.3.
+ {\linewidth\G@refundefinedtrue
+ \PackageWarningNoLine{edtab}{^^JLine numbers at
+ \@ET@currenvir\space need \jobname.aux}}%
+ {\csname\@ET@arraywidth@csn\endcsname}%
+% Test if \@flushglue on the right (center):
+% ... v1.3: fool it again. Repeat \in@ in case ...
+ \in@{$$}{#1\@nil}%
+ \edef\@EN@tempb{\the\ifin@\@flushglue\else\rightskip\fi}%
+ \ifx\@EN@tempa\@EN@tempb \divide\@ET@offset\tw@ \fi
+ \fi
+ \advance\@ET@offset\@totalleftmargin
+ \advance\@ET@offset\ETextraoffset % Offset ready.
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\hbox\bgroup
+% v1.3: `alignat' complains later when this is \vbox instead.
+% \vbox\bgroup % Tried in vain.
+ \ifx\@ET@mode\@empty\else $\fi
+ \csname#2\endcsname
+}{%
+ \csname end\@ET@currenvir \endcsname
+ \ifx\@ET@mode\@empty\else $\fi
+ \egroup
+ \@ET@step@linenumber % Stepping correction.
+ \if@filesw
+ \immediate\write\@auxout{%
+ \gdef\expandafter\noexpand
+ \csname\@ET@arraywidth@csn\endcsname
+ {\the\wd\@tempboxa}}%
+%% TODO: warning if changed!?
+ \fi
+% No automatic line number at array line:
+ \nolinenumbers
+ \@ET@mode\ensuremath{\vcenter{\box\@tempboxa}}\@ET@mode % v1.3.
+ \@ET@execute@outerhook
+ \ifhmode \@centercr\relax \fi
+% \par must be executed for proper restart of printing line numbers
+% (think so).
+ \@endpetrue % Outside \@flushglue environment, avoid indent ahead.
+%% TODO: slightly change for math mode around? Or give an error
+%% in math mode.
+}
+%% TODO: make \edtable \outer!?
+\def\@ET@normal@startline{%
+ \@ET@step@linenumber
+ \llap{\@ET@makeLineNumber \hskip\@ET@offset}%
+}
+\newdimen\@ET@offset
+\newdimen\ETextraoffset
+%% TODO: export to lineno.sty!?
+\newcount\c@ET@array
+\def\@ET@arraywidth@csn{ET@a@\romannumeral\c@ET@array}
+%
+%% TODO: .dtx
+\endinput
+
+%% VERSION HISTORY:
+v0.22 2003/01/13 First version, named `edtab02.sty', sent around,
+ together with ednotes.sty.
+v0.23 2003/01/22 Added version history.
+v0.24 2003/01/27 Copyright notice.
+%%% v0.3 2003/03/03 Requires linenox0.sty. %% RETREATED
+%% TODO: reconsider, see `lineno[x].sty'.
+v0.25 2003/03/05 Added <ednotes.sty@web.de>.
+v0.26 2003/03/23 Added \@ET@startlinewith to wizard command list;
+ moved redefinition \LT@get@widths from option code
+ into \@ET@longtable so this really happens in
+ line number mode only; moved \let\@ET@@halign\halign
+ from \@ET@startlinewith to \AtBeginDocument.
+v0.27 2003/06/02 Added \ifvmode \noindent \fi to `edtable' definition;
+ 2003/06/10 added `lemma cannot run' to instructions.
+v0.28 2003/10/31 \@ET@cr@attach: moved \@ET@execu..., added \nobreak.
+ Added \@ET@ampnotes and documentation: now working
+ across entries.
+v1.0 2004/05/13 `ednotes.sty' etc., updated copyright. Renamed as
+ `edtable.sty' for TUGboat article.
+ \RequirePackage{lineno}, changed doc. accordingly.
+ Removed `may be released under different name'.
+v1.10 2004/07/27 Looking for `longtabl.sty' for my Atari!
+ 2004/08/22 Added warning (screen/documentation) concerning
+ ltabptch.sty.
+ 2004/08/23 Added suggestion of option `nolongtablepatch';
+ LPPL v1.3.
+v1.2 2004/08/31 Rearranged preamble concerning maintenance,
+ removed `preliminary release'.
+ 2004/10/06 \newif -> \let...; option `nolongtablepatch';
+ changed documentation accordingly and for
+ loading edtable.sty by lineno/ednotes option;
+ \let\@ET@step@linenumber\stepLineNumber; use
+ \ifLineNumbers.
+ 2004/10/07 Needed version numbers.
+ 2004/10/08 ltabptch warning -> error!
+ 2004/10/11 Disabled \RequirePackage{lineno}[...]; undid
+ the `longtabl.sty' thing from 2004/07/27.
+ 2004/10/12 latex/3730.
+v1.2a 2004/11/07 LPPL v1.3a.
+v1.2b 2005/01/10 Contact via http.
+v1.3b 2005/03/04 Support for environments like `array'
+ environment. The description of `edtable' was
+ wrong in this respect!
+v1.3 2005/03/07 Adaptations in documentation, and extended usage
+ instructions very much, correcting some
+ errors as well. Acknowledgement to M. B.
+v1.3a 2005/03/09 Corrected numbering in `usage'.
+v1.3c 2005/03/15 \@centercr\relax, TODO on math mode.
+ 2005/04/09 `editory' -> `editorial'.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/fnlineno.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/tex/fnlineno.sty
index 5c53da606c..224f4743db 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/fnlineno.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/tex/fnlineno.sty
@@ -2,37 +2,37 @@
\ProvidesPackage{fnlineno}[2011/01/07 v0.55
numbers to footnote lines (UL)]
-%% Copyright (C) 2010 Uwe Lueck,
-%% http://www.contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu
-%% -- author-maintained in the sense of LPPL below --
+%% Copyright (C) 2010 Uwe Lueck,
+%% http://www.contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu
+%% -- author-maintained in the sense of LPPL below --
%%
-%% This file can be redistributed and/or modified under
-%% the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License; either
+%% This file can be redistributed and/or modified under
+%% the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License; either
%% version 1.3c of the License, or any later version.
%% The latest version of this license is in
%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% We did our best to help you, but there is NO WARRANTY.
+%% We did our best to help you, but there is NO WARRANTY.
%%
-%% Please report bugs, problems, and suggestions via
-%%
-%% http://www.contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu
+%% Please report bugs, problems, and suggestions via
%%
-%% {\it This work has been supported
+%% http://www.contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu
+%%
+%% {\it This work has been supported
%% % and is owned %% wrong, owner is RUB -- 2011/02/09
-%% by the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft (DFG),
+%% by the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft (DFG),
%% organized %% 2010/12/18 TODO!?
-%% by Prof.~Dr.\ Dr.\ Christian Tapp
+%% by Prof.~Dr.\ Dr.\ Christian Tapp
%% at Ruhr-Universit\"at Bochum, Germany.}
%% %% 2010/12/18:
%% Christian also has constructed some critical tests.
-%%
+%%
%% === Installing and Calling ===
-%% The file 'fnlineno.sty' is provided ready, installation only requires
-%% putting it somewhere where \TeX\ finds it
-%% (which may need updating the filename data
+%% The file 'fnlineno.sty' is provided ready, installation only requires
+%% putting it somewhere where \TeX\ finds it
+%% (which may need updating the filename data
%% base).\footnote{\url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=inst-wlcf}}
-%%
-%% As usually, 'fnlineno.sty' is loaded by
+%%
+%% As usually, 'fnlineno.sty' is loaded by
%% % \begin{verbatim}
%% `\usepackage{fnlineno}'
%% % \end{verbatim}
@@ -40,91 +40,91 @@
%%
%% === Limitations ===
%% v0.55 %%% v0.5 %% 2011/02/09
-%% should really work
+%% should really work
%% the way users expect, %% 2011/02/09
%% but please consider:
-%% % In the \strong{present version (v0.4)}, 'flnineno.sty' is just
+%% % In the \strong{present version (v0.4)}, 'flnineno.sty' is just
%% % ``work in progress"---with at least the following issues:
%% \begin{enumerate}
-%% % \item Lines are numbered in an order
-%% % that you may not like, in the presence of
-%% % footnotes.
-%% % Overcoming this failure by automagic
-%% % will be the major further work on the package!
+%% % \item Lines are numbered in an order
+%% % that you may not like, in the presence of
+%% % footnotes.
+%% % Overcoming this failure by automagic
+%% % will be the major further work on the package!
%% % (v0.5!?)
-%% %
-%% % \item The package is not expected to work with 'manyfoot'
+%% %
+%% % \item The package is not expected to work with 'manyfoot'
%% % (neither 'ednotes' ... future work!).
%%
-%% \item Nothing is known about compatibility with
+%% \item Nothing is known about compatibility with
%% packages (other than 'manyfoot' and 'bigfoot')
%% providing footnote features beyond standard \LaTeX.
-%%
-%% \item `\lipsum[<opt-arg>]' in main text produces
+%%
+%% \item `\lipsum[<opt-arg>]' in main text produces
%% a different number of paragraphs ...
-%%
+%%
%% %% 2010/12/18:
-%% % \item `\pagebreak' (without optional argument, or
-%% % `\pagebreak[4]') in footnotes prints footnote parts
+%% % \item `\pagebreak' (without optional argument, or
+%% % `\pagebreak[4]') in footnotes prints footnote parts
%% % (splits) in wrong order.\footnote{TODO:
-%% % (i)~extra case (using flag) in &\output
-%% % with $&\outputpenalty=-10000$;
+%% % (i)~extra case (using flag) in &\output
+%% % with $&\outputpenalty=-10000$;
%% % \emph{or}
%% % (ii)~redefine &\pagebreak in footnotes ...}
%% %% 2010/12/19, "tried" "assumed" 2010/12/21:
-%% \item v0.41 tried supporting `\pagebreak' in footnotes
-%% for manual control of splitting footnotes.
+%% \item v0.41 tried supporting `\pagebreak' in footnotes
+%% for manual control of splitting footnotes.
%% %% 2010/12/20f.:
%% However, it wrongly assumed that `\pagebreak[4]'
-%% forces a footnote split, cf. Section~\ref{sec:sw};
+%% forces a footnote split, cf. Section~\ref{sec:sw};
%% users better still don't use `\pagebreak'
%% in footnotes!
-%%
-%% \item Much of the code is ``guessed" without complete
-%% knowledge of \TeX\ internals and without having
+%%
+%% \item Much of the code is ``guessed" without complete
+%% knowledge of \TeX\ internals and without having
%% tested many possible cases.
%% %% 2010/12/27:
%% \item \emph{Local} switching to ``pagewise" numbering
-%% won't be possible for a while; we rather assume
-%% that you \emph{always} want ``pagewise" numbering.
+%% won't be possible for a while; we rather assume
+%% that you \emph{always} want ``pagewise" numbering.
%%
-%% \item Nothing has been tried to offer choices about the
+%% \item Nothing has been tried to offer choices about the
%% \emph{style} of numbering footnotes.
%% \end{enumerate}
%%
%% \pagebreak %% 2011/02/09
%% == Implementation ==
%% === Terms ===
-%% ``\strong{OTR}" is short for \textit{``output routine"},
+%% ``\strong{OTR}" is short for \textit{``output routine"},
%% ``\strong{MVL}" is short for \textit{``main vertical list"}.
%% %%% TODO "acro"
%%
%% === Basic Strategy ===
-%% \LaTeX's |\@footnotetext| writes the footnote text into the
-%% insertion register. For numbering the footnote lines,
-%% \emph{we here} do not execute this `\@footnotetext'
-%% immediately after placing |\@footnotemark|,
-%% but postpone its |\insert| a little so it
-%% is executed only after the main text paragraph has been
-%% broken into lines. Right below the line that contains the
-%% footnote mark, a special new ``slot" of the \strong{OTR}
-%% is called that interchanges ``the page so far" with the
-%% footnote text. When the latter has been typeset,
-%% another ``slot" of the OTR puts ``the page so far"
-%% back to the MVL and immediately after that fills the footnote
-%% text as just typeset on the MVL into the `\insert' register.
-%%
-%% Passing footnotes from horizontal mode to vertical mode
-%% resembles 'lineno''s `\PostponeVadjust', but a
+%% \LaTeX's |\@footnotetext| writes the footnote text into the
+%% insertion register. For numbering the footnote lines,
+%% \emph{we here} do not execute this `\@footnotetext'
+%% immediately after placing |\@footnotemark|,
+%% but postpone its |\insert| a little so it
+%% is executed only after the main text paragraph has been
+%% broken into lines. Right below the line that contains the
+%% footnote mark, a special new ``slot" of the \strong{OTR}
+%% is called that interchanges ``the page so far" with the
+%% footnote text. When the latter has been typeset,
+%% another ``slot" of the OTR puts ``the page so far"
+%% back to the MVL and immediately after that fills the footnote
+%% text as just typeset on the MVL into the `\insert' register.
+%%
+%% Passing footnotes from horizontal mode to vertical mode
+%% resembles 'lineno''s `\PostponeVadjust', but a
%% different \strong{list} |\FNLN@list|
-%% must store code
-%% (\textit{a})~for the footnote \strong{mark} and
-%% (\textit{b})~for the footnote \strong{text}.
+%% must store code
+%% (\textit{a})~for the footnote \strong{mark} and
+%% (\textit{b})~for the footnote \strong{text}.
%% %%% (TODO: move this paragraph)
%%
%% === Package Options ===
%% A package option |[check-latex]| %% typo article 2010/12/31
-%% for checking vital \LaTeX\ internals may once be offered
+%% for checking vital \LaTeX\ internals may once be offered
%% (TODO 2010/12/12) ...
\newif\if@FNLN@check@
\DeclareOption{check-latex}{\@FNLN@check@true}
@@ -133,13 +133,13 @@
%% === Footnote Commands ===
%% ==== Standard Footnotes ====
%% The following macro |\FNLN@ltx@fntext| %% more 2010/12/16
-%% is a copy of \LaTeX's `\@footnotetext'
-%% that we are varying. It may be used for a check
-%% if the `\@footnotetext' that 'fnlineno.sty' encounters
+%% is a copy of \LaTeX's `\@footnotetext'
+%% that we are varying. It may be used for a check
+%% if the `\@footnotetext' that 'fnlineno.sty' encounters
%% is the one expected (TODO).
-%% In line numbering mode, this code may never be needed
-%% all at once, rather we will have to see which material
-%% must be used at which point of our unusual way of
+%% In line numbering mode, this code may never be needed
+%% all at once, rather we will have to see which material
+%% must be used at which point of our unusual way of
%% processeing footnotes.
\if@FNLN@check@
\long\def\FNLN@ltx@fntext#1{\insert\footins{%
@@ -158,24 +158,24 @@
\fi
%%
%% ==== Modifying Footnote Commands ====
-%% In order to number |\footnote| lines and make
-%% `\linelabel' available in footnotes, it seems to suffice
-%% (with standard \LaTeX) to \strong{redefine}
+%% In order to number |\footnote| lines and make
+%% `\linelabel' available in footnotes, it seems to suffice
+%% (with standard \LaTeX) to \strong{redefine}
%% the internal |\@footnotetext|.
-%% In line numbering mode, `\@footnotetext' will act as
-%% |\FNLN@text|,
+%% In line numbering mode, `\@footnotetext' will act as
+%% |\FNLN@text|,
%% % \begin{itemize}
-%% % \item[(i)]
+%% % \item[(i)]
%% (\textit{i})~%
%% placing a ``signal" \strong{output penalty}
%% below the current line via `\vadjust' and
-%% % \item[(ii)]
+%% % \item[(ii)]
%% (\textit{ii})~%
-%% appending the footnote text to the
-%% \strong{list} |\FNLN@list| of \strong{footnote texts}.
+%% appending the footnote text to the
+%% \strong{list} |\FNLN@list| of \strong{footnote texts}.
%% % \end{itemize}
-%%
-%% |\FNLN@@text| stores the `\@footnotetext' found,
+%%
+%% |\FNLN@@text| stores the `\@footnotetext' found,
%% we might check if it is `\FNLN@ltx@fntext' ... %% TODO
\let\FNLN@@text\@footnotetext
\def\@footnotetext{%
@@ -184,27 +184,27 @@
\fi}
\def \FNLN@text {% %% 2010/12/31 arg read later
\vadjust{\penalty-\FNLN@M@swap@codepen}%
-%% Standard \LaTeX's `\@footnotetext' expands `\@thefnmark'
-%% to produce the footnote mark at the page bottom,
-%% right after it has been determined for the mark
-%% in the main text. \emph{Here} the footnote text
+%% Standard \LaTeX's `\@footnotetext' expands `\@thefnmark'
+%% to produce the footnote mark at the page bottom,
+%% right after it has been determined for the mark
+%% in the main text. \emph{Here} the footnote text
%% will be typeset only when \emph{other} footnote marks
-%% may have been formed for typesetting the main text
-%% paragraph before.
+%% may have been formed for typesetting the main text
+%% paragraph before.
%% %%% (TODO clearer wording)
-%% In the \strong{footnote list}
+%% In the \strong{footnote list}
%% macro |\FNLN@list|, the (\dqtd{`&\protect'ed})
-%% \emph{current} expansion <mark> of `\@thefnmark'
-%% is stored as an item preceding the footnote text
-%% <text>. One footnote entry in `\FNLN@list'
+%% \emph{current} expansion <mark> of `\@thefnmark'
+%% is stored as an item preceding the footnote text
+%% <text>. One footnote entry in `\FNLN@list'
%% thus has the form \lq`<mark>\@lt<text>\@lt'\rq.
-%% \LaTeX's internal `\g@addto@macro' is used to \emph{append}
-%% an entry to the list (at the right). The OTR will later
-%% take the entries from the left of the list.
-%%
-%% The argument of the auxiliary/temporary `\@tempa'
-%% will contain the footnote text and thus must be able to
-%% carry `\par' tokens. We therefore need a `\long' version of
+%% \LaTeX's internal `\g@addto@macro' is used to \emph{append}
+%% an entry to the list (at the right). The OTR will later
+%% take the entries from the left of the list.
+%%
+%% The argument of the auxiliary/temporary `\@tempa'
+%% will contain the footnote text and thus must be able to
+%% carry `\par' tokens. We therefore need a `\long' version of
%% `\protected@edef':
\let\@@protect\protect
\let\protect\@unexpandable@protect
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
\long \edef \@tempa ##1{%
\noexpand\g@addto@macro \noexpand\FNLN@list {%
\@thefnmark \noexpand\@lt ##1\noexpand \@lt}}%
-%% ... issuing
+%% ... issuing
%% \lq`\g@addto@macro\FNLN@list{<mark>\elt<text>\@lt}'\rq\ ...
\@tempa %% reads arg
}
@@ -222,62 +222,62 @@
%% === Output Routines ===
%% ==== 'lineno''s Output Routine ====
%% The following is a copy of 'lineno''s OTR
-%% that we are varying. It may be used for a check
-%% if the OTR that 'fnlineno.sty' encounters
+%% that we are varying. It may be used for a check
+%% if the OTR that 'fnlineno.sty' encounters
%% is the one expected (TODO).
\if@FNLN@check@
\def\FNLN@lno@output {%
\LineNoTest
\if@tempswa
- \ifnum\outputpenalty=-\@Mllbcodepen
- \WriteLineNo
- \else
- \ifnum\outputpenalty=-\@Mppvacodepen
- \PassVadjustList
- \else
- \LineNoLaTeXOutput
- \fi
- \fi
- \else
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty=-\@Mllbcodepen
+ \WriteLineNo
+ \else
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty=-\@Mppvacodepen
+ \PassVadjustList
+ \else
+ \LineNoLaTeXOutput
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \else
\MakeLineNo
\fi
}
%% The ``signal penalties" used here are
- \mathchardef\FNLN@M@llbl@codepen=11111
- \mathchardef\FNLN@M@ppva@codepen=11112
+ \mathchardef\FNLN@M@llbl@codepen=11111
+ \mathchardef\FNLN@M@ppva@codepen=11112
\fi
-%% Their names should mean ```\linelabel' code penalty" and
+%% Their names should mean ```\linelabel' code penalty" and
%% ```\PostponeVadjust' code penalty."
%%
%% |\TheLineNoLaTeXOutput|:
-%% It turns out to be inconvenient here
-%% that 'lineno' sacrifices access
-%% to the \emph{primitive} `\output' (```\@tempa'";
-%% TODO: auxiliary package before loading 'lineno'!?;
-%% later change 'lineno.sty' indeed).
-%% So to change the OTR we use `\LineNoLaTeXOutput' as a hook
-%% for adding additional cases of `\outputpenalt'ies.
-%% We take a copy of `\LineNoLaTeXOutput' here.
+%% It turns out to be inconvenient here
+%% that 'lineno' sacrifices access
+%% to the \emph{primitive} `\output' (```\@tempa'";
+%% TODO: auxiliary package before loading 'lineno'!?;
+%% later change 'lineno.sty' indeed).
+%% So to change the OTR we use `\LineNoLaTeXOutput' as a hook
+%% for adding additional cases of `\outputpenalt'ies.
+%% We take a copy of `\LineNoLaTeXOutput' here.
\let\TheLineNoLaTeXOutput\LineNoLaTeXOutput
%%
%% ==== Tools for Temporary Parameter Changes ====
-%% |\GStoreReg{<register>}|\quad
+%% |\GStoreReg{<register>}|\quad
%% (or\quad |\GStoreReg<register>|\\[\smallskipamount]
%% when <register> is a single token---\lq`\count0'\rq\
-%% being a counterexample ...)\quad
-%% stores the current content of <register>
-%% (\emph{globally}) as an internal macro so that it can be
-%% restored later by\\[\smallskipamount]
-%% |\RestoreReg{<register>}|\quad
+%% being a counterexample ...)\quad
+%% stores the current content of <register>
+%% (\emph{globally}) as an internal macro so that it can be
+%% restored later by\\[\smallskipamount]
+%% |\RestoreReg{<register>}|\quad
%% \mbox{(or\quad }|\RestoreReg<register>|)\\[\smallskipamount]
-%% or \emph{globally} by\\[\smallskipamount]
+%% or \emph{globally} by\\[\smallskipamount]
%% |\GRestoreReg{<register>}|\quad (|\GRestoreReg<register>|)
%% \\[\smallskipamount]
-%% (The OTR runs in a local group!---Recall that assignments
-%% to ``special dimens"---\TeX book p.\,271---are
-%% automatically global.)
+%% (The OTR runs in a local group!---Recall that assignments
+%% to ``special dimens"---\TeX book p.\,271---are
+%% automatically global.)
%% <register> is something that can be prefixed by `\the'
-%% to read its content and to which you can assign a value
+%% to read its content and to which you can assign a value
%% <value> by \lq<register><value>\rq.
%% (TODO: could also be some `\catcode'!)
%% %% and TODO allow changing name space!
@@ -285,15 +285,15 @@
\expandafter \xdef \csname GS\string#1\endcsname {\the #1}}
\newcommand*{\RestoreReg}[1]{#1\csname GS\string#1\endcsname \relax}
\newcommand*{\GRestoreReg}{\global\RestoreReg}
-%% |\GStoreSetReg{<register>}{<value>}| assigns %%% the new value
-%% <value> to <register> (locally) after executing `\GStoreSet',
-%% |\GStoreGSetReg| does the same \emph{globally}
-%% (and still argument braces aren't needed when a single
-%% token refers to the register).
+%% |\GStoreSetReg{<register>}{<value>}| assigns %%% the new value
+%% <value> to <register> (locally) after executing `\GStoreSet',
+%% |\GStoreGSetReg| does the same \emph{globally}
+%% (and still argument braces aren't needed when a single
+%% token refers to the register).
\newcommand*{\g@storesetreg}[3]{\GStoreReg{#2}#1#2#3\relax}
\newcommand*{\GStoreSetReg} {\g@storesetreg\relax}
\newcommand*{\GStoreGSetReg}{\g@storesetreg\global}
-%% (These preliminaries might go into an own new package, TODO!
+%% (These preliminaries might go into an own new package, TODO!
%% + loop on list of <register>s ...) %% 2010/12/19
%%
%% ==== The basic hook ====
@@ -301,15 +301,15 @@
%% We use two more penalties triggering the ``MVL swaps:"
\mathchardef\FNLN@M@swap@codepen =11113
\mathchardef\FNLN@M@insert@codepen=11114
-%% v0.41 deals with |\pagebreak| in footnote texts,
-%% using a flag |\if@FNLN@sw@| that must be set globally.
+%% v0.41 deals with |\pagebreak| in footnote texts,
+%% using a flag |\if@FNLN@sw@| that must be set globally.
%% %% 2011/01/07:
-%% It turned out not to work properly; however, the new
-%% switch has served a different purpose for ``continuous
+%% It turned out not to work properly; however, the new
+%% switch has served a different purpose for ``continuous
%% line numbering," cf. section~\ref{sec:cont}.
\newif\if@FNLN@sw@ \global\@FNLN@sw@false %% v0.41
-%% When a `\pagebreak' triggers the OTR while typesetting
-%% the footnote text, the page content is collected
+%% When a `\pagebreak' triggers the OTR while typesetting
+%% the footnote text, the page content is collected
%% in a box |\FNLN@holdft|:
\newsavebox\FNLN@holdft %% v0.41
%% Using |\LineNoLaTeXOutput| for hooking into the OTR:
@@ -323,17 +323,17 @@
\if@FNLN@sw@ %% v0.41
% \showthe\outputpenalty %% 2010/12/20
\global\setbox \FNLN@holdft \vbox{%
- \unvbox\FNLN@holdft
+ \unvbox\FNLN@holdft
%% %% moved here, clarified 2010/12/21:
-%% TODO from v0.41: `\pagebreak[4]' does not seem to force (reliably)
-%% splitting a footnote; if the footnote is not split here,
+%% TODO from v0.41: `\pagebreak[4]' does not seem to force (reliably)
+%% splitting a footnote; if the footnote is not split here,
%% at present the `\baselineskip' is lost,
-%% see the footnote paragraph starting
+%% see the footnote paragraph starting
%% with \qtd{C} in `edfndemo.pdf' as of 2010/12/21.
%% We would need some measuring ... `\pagebreak'
%% might be redefined ... resembling \LaTeX's `\@specialoutput'!
- \unvbox\@cclv
-%% TODO same problem here, see the footnote paragraph starting
+ \unvbox\@cclv
+%% TODO same problem here, see the footnote paragraph starting
%% with \qtd{D} in `edfndemo.pdf' as of 2010/12/21.
\penalty\outputpenalty}%
%% TODO reset page book-keeping!? %% v0.41
@@ -343,45 +343,45 @@
\fi
\fi
}
-%% \strong{An idea:}\quad Instead of so many `\ifnum', use
+%% \strong{An idea:}\quad Instead of so many `\ifnum', use
%% \[`\csname<chars>\the\outputpenalty\endcsname'\]
-%% ... in 'lineno.sty', when you really have a broad
-%% range of `\outputpenalties' useful to be
+%% ... in 'lineno.sty', when you really have a broad
+%% range of `\outputpenalties' useful to be
%% described by `\ifnum' range checks ...
%%
%% ==== Typesetting the Footnote Text ====
-%% |\SwapFootnoteMain| is the slot of the OTR that our
-%% modified `\@footnotetext' calls with
+%% |\SwapFootnoteMain| is the slot of the OTR that our
+%% modified `\@footnotetext' calls with
%% $`\outputpenalty'=-`\FNLN@M@swap@codepen'$.
-%% The ``column so far" is stored in a new box register
+%% The ``column so far" is stored in a new box register
%% |\FLNL@holdcol|.
\newsavebox\FNLN@holdcol
\newcommand*{\SwapFootnoteMain}{%
\global \setbox\FNLN@holdcol \vbox{\unvbox\@cclv}%
%% (... cf. `\@holdpg' in \LaTeX.)
%%
-%% The entire text of a footnote is typeset on top of
-%% the MVL. `\vsize' is maximized temporarily to avoid
-%% that the footnote text is broken across pages.
+%% The entire text of a footnote is typeset on top of
+%% the MVL. `\vsize' is maximized temporarily to avoid
+%% that the footnote text is broken across pages.
\GStoreGSetReg\vsize\maxdimen
%% However, the user may want to use `\pagebreak'
-%% in a footnote in order to control manually where
-%% a ``long" footnote is split. v0.41 tries to support
+%% in a footnote in order to control manually where
+%% a ``long" footnote is split. v0.41 tries to support
%% this:
\global\@FNLN@sw@true %% v0.41
%% ... cf. Section~\ref{sec:sw}.
%%
-%% There shouldn't be any `\topskip', the space
+%% There shouldn't be any `\topskip', the space
%% on top of a footnote is controlled by `\footnotesep'
%% entirely:
\GStoreGSetReg\topskip\z@skip
-%% (`\nointerlineskip' as well as setting `\topskip'
+%% (`\nointerlineskip' as well as setting `\topskip'
%% locally instead fails ... according to `\showlists' ...)
%%
-%% Resetting |\pagegoal|
-%% (why doesn't it switch to $`\vsize'=`\maxdimen'$ automatically?),
-%% |\pagetotal|, and the other ``special dimens"
-%% (\TeX book p.\,271; rather experimental ...
+%% Resetting |\pagegoal|
+%% (why doesn't it switch to $`\vsize'=`\maxdimen'$ automatically?),
+%% |\pagetotal|, and the other ``special dimens"
+%% (\TeX book p.\,271; rather experimental ...
%% I think it is important to restore them later ...)
\GStoreSetReg\pagegoal \vsize
\GStoreSetReg\pagetotal\z@
@@ -395,27 +395,27 @@
%% such as font:
\reset@font\footnotesize
\interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
-%% \LaTeX's `split' things here are relevant at
+%% \LaTeX's `split' things here are relevant at
%% `\insert\footins' only: (TODO!?)
% \splittopskip\footnotesep
% \splitmaxdepth \dp\strutbox \floatingpenalty \@MM
\hsize\columnwidth \@parboxrestore
%% The previous lines were from \LaTeX's `\@footnotetext'.
-%% Now we need to restore the `\@thefnmark' that belongs
-%% to the current footnote text. We use a macro that
-%% tears two items from |\FNLN@list| and executes the
+%% Now we need to restore the `\@thefnmark' that belongs
+%% to the current footnote text. We use a macro that
+%% tears two items from |\FNLN@list| and executes the
%% rest of \LaTeX's `\@footnotetext':
\expandafter \FNLN@typeset \FNLN@list \@@
% \showthe\vsize
-%% ... so a `\vsize' assignment without `\global'
-%% is noted here, and an analogous `\topskip' assignment
+%% ... so a `\vsize' assignment without `\global'
+%% is noted here, and an analogous `\topskip' assignment
%% is not!? TODO ...
}
%% |\FNLN@typeset| first removes something %% reworded 2010/12/26
%% from the list of footnotes, similarly to \LaTeX's |\@xnext|
-%% and 'lineno''s `\@LN@xnext', then executes a
-%% remaining portion of \LaTeX's `\@footnotetext'.
-%% The footnote text may contain `\par' tokens,
+%% and 'lineno''s `\@LN@xnext', then executes a
+%% remaining portion of \LaTeX's `\@footnotetext'.
+%% The footnote text may contain `\par' tokens,
%% so the definition must be `\long':
\long\def \FNLN@typeset #1\@lt #2\@lt #3\@@{%
\gdef\FNLN@list{#3}%
@@ -428,11 +428,11 @@
%% We insert starting the 'lineno' settings ...
\linenumbers
\setfootnotelinenumbers %% 2010/12/25
-%% ... \LaTeX\ again (v0.41 exports dealing with
-%% closing `\par' to `finstrut.sty'):
+%% ... \LaTeX\ again (v0.41 exports dealing with
+%% closing `\par' to `finstrut.sty'):
\@makefntext{%
\rule\z@\footnotesep\ignorespaces
-%% We replace `#1' by `#2\par' (`\linenumberpar'),
+%% We replace `#1' by `#2\par' (`\linenumberpar'),
%% so we really need `finstrut.sty':
#2\par
\@finalstrut\strutbox}%
@@ -441,25 +441,25 @@
\penalty-\FNLN@M@insert@codepen
}
\RequirePackage{finstrut}
-%%
+%%
%% ==== &\insert\ the Footnote Text ====
%% |\InsertFootnote| is the slot of the OTR that executes
%% `\insert\footins' with the numbered footnote text.
-%% The ``column so far" stored in `\FNLN@holdcol'
-%% is put onto the top of the MVL, and then parts of
+%% The ``column so far" stored in `\FNLN@holdcol'
+%% is put onto the top of the MVL, and then parts of
%% \LaTeX's `\@footnotetext' are performed that haven't
-%% been done earlier, applied to the footnote text
-%% that the OTR should have found in `\box255'.
-%% Before however, the previous `\topskip', `\vsize', and the
+%% been done earlier, applied to the footnote text
+%% that the OTR should have found in `\box255'.
+%% Before however, the previous `\topskip', `\vsize', and the
%% `\page'... book-keeping parameters are restored:
\newcommand*{\InsertFootnote}{%
\GRestoreReg\topskip \GRestoreReg\vsize
-%% (... \emph{global} restoring of `\vsize' proved vital with
+%% (... \emph{global} restoring of `\vsize' proved vital with
%% 'edfndemo' 2010/12/17 ...)
\RestoreReg \pagegoal \RestoreReg\pagetotal
\RestoreReg \pagestretch
- \RestoreReg \pagefilstretch
- \RestoreReg \pagefillstretch
+ \RestoreReg \pagefilstretch
+ \RestoreReg \pagefillstretch
\RestoreReg \pagefilllstretch
\RestoreReg \pageshrink \RestoreReg\pagedepth
\unvbox\FNLN@holdcol
@@ -478,218 +478,218 @@
%% === ``Continuous'' Numbering ===
%% \label{sec:cont}
%% ==== Goal ====
-%% With v0.5, for the first time we try to get a
+%% With v0.5, for the first time we try to get a
%% ``pagewise" numbering such that, if a main text line
-%% has a footnote,
-%% (\textit{i})~its printed number is just the natural
-%% successor of the printed number of the previous main
-%% text line
-%% (instead of continuing previous numbering with the
-%% lines of the footnote first),
-%% and (\textit{ii})~the printed numbers of footnote lines
+%% has a footnote,
+%% (\textit{i})~its printed number is just the natural
+%% successor of the printed number of the previous main
+%% text line
+%% (instead of continuing previous numbering with the
+%% lines of the footnote first),
+%% and (\textit{ii})~the printed numbers of footnote lines
%% just continue the printed numbers of the main text lines.
-%% This ``obvious'' desirement is not easy to achieve;
-%% already pagewise numbering of main text lines,
-%% without numbering footnote lines, has been somewhat
+%% This ``obvious'' desirement is not easy to achieve;
+%% already pagewise numbering of main text lines,
+%% without numbering footnote lines, has been somewhat
%% ingenious.
%%
%% ==== How to Number Lines Pagewise ====
%% The basic idea of 'lineno''s pagewise numbering is:
%% \begin{enumerate}
-%% \item Each numbered line of the document is identified
+%% \item Each numbered line of the document is identified
%% by a unique counter value, an ``absolute" number.
-%% \item For each page (and column), the range of absolute
-%% line numbers occurring on them is recorded
-%% (or actually: the first and the last number).
-%% \item The ``public," ``human-readable" (``pagewise")
-%% format of a given absolute line number $l$ is generated by
-%% (\textit{i})~finding the page (and column) with
-%% first number $n$ and last number $k$ such that
-%% $n\leq l\leq k$,
+%% \item For each page (and column), the range of absolute
+%% line numbers occurring on them is recorded
+%% (or actually: the first and the last number).
+%% \item The ``public," ``human-readable" (``pagewise")
+%% format of a given absolute line number $l$ is generated by
+%% (\textit{i})~finding the page (and column) with
+%% first number $n$ and last number $k$ such that
+%% $n\leq l\leq k$,
%% (\textit{ii}) ``printing" $l-n+1$ in ``columnwise"
-%% mode, otherwise $l-m+1$ where $m$ is the first
-%% absolute line number in the left-hand column of the
+%% mode, otherwise $l-m+1$ where $m$ is the first
+%% absolute line number in the left-hand column of the
%% same page.
%% \end{enumerate}
-%% \strong{Generating} the ``pagewise" representation for a
-%% given absolute line number $l$ thus may be summarized as
-%% \emph{finding the corresponding \emph{\strong{offset}} value}
+%% \strong{Generating} the ``pagewise" representation for a
+%% given absolute line number $l$ thus may be summarized as
+%% \emph{finding the corresponding \emph{\strong{offset}} value}
%% to be subtracted ($n$, $n+1$, $m$, or $m+1$ ...).
%%
-%% When \emph{footnote} lines are to be numbered as well,
-%% a little problem is the order in which main text and
-%% footnote lines increment the absolute counter.
-%% 'lineno''s mechanism for this is started immediately
-%% after a paragraph has been broken into lines.
-%% Each line of the paragraph then calls a macro
-%% generating the line number. 'fnlineno' now interrupts
-%% numbering of main text lines at a line issuing a footnote.
-%% The footnote text is typeset, including numbering its
-%% lines at each end of a footnote paragraph. When the
-%% footnote text has been sent into the `\insert' register,
-%% numbering of main text lines is resumed.
-%%
-%% Up to v0.4 (a development version), we used the \emph{same}
-%% absolute counter for main text and footnote lines.
-%% When a page $p$ has more than one main text line and the first
-%% one has a long footnote continued on the next page~$p+1$,
-%% there is no ``range" of absolute line numbers
-%% characterizing page~$p$ any more,
-%% because the greatest absolute line number of page~$p$
-%% exceeds the absolute line numbers of the footnote continued
+%% When \emph{footnote} lines are to be numbered as well,
+%% a little problem is the order in which main text and
+%% footnote lines increment the absolute counter.
+%% 'lineno''s mechanism for this is started immediately
+%% after a paragraph has been broken into lines.
+%% Each line of the paragraph then calls a macro
+%% generating the line number. 'fnlineno' now interrupts
+%% numbering of main text lines at a line issuing a footnote.
+%% The footnote text is typeset, including numbering its
+%% lines at each end of a footnote paragraph. When the
+%% footnote text has been sent into the `\insert' register,
+%% numbering of main text lines is resumed.
+%%
+%% Up to v0.4 (a development version), we used the \emph{same}
+%% absolute counter for main text and footnote lines.
+%% When a page $p$ has more than one main text line and the first
+%% one has a long footnote continued on the next page~$p+1$,
+%% there is no ``range" of absolute line numbers
+%% characterizing page~$p$ any more,
+%% because the greatest absolute line number of page~$p$
+%% exceeds the absolute line numbers of the footnote continued
%% on page~$p+1$.
%%
-%% 'lineno''s procedure can be revived by numbering
-%% main text lines and footnote lines independently
-%% from each other. We use \emph{two} absolute counters,
-%% one is incremented with main text lines only,
-%% the other with footnote lines only.
-%% Numbering of main text lines just will not be affected
-%% by numbering of the footnote lines.
+%% 'lineno''s procedure can be revived by numbering
+%% main text lines and footnote lines independently
+%% from each other. We use \emph{two} absolute counters,
+%% one is incremented with main text lines only,
+%% the other with footnote lines only.
+%% Numbering of main text lines just will not be affected
+%% by numbering of the footnote lines.
%%
-%% Almost the same will hold for footnote lines.
-%% Each page (and column) will have a characteristic
-%% ``range" of absolute footnote line numbers $\{n,\dots,k\}$.
-%% The only notable difference will be that for footnote line~$l$
-%% we print $(l-n+1)+(K-N+1) = (K+l)-(N+n)+2$ instead of
+%% Almost the same will hold for footnote lines.
+%% Each page (and column) will have a characteristic
+%% ``range" of absolute footnote line numbers $\{n,\dots,k\}$.
+%% The only notable difference will be that for footnote line~$l$
+%% we print $(l-n+1)+(K-N+1) = (K+l)-(N+n)+2$ instead of
%% $l-n+1$---where $\{N,\dots,K\}$ is the range of \emph{main text}
-%% line numbers of the page (and column).
-%%
-%% The previous discussion of \strong{generating} the printed
-%% line number from its absolute version
-%% has assumed that corresponding \strong{offset} values
-%% have been given somehow, or that the ``line number ranges"
-%% for pages are known from somewhere.
-%% In fact, these ranges are \strong{computed} at the
-%% \strong{start} of a \LaTeX\ run \emph{before} typesetting,
-%% when reading the `.aux' file for the first
-%% time. They are used in the entire document.
-%% While typesetting, each numbered line of main text leaves
-%% a record of its absolute number and page number in the new
-%% version of the `.aux' file that the run creates,
-%% a two-parameter macro `\@LN'. With 'fnlineno.sty',
-%% there will be new `\@FLN' entries of the same type.
-%% These `.aux' entries are used for building
-%% the page range data for the next run.
-%% When the document source has been changed, at least
-%% \emph{two runs} will usually be required
-%% to get correct line numbers in page margins,
-%% and \emph{another} run will be needed so references
-%% to line numbers by `\ref' and `\linelabel' are correct.
-%%
+%% line numbers of the page (and column).
+%%
+%% The previous discussion of \strong{generating} the printed
+%% line number from its absolute version
+%% has assumed that corresponding \strong{offset} values
+%% have been given somehow, or that the ``line number ranges"
+%% for pages are known from somewhere.
+%% In fact, these ranges are \strong{computed} at the
+%% \strong{start} of a \LaTeX\ run \emph{before} typesetting,
+%% when reading the `.aux' file for the first
+%% time. They are used in the entire document.
+%% While typesetting, each numbered line of main text leaves
+%% a record of its absolute number and page number in the new
+%% version of the `.aux' file that the run creates,
+%% a two-parameter macro `\@LN'. With 'fnlineno.sty',
+%% there will be new `\@FLN' entries of the same type.
+%% These `.aux' entries are used for building
+%% the page range data for the next run.
+%% When the document source has been changed, at least
+%% \emph{two runs} will usually be required
+%% to get correct line numbers in page margins,
+%% and \emph{another} run will be needed so references
+%% to line numbers by `\ref' and `\linelabel' are correct.
+%%
%% ==== Summary of Changes ====
-%% Variants of 'lineno.sty''s code for ``pagewise"
+%% Variants of 'lineno.sty''s code for ``pagewise"
%% numbering are following. Sometimes we generalize
-%% `pagewise' stuff from 'lineno' and re-implement pagewise
-%% numbering of main text lines as a special case,
+%% `pagewise' stuff from 'lineno' and re-implement pagewise
+%% numbering of main text lines as a special case,
%% the other special case being numbering of footnote lines.
-%%
+%%
%% Five things need modifications:
%% \begin{description}
-%% \item[Building page info macros:]
-%% Processing `\@LN' and `\@FLN' `.aux' entries will
-%% use shared building macros, the difference is
-%% obtained by switching \strong{name spaces}.
-%% (It may be notable that a page may get one
-%% info macro for main text and another for
+%% \item[Building page info macros:]
+%% Processing `\@LN' and `\@FLN' `.aux' entries will
+%% use shared building macros, the difference is
+%% obtained by switching \strong{name spaces}.
+%% (It may be notable that a page may get one
+%% info macro for main text and another for
%% footnote text, if it contains footnote text.)
%% \item[Logging:]
-%% While typesetting, the shared logging macro
-%% is switched to write either `\@LN' or `\@FLN'
-%% to the `.aux' file. Also, `\c@linenumber'
-%% may refer to either the main text or to the
-%% footnote text counter.
+%% While typesetting, the shared logging macro
+%% is switched to write either `\@LN' or `\@FLN'
+%% to the `.aux' file. Also, `\c@linenumber'
+%% may refer to either the main text or to the
+%% footnote text counter.
%% \item[Generating ``pagewise" format:]
-%% The choice of `\c@linenumber' also determines
-%% which counter is incremented, and again
-%% name spaces for page info macros are switched.
-%% For footnote lines,
-%% a tail macro for adding the number of main text lines
+%% The choice of `\c@linenumber' also determines
+%% which counter is incremented, and again
+%% name spaces for page info macros are switched.
+%% For footnote lines,
+%% a tail macro for adding the number of main text lines
%% will be activated.
%% \item[Referencing:]
%% The `.aux' file may have entries from `\linelabel'
%% containing large numbers from an ``absolute" counter.
-%% In generating the ``human-readable" number,
-%% it must be known whether it is a main text or a
-%% footnote line number.
+%% In generating the ``human-readable" number,
+%% it must be known whether it is a main text or a
+%% footnote line number.
%% %% 2010/12/28:
-%% An additional complication is referring to a
-%% main text line from a footnote and vice versa---thinking
+%% An additional complication is referring to a
+%% main text line from a footnote and vice versa---thinking
%% of global changes in generating the number.
-%% Or even think of the case referring from unnumbered text
+%% Or even think of the case referring from unnumbered text
%% to numbered text!
-%% (I have wondered before if the entry couldn't be
+%% (I have wondered before if the entry couldn't be
%% the ready human-readable number, TODO!)
%% %% 2010/12/27:
%% \item[Lists of ``vertical tasks":]
-%% 'lineno.sty' (v4) has introduced two lists of
+%% 'lineno.sty' (v4) has introduced two lists of
%% tasks that were issued in horizontal mode
-%% but only can be completed after breaking a paragraph
-%% into lines: one for `\linelabel's and one for `\vadjust'
-%% items that must wait until the line number has been
-%% attached. It is essential that the tasks are processed
-%% in the same order in vertical mode as they were
-%% issued in horizontal mode. As we are now interrupting
-%% processing of main text paragraphs for processing
-%% footnotes, tasks for footnote text must be lined up
-%% in separate lists than tasks for main text.
-%% This is indeed essential for the previous issue
-%% of getting `\linelabel' work in footnotes as well
+%% but only can be completed after breaking a paragraph
+%% into lines: one for `\linelabel's and one for `\vadjust'
+%% items that must wait until the line number has been
+%% attached. It is essential that the tasks are processed
+%% in the same order in vertical mode as they were
+%% issued in horizontal mode. As we are now interrupting
+%% processing of main text paragraphs for processing
+%% footnotes, tasks for footnote text must be lined up
+%% in separate lists than tasks for main text.
+%% This is indeed essential for the previous issue
+%% of getting `\linelabel' work in footnotes as well
%% as in main text.
%% \end{description}
-%%
+%%
%% ==== Info Building ====
-%% % These macros
+%% % These macros
%% |\@LN|, |\@FLN|, and |\@FNLN|
-%% are processed at reading the `.aux' file before typesetting only.
-%% The \strong{interface} to \strong{generating}
+%% are processed at reading the `.aux' file before typesetting only.
+%% The \strong{interface} to \strong{generating}
%% ``pagewise" and footnote line numbers just are |\LN@Pfirst|
-%% and |\FLN@Pfirst|, eventually pointing to the first page/column
+%% and |\FLN@Pfirst|, eventually pointing to the first page/column
%% with numbered main text lines or footnote lines, resp.
\def \FLN@Pfirst {\nextLN\relax}
-%% This initialization of `\FLN@Pfirst' is just the same
-%% as the one of `\LN@Pfirst' in 'lineno.sty';
-%% their expansions are changed as soon
+%% This initialization of `\FLN@Pfirst' is just the same
+%% as the one of `\LN@Pfirst' in 'lineno.sty';
+%% their expansions are changed as soon
%% as such a page is found, replacing the `\relax' by the
-%% corresponding page info macro.
-%%
-%% `\LN@Pfirst' and `\FLN@Pfirst' are passed to
+%% corresponding page info macro.
+%%
+%% `\LN@Pfirst' and `\FLN@Pfirst' are passed to
%% |\testFirstNumberedPage| via the hook |\FNLN@first@numbered|
%% that by default is the same as `\LN@first':
\def \FNLN@first@numbered {\LN@Pfirst}
%% (oh, it must be `\def' here to recognize the change ...).
-%% This must be changed by `\setfootnotelinenumbers'
-%% (`\let' then, as when called the change will have happened).
+%% This must be changed by `\setfootnotelinenumbers'
+%% (`\let' then, as when called the change will have happened).
%%
-%% Moreover, they are passed to |\NumberedPageCache|
-%% (the page info macro where a search starts,
-%% ``current" page/column) as its initialization;
-%% the ``generating" macros then change the
+%% Moreover, they are passed to |\NumberedPageCache|
+%% (the page info macro where a search starts,
+%% ``current" page/column) as its initialization;
+%% the ``generating" macros then change the
%% latter macro following `\nextLN' in the page info macros.
%%
-%% In this sense, no other ``name space switching" is needed
+%% In this sense, no other ``name space switching" is needed
%% for communication with other functions.
-%%
+%%
%% 'lineno.sty' has changed |\LastNumberedPage| globally ...
-%% the last page with numbered \emph{footnote} lines
-%% may well be another one than the last page with
-%% numbered \emph{main} text lines ...
+%% the last page with numbered \emph{footnote} lines
+%% may well be another one than the last page with
+%% numbered \emph{main} text lines ...
%% But fortunately, also `\LastNumberedPage'
%% is needed in reading the `.aux' before typesetting only
%% (`\@onlypreamble' is \LaTeX's disabling command):
\@onlypreamble\LastNumberedPage
-%% In 'lineno.sty', we have `\def\LastNumberedPage{first}'.
-%% We need the same for the footnote variant |\FNLN@last@numbered|
-%% (to be handled globally!):
+%% In 'lineno.sty', we have `\def\LastNumberedPage{first}'.
+%% We need the same for the footnote variant |\FNLN@last@numbered|
+%% (to be handled globally!):
\global \let \FNLN@last@numbered \LastNumberedPage
\@onlypreamble \FNLN@last@numbered
%% |\@FNLN{<names>}<last-numbered>{<line>}{<page>}|
%% \\[\smallskipamount]
-%% generalizes 'lineno.sty''s `\@LN{<line>}{<page>}'
-%% to re-implement it.
-%% There is an additional parameter argument <names>
+%% generalizes 'lineno.sty''s `\@LN{<line>}{<page>}'
+%% to re-implement it.
+%% There is an additional parameter argument <names>
%% for choosing name spaces
-%% and a parameter <last-numbered> for choosing the macro
+%% and a parameter <last-numbered> for choosing the macro
%% storing the ``last numbered page."
%% (An argument without braces expects a macro name.)
\newcommand* \@FNLN [4]{{%
@@ -698,17 +698,17 @@
\csname #1O#4\endcsname
{#3}{#4}{#1}{#2}}}
\@onlypreamble\@FNLN
-%% As in 'lineno.sty' `\@LN' calls `\@@LN', a new variant
+%% As in 'lineno.sty' `\@LN' calls `\@@LN', a new variant
%% of `\@@LN' is called by `\@FLN' here, but it gets one
-%% additional parameter for passing <names>
-%% and another for passing <last-numbered> from `\@FLN'.
-%% So the new syntax is\\[\smallskipamount]
+%% additional parameter for passing <names>
+%% and another for passing <last-numbered> from `\@FLN'.
+%% So the new syntax is\\[\smallskipamount]
%% |\@@LN<info><first-page-line>{<line>}{<page>}{<names>}<last-numbered>|:
-\renewcommand* \@@LN [6]{%
+\renewcommand* \@@LN [6]{%
\ifx#1\relax
\ifx#2\relax\gdef#2{#3}\fi
- \expandafter\@@@LN\csname #5#6\endcsname#1%
- \xdef#1{\lastLN{#3}\firstLN{#3}%
+ \expandafter\@@@LN\csname #5#6\endcsname#1%
+ \xdef#1{\lastLN{#3}\firstLN{#3}%
\pageLN{#4}{\@LN@column}{#2}\nextLN\relax}%
\else
\def\lastLN##1{\noexpand\lastLN{#3}}%
@@ -717,54 +717,54 @@
\xdef#6{#4C\@LN@column}}
\@onlypreamble\@@LN
%% 'lineno.sty''s |\@@@LN| does not need any adjustment.
-%%
-%% 'lineno.sty''s |\@LN{<line>}{<page>}| is reimplemented as
-\def \@LN {\@FNLN{LN@P}\LastNumberedPage}
-%% ---so `\@LN' really does the same as before, including name spaces.
-%%
-%% |\@FLN{<line>}{<page>}| is the other special case of the
-%% new `\@FNLN'---an `F' precedes the earlier names, and
+%%
+%% 'lineno.sty''s |\@LN{<line>}{<page>}| is reimplemented as
+\def \@LN {\@FNLN{LN@P}\LastNumberedPage}
+%% ---so `\@LN' really does the same as before, including name spaces.
+%%
+%% |\@FLN{<line>}{<page>}| is the other special case of the
+%% new `\@FNLN'---an `F' precedes the earlier names, and
%% |\FNLN@last@numbered| is the storing macro initialized above:
\def \@FLN {\@FNLN{FLN@P}\FNLN@last@numbered}
-%% For logging, we make both unexpandable: %% 2010/12/27
+%% For logging, we make both unexpandable: %% 2010/12/27
% \AtBeginDocument{\let\@LN\relax \let\@FLN\relax}
%% ... but this way nothing appears in the file!? TODO ...
\@onlypreamble\@LN \@onlypreamble\@FLN
-%% For reading the `.aux' finally, we do what
+%% For reading the `.aux' finally, we do what
%% 'lineno' does with `\@LN':
\AtEndDocument{\let\@FLN\@gobbletwo}
%%
-%% ==== Tool for Reusing Global Operations with Macros ====
+%% ==== Tool for Reusing Global Operations with Macros ====
%% %% 2010/12/28
-%% 'lineno.sty' v4 provides list handling (changing lists globally)
-%% and global changes of `\NumberedPageCache'.
-%% We want to use them in ``main text" mode
-%% as well as in ``footnote" mode.
-%% To use such an operation on <ln-macro> for <fln-macro>,
-%% we `\global\let<ln-macro><fln-macro>', apply the operations,
-%% and finally `\global\let<fln-macro><ln-macro>'.
-%% However, we are not only interested in how <fln-macro>
-%% is changed this way, rather <ln-macro> also is used as input
-%% for some operations, and we can choose which <fln-macro>
-%% should be used as input. To switch from working on/with
-%% <fln-1> to <fln-2> using <ln-macro> with an option
-%% to use <fln-1> later again, a tool
-%% |\GStoreUse<ln-macro><fln-1><fln-2>| is provided
+%% 'lineno.sty' v4 provides list handling (changing lists globally)
+%% and global changes of `\NumberedPageCache'.
+%% We want to use them in ``main text" mode
+%% as well as in ``footnote" mode.
+%% To use such an operation on <ln-macro> for <fln-macro>,
+%% we `\global\let<ln-macro><fln-macro>', apply the operations,
+%% and finally `\global\let<fln-macro><ln-macro>'.
+%% However, we are not only interested in how <fln-macro>
+%% is changed this way, rather <ln-macro> also is used as input
+%% for some operations, and we can choose which <fln-macro>
+%% should be used as input. To switch from working on/with
+%% <fln-1> to <fln-2> using <ln-macro> with an option
+%% to use <fln-1> later again, a tool
+%% |\GStoreUse<ln-macro><fln-1><fln-2>| is provided
%% (should render later switchings much better readable):
\newcommand* \GStoreUse [3]{\global\let#2#1\global\let#1#3}
-%% I.e., current content of #1 is stored in #2, then
+%% I.e., current content of #1 is stored in #2, then
%% #1 attains the content of #3.
-%%
+%%
%% ==== General Settings for Typesetting Stage ====
%% % %% 2011/01/01: %% 2011/01/02: wrong!
-%% % With 'ednotes', it turns out that the heading is not quite
-%% % correct, 'ednotes'' special `\newlabel' mechanism evaluates
-%% % `\getpagewiselinelabel' already for building its note
-%% % info macros at the first reading of the `.aux' file.
+%% % With 'ednotes', it turns out that the heading is not quite
+%% % correct, 'ednotes'' special `\newlabel' mechanism evaluates
+%% % `\getpagewiselinelabel' already for building its note
+%% % info macros at the first reading of the `.aux' file.
%%
%% %% 2010/12/27:
-%% Oh my dear, it seems that all the switching
-%% for the footnote variant of `pagewise' must be global
+%% Oh my dear, it seems that all the switching
+%% for the footnote variant of `pagewise' must be global
%% (I can't find something useful using `\aftergroup' quickly).
%% Therefore, I render 'lineno''s |\setpagewisenumbers|
%% acting globally:
@@ -775,16 +775,16 @@
}
%% I just force this, hehe ...
\setpagewiselinenumbers
-%% As a counterpart to `\c@pagelinenumber',
-%% |\c@footnotelinenumber| is reserved for the
+%% As a counterpart to `\c@pagelinenumber',
+%% |\c@footnotelinenumber| is reserved for the
%% absolute footnote line numbers:
\newcount\c@footnotelinenumber
%% %% 2011/01/01 severe-bug fix, why didn't show up?:
-%% |\FNLN@@cache| stores `\NumberedPageCache'
+%% |\FNLN@@cache| stores `\NumberedPageCache'
%% as from ``main" mode:
\let \FNLN@@cache \NumberedPageCache
-%% |\FNLN@cache| stores `\NumberedPageCache'
-%% as from ``footnote" mode; its initial content is the
+%% |\FNLN@cache| stores `\NumberedPageCache'
+%% as from ``footnote" mode; its initial content is the
%% counterpart or analogue to `\LN@Pfirst':
\def \FNLN@cache {\FLN@Pfirst}
%% %% 2010/12/28:
@@ -802,40 +802,40 @@
\global\let \FNLN@vadjusts \@empty
%% %% separation for referencing 2010/12/28:
%% Settings for footnote line numbers first resemble
-%% `\setpagewiselinenumbers'; but more changes
-%% are needed, and results from main text numbering
-%% must be stored.
-%% Some of the settings are needed \emph{locally} for
-%% generating numbers for labels, collected in
+%% `\setpagewiselinenumbers'; but more changes
+%% are needed, and results from main text numbering
+%% must be stored.
+%% Some of the settings are needed \emph{locally} for
+%% generating numbers for labels, collected in
%% |\setgetfootnotelinenumbers|; for this purpose
%% nothing must be stored explicitly:
-\newcommand* \setgetfootnotelinenumbers {%
+\newcommand* \setgetfootnotelinenumbers {%
%% Change of `\theLineNumber' is omitted as we are \emph{reading},
-%% not writing a label.
+%% not writing a label.
\let\c@linenumber\c@footnotelinenumber
% \let\makeLineNumber\makeFootnoteLineNumber
%% But in fact, |\makeFootnoteLineNumber| and
-%% |\makePagewiseLineNumber| will be the same.
-%% The difference is made by the choice of
-%% |\FNLN@first@numbered| and |\NumberedPageCache|
-%% for the line range searches.
+%% |\makePagewiseLineNumber| will be the same.
+%% The difference is made by the choice of
+%% |\FNLN@first@numbered| and |\NumberedPageCache|
+%% for the line range searches.
\let \FNLN@first@numbered \FLN@Pfirst
\let \FNLN@finish \FNLN@add
}
-%% |\setfootnotelinenumbers| performs all the settings
-%% for typesetting footnotes in line numbering mode
-%% \emph{globally},
+%% |\setfootnotelinenumbers| performs all the settings
+%% for typesetting footnotes in line numbering mode
+%% \emph{globally},
%% including storing results from typesetting main text:
-\newcommand* \setfootnotelinenumbers {%
+\newcommand* \setfootnotelinenumbers {%
\globaldefs\@ne
%% The previous line also renders `\setgetfootnotelinenumbers' global:
\setgetfootnotelinenumbers
-%% |\theLineNumber| is used for `\linelabel' entries.
+%% |\theLineNumber| is used for `\linelabel' entries.
%% `\thePagewiseLineNumber' is replaced by
%% |\theFootnoteLineNumber|:
\let\theLineNumber\theFootnoteLineNumber
%% Logging to `.aux':
- \def \FNLN@log {\string\@FLN}%
+ \def \FNLN@log {\string\@FLN}%
%% %% 2010/12/28:
%% Starting range search: |\NumberedPageCache|
\FNLN@foot@cache
@@ -844,16 +844,16 @@
\GStoreUse \@LN@vadjustlist \FNLN@@vadjusts \FNLN@vadjusts
\globaldefs\z@
}
-%% For switching back to ``main text mode,"
-%% again some settings may need a local variant---for
+%% For switching back to ``main text mode,"
+%% again some settings may need a local variant---for
%% processing line references from footnotes to main text!
%% This is the purpose of |\setgetpagewiselinenumbers|:
\newcommand* \setgetpagewiselinenumbers {%
\let \FNLN@first@numbered \LN@Pfirst
\let \FNLN@finish \@gobbletwo
}
-%% |\unsetfootnotelinenumbers| stores the ``current"
-%% page with footnote lines and loads the ``most recent"
+%% |\unsetfootnotelinenumbers| stores the ``current"
+%% page with footnote lines and loads the ``most recent"
%% page with main text lines---and more ...:
\newcommand* \unsetfootnotelinenumbers {%
\gdef \FNLN@log {\string\@LN}%
@@ -864,33 +864,33 @@
\globaldefs\@ne \setgetpagewiselinenumbers \globaldefs\z@ %% v0.53
\setpagewiselinenumbers
}
-%% |\makeFootnoteLineNumber| actually only copies
-%% |\makePagewiseLineNumber|, different results are obtained
-%% be changing hooks. The command first calls
-%% logging---|\logtheLineNumber|,
-%% then generating the ``public" line number---|\getLineNumber|
-%% (which in turn only is a copy of |\testNumberedPage|
+%% |\makeFootnoteLineNumber| actually only copies
+%% |\makePagewiseLineNumber|, different results are obtained
+%% be changing hooks. The command first calls
+%% logging---|\logtheLineNumber|,
+%% then generating the ``public" line number---|\getLineNumber|
+%% (which in turn only is a copy of |\testNumberedPage|
%% in 'lineno.sty').
\@ifdefinable\makeFootnoteLineNumber
{\let \makeFootnoteLineNumber \makePagewiseLineNumber}
%%
%% ==== Logging ====
-%% |\logtheLineNumber| is redefined to log both
-%% main text and footnote line numbers.
+%% |\logtheLineNumber| is redefined to log both
+%% main text and footnote line numbers.
\def \logtheLineNumber {%
\protected@write\@auxout{}{%
- \FNLN@log{\the\c@linenumber}{\noexpand\the\c@LN@truepage}}}
-%% |\FNLN@log| is the hook for the difference,
-%% its default expansion |\@LN| is made for
+ \FNLN@log{\the\c@linenumber}{\noexpand\the\c@LN@truepage}}}
+%% |\FNLN@log| is the hook for the difference,
+%% its default expansion |\@LN| is made for
%% \emph{main text} line numbers:
\gdef \FNLN@log {\string\@LN}
%%
%% ==== ``Public" Line Numbers ====
-%% Fortunately, these commands don't need to know much about
-%% name spaces. The interfaces to them are
-%% |\NumberedPageCache|---changing globally---and
-%% |\FNLN@first@numbered|. Our
-%% |\FNLN@cache| is initialized
+%% Fortunately, these commands don't need to know much about
+%% name spaces. The interfaces to them are
+%% |\NumberedPageCache|---changing globally---and
+%% |\FNLN@first@numbered|. Our
+%% |\FNLN@cache| is initialized
%% by analogy to its counterpart `\NumberedPageCache'
%% (a minute name space change):
\def \FNLN@cache {\FLN@Pfirst}
@@ -908,12 +908,12 @@
%% don't need any modification. |\testLastNumberedPage|
%% is modified in 'edfnotes.sty'. %% 2011/01/07
%%
-%% |\gotNumberedPage| just needs a closing hook
+%% |\gotNumberedPage| just needs a closing hook
%% `\FNLN@finish' to allow for footnote lines.
\renewcommand* \gotNumberedPage [4]{%
\oddNumberedPagefalse
\ifodd \if@twocolumn #3\else #2\fi\relax\oddNumberedPagetrue\fi
- \advance\c@linenumber\@ne
+ \advance\c@linenumber\@ne
\ifcolumnwiselinenumbers
\subtractlinenumberoffset{#1}%
\else
@@ -922,12 +922,12 @@
% \show\FNLN@finish
\FNLN@finish{#2}{#3}%
}
-%% |\FNLN@finish{<page>}{<column>}| gobbles both
-%% arguments with \emph{main} text lines,
-%% but will add the number of main text lines to
+%% |\FNLN@finish{<page>}{<column>}| gobbles both
+%% arguments with \emph{main} text lines,
+%% but will add the number of main text lines to
%% \emph{footnote} line numbers:
\global\let \FNLN@finish \@gobbletwo
-%% Then it will act as |\FNLN@add|. We run the page info macro
+%% Then it will act as |\FNLN@add|. We run the page info macro
%% for the same page (column; if defined).
\newcommand* \FNLN@add [2]{%
\expandafter \let\expandafter \@tempa\csname LN@P#1C#2\endcsname
@@ -950,40 +950,40 @@
}
%%
%% ==== Referencing ====
-%% Now that we are using two separate counters for main text lines
-%% and footnote lines (v0.5), correct references to footnote lines
+%% Now that we are using two separate counters for main text lines
+%% and footnote lines (v0.5), correct references to footnote lines
%% using |\linelabel| and `\ref' need further adjustments.
%% %
%% 'lineno.sty''s `\thePagewiseLineNumber'
%% and `\getpagewiselinenumber{<integer>}'
%% are generalized and re-implemented
%% % by |\theWiseLineNumber| and |\getwiselinenumber|
-%% by macros that then serve to implement
-%% referring to footnote line numbers.
+%% by macros that then serve to implement
+%% referring to footnote line numbers.
%%
-%% |\theWiseLineNumber{<trans>}| leaves a `\protect'ed call
+%% |\theWiseLineNumber{<trans>}| leaves a `\protect'ed call
%% to a one-parameter macro <trans> in the `.aux' file:
-\newcommand* \theWiseLineNumber [1]{\protect #1{\the\c@linenumber}}
-%% |\getwiselinenumber{<choice>}{<integer>}| executes <choice>
-%% before applying `\testNumberedPage' to <integer>---within
+\newcommand* \theWiseLineNumber [1]{\protect #1{\the\c@linenumber}}
+%% |\getwiselinenumber{<choice>}{<integer>}| executes <choice>
+%% before applying `\testNumberedPage' to <integer>---within
%% a local group:
\newcommand* \getwiselinenumber [2]{{%
-%% Some wisdom is needed to take account of the current
+%% Some wisdom is needed to take account of the current
%% ``numbering state" from which `\ref' was called.
%% \begin{description}
%% \item[Referring to main text line:]\leavevmode
%% \begin{itemize}
-%% \item Unless called from numbered footnote,
+%% \item Unless called from numbered footnote,
%% no extra care is needed.
-%% \item If called from numbered footnote,
+%% \item If called from numbered footnote,
%% `\setgetpagewiselinenumbers'
%% and temporary switching of `\NumberedPageCache'
%% is needed.
%% \end{itemize}
%% \item[Referring to footnote line:]\leavevmode
%% \begin{itemize}
-%% \item If called from numbered footnote,
-%% no extra care is needed.
+%% \item If called from numbered footnote,
+%% no extra care is needed.
%% \item Otherwise, `\setgetfootnotelinenumbers'
%% and temporary switching of `\NumberedPageCache'
%% is needed.
@@ -1007,26 +1007,26 @@
\FNLN@restore@cache
}}
\let \FNLN@restore@cache \relax
-%% |\getpagewiselinenumber| doesn't need any <choice>---we
-%% assume that the label was written in the default `pagewise'
+%% |\getpagewiselinenumber| doesn't need any <choice>---we
+%% assume that the label was written in the default `pagewise'
%% mode (but it is difficult, though, `\relax' is essential!):
-% \renewcommand* \getpagewiselinenumber {\getwiselinenumber\relax} %!!
-%% 2010/12/31, a compatibility problem with 'ednotes'' `\newlabel'
-%% mechanism shows up. 'ednotes' ``undefines" `\getpagewiselinenumber'
-%% and restores it only `\AtBeginDocument'. We must ensure that
-%% 'ednotes' will not override our new version of
-%% `\getpagewiselinenumber'.
-%% (TODO in my view another motivation to write ``ready" numbers
+% \renewcommand* \getpagewiselinenumber {\getwiselinenumber\relax} %!!
+%% 2010/12/31, a compatibility problem with 'ednotes'' `\newlabel'
+%% mechanism shows up. 'ednotes' ``undefines" `\getpagewiselinenumber'
+%% and restores it only `\AtBeginDocument'. We must ensure that
+%% 'ednotes' will not override our new version of
+%% `\getpagewiselinenumber'.
+%% (TODO in my view another motivation to write ``ready" numbers
%% without `\getpagewiselinenumbers' directly.)
%%
-%% We might assume that 'ednotes' (if at all) is loaded directly
-%% and loads 'lineno.sty'
-%% (that is the usual and recommended way of using 'ednotes')
-%% and that this will happen before 'fnlineno.sty' is loaded.
-%% But now that we have spent some time understanding the
-%% situation, we can deal with the case as well that 'lineno.sty'
-%% is loaded first, then 'fnlineno.sty' is loaded, and then 'ednotes'.
-%% (I have assumed earlier that 'fnlineno.sty' is loaded after
+%% We might assume that 'ednotes' (if at all) is loaded directly
+%% and loads 'lineno.sty'
+%% (that is the usual and recommended way of using 'ednotes')
+%% and that this will happen before 'fnlineno.sty' is loaded.
+%% But now that we have spent some time understanding the
+%% situation, we can deal with the case as well that 'lineno.sty'
+%% is loaded first, then 'fnlineno.sty' is loaded, and then 'ednotes'.
+%% (I have assumed earlier that 'fnlineno.sty' is loaded after
%% 'lineno.sty' ...)
\AtBeginDocument{%
\def \getpagewiselinenumber {\getwiselinenumber\relax}% sic!
@@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@
%% For |\thePagewiseLineNumber|, <trans> is `\getpagewiselinenumber':
\renewcommand* \thePagewiseLineNumber {%
\theWiseLineNumber\getpagewiselinenumber}
-%% |\getfootnotelinenumber{<integer>}| considers <integer>
+%% |\getfootnotelinenumber{<integer>}| considers <integer>
%% the absolute number of a \emph{footnote} line. The <choice>
%% therefore is `\setgetfootnotelinenumbers':
\newcommand* \getfootnotelinenumber {%
@@ -1044,69 +1044,69 @@
%% is called with <trans> being `\getfootnotelinenumber':
\newcommand* \theFootnoteLineNumber {%
\theWiseLineNumber\getfootnotelinenumber}
-%%
+%%
%% === Leaving the Package File ===
\endinput
%%
-%% == Acknowledgements ==
+%% == Acknowledgements ==
%% %% 2010/12/19
-%% On the 'texhax' mailing list, Boris Veytsman recommended
-%% using Victor \mbox{Eijk}\-hout's \textit{\TeX\ by Topic} to me,
-%% and Andrej Lapshin pointed me to David Salomon's work
-%% on output routines
-%% (TUGboat 1990 and 1994, also available as a book,
+%% On the 'texhax' mailing list, Boris Veytsman recommended
+%% using Victor \mbox{Eijk}\-hout's \textit{\TeX\ by Topic} to me,
+%% and Andrej Lapshin pointed me to David Salomon's work
+%% on output routines
+%% (TUGboat 1990 and 1994, also available as a book,
%% as Ulrich Dirr tells me).
-%% It helped me a lot to read about output routines
-%% in these works, beyond the \TeX book.
-%% The abbreviations \lq OTR\rq\ and \lq MVL\rq\ are
+%% It helped me a lot to read about output routines
+%% in these works, beyond the \TeX book.
+%% The abbreviations \lq OTR\rq\ and \lq MVL\rq\ are
%% Salomon's.---And %% added 2010/12/27
-%% recall Christian's work and support
-%% by the DFG named at the start of the package file.---And
-%% ... the ideas of how to implement
-%% (\textit i)~attaching line numbers,
-%% (\textit{ii})~`\linelabel', and
-%% (\textit{iii})~numbering lines ``pagewise"---so flexibly,
-%% compatibly with many other \LaTeX\ packages, still
+%% recall Christian's work and support
+%% by the DFG named at the start of the package file.---And
+%% ... the ideas of how to implement
+%% (\textit i)~attaching line numbers,
+%% (\textit{ii})~`\linelabel', and
+%% (\textit{iii})~numbering lines ``pagewise"---so flexibly,
+%% compatibly with many other \LaTeX\ packages, still
%% are Stephan's ...
-%%
+%%
%% == VERSION HISTORY ==
-v0.1 2010/12/08 very first, \linelabel works in footnote
+v0.1 2010/12/08 very first, \linelabel works in footnote
SENT TO Christian, problems with "long" footnotes
v0.2 2010/12/08 corr. "manifoot"
- 2010/12/09 moving doc. from .tex to here,
+ 2010/12/09 moving doc. from .tex to here,
different doc. sectioning;
- \@footnotetext modified (user feature!);
+ \@footnotetext modified (user feature!);
\@doclearpage NOT modified!; \if@FNLN@placing@
- 2010/12/10 ignore dummy footnote split;
- \FNLNpar, \AutoPars, \ExplicitPars,
+ 2010/12/10 ignore dummy footnote split;
+ \FNLNpar, \AutoPars, \ExplicitPars,
more on limitations
2010/12/11 more trying, almost anew ...
JUST STORED
v0.3 2010/12/12 new approach, removed much before proceeding
- 2010/12/13 -- this was putting \box\footins onto MVL,
+ 2010/12/13 -- this was putting \box\footins onto MVL,
bad with those penalties
JUST STORED
-v0.4 2010/12/14 another new approach:
- typeset footnote on MVL immediately --
+v0.4 2010/12/14 another new approach:
+ typeset footnote on MVL immediately --
described strategy
- 2010/12/15 ... continued, choice of hooking into \output
+ 2010/12/15 ... continued, choice of hooking into \output
(...swap...)
- 2010/12/16 ... continued; rearranged sections ...
+ 2010/12/16 ... continued; rearranged sections ...
\FNLN@@fntext vs. ...ltx...
- 2010/12/17 success with \pagegoal ...; \GStoreReg etc.;
- ...@fntext shortened
- 2010/12/18 another two limitations: \pagebreak in fn.,
- guessed/tested; another note to <register>;
+ 2010/12/17 success with \pagegoal ...; \GStoreReg etc.;
+ ...@fntext shortened
+ 2010/12/18 another two limitations: \pagebreak in fn.,
+ guessed/tested; another note to <register>;
ack. Christian; directed -> organized!?
SENT TO Christian/Stephan
-v0.41 2010/12/19 support of \pagebreak with \if@FNLN@sw@ etc.;
+v0.41 2010/12/19 support of \pagebreak with \if@FNLN@sw@ etc.;
TODO on lists of <register>s
2010/12/20 debugging: \if...true; \setbox...ft;
- \@finalstrut in vmode exported to finstrut.sty;
+ \@finalstrut in vmode exported to finstrut.sty;
notes on how v0.41 still fails with \pagebreak
2010/12/21 additional notes on *two* \pagebreak's
@@ -1117,33 +1117,33 @@ v0.5 2010/12/21 restructuring doc., check@latex@ -> check@,
2010/12/24 ... continued ...
2010/12/25 moved this to pwlineno, replaced ...
more on \FNLN@typeset, + \setfootnotelinenumbers
- 2010/12/26 new summary of implementation,
+ 2010/12/26 new summary of implementation,
rearranged code sections; logging settled
v0.51 2010/12/27 "build" settled, typesetting, logging reformated;
- ack.s: "recall"; all settings global,
+ ack.s: "recall"; all settings global,
"public" works
- JUST STORED, MARGINAL NUMBERS OK,
+ JUST STORED, MARGINAL NUMBERS OK,
\linelabel in footnote broken
- [2010/12/28]
-v0.52 2010/12/28 own label and vadjust lists for footnotes;
- local settings for referencing,
+ [2010/12/28]
+v0.52 2010/12/28 own label and vadjust lists for footnotes;
+ local settings for referencing,
tool and care for global changes (...Cache)
(TODO write ready in .aux? needs another run)
\linelabel's ok, MARGINAL NOTES MAIN BROKEN
-v0.53 2010/12/28 debugging; OK; minor doc. modifications;
+v0.53 2010/12/28 debugging; OK; minor doc. modifications;
less "limitations"; \\[\smallskipamount]
TO CHRISTIAN 2010-12-29
-v0.54 2010/12/31 typo options; \FNLN@text without arg,
+v0.54 2010/12/31 typo options; \FNLN@text without arg,
\getpagewiselinenumber with ednotes
- 2011/01/01 \FNLN@cache, \FNLN@@cache initialized;
+ 2011/01/01 \FNLN@cache, \FNLN@@cache initialized;
doc. "Typesetting Stage" qualification
2011/01/02 that qualification was wrong
2011/01/03 samepage@hook
TO CHRISTIAN SAME DAY
-v0.55 2011/01/04 samepage@hook emptied here as well;
+v0.55 2011/01/04 samepage@hook emptied here as well;
2011/01/06 edited version history
- 2011/01/07 note on \if@FNLN@sw@ with v0.5;
+ 2011/01/07 note on \if@FNLN@sw@ with v0.5;
finally without support for samepage@hook!
note on \testLastNumberedPage
PART OF EDFN RELEASE r0.5 (together with edfnotes v0.2)
-v0.55a 2011/02/09 corr. owner; "Limitations" updated; \pagebreak
+v0.55a 2011/02/09 corr. owner; "Limitations" updated; \pagebreak
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/lineno.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/tex/lineno.sty
index 53a7b5242a..1b688e0f4d 100644
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/lineno.sty
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/tex/lineno.sty
@@ -1,55 +1,56 @@
- \iffalse; awk '/S[H]ELL1/' lineno.sty|sh;exit;
- ... see bottom for .tex documentation ...
-
-Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
- \fi
-\def\fileversion{v4.41} \def\filedate{2005/11/02} %VERSION
-
-%%% Copyright 1995--2003 Stephan I. B"ottcher <boettcher@physik.uni-kiel.de>;
-%%% Copyright 2002--2005 Uwe L"uck, http://www.contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu
-%%% for version 4 and code from former Ednotes bundle
-%%% --author-maintained.
-%%%
-%%% This file can be redistributed and/or modified under
-%%% the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License; either
+ \iffalse; awk '/S[H]ELL1/' lineno.sty|sh;exit;
+ ... see bottom for .tex documentation ...
+
+Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
+ \fi
+\def\fileversion{v5.0} \def\filedate{2022/07/30} %VERSION
+
+%%% Copyright 1995--2003 Stephan I. B"ottcher <boettcher@physik.uni-kiel.de>;
+%%% Copyright 2002--2005 Uwe L"uck, http://www.contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu
+%%% for version 4 and code from former Ednotes bundle
+%%% --author-maintained.
+%%%
+%%% This file can be redistributed and/or modified under
+%%% the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License; either
%%% version 1.3a of the License, or any later version.
%%% The latest version of this license is in
%%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%% We did our best to help you, but there is NO WARRANTY.
-%
+%%% We did our best to help you, but there is NO WARRANTY.
+%
%%% $Id: lineno.sty,v 3.14.2.2 2004/09/13 19:30:39 stephan Exp $ %% was v4.00.
-% \title{\texttt{\itshape
+% \title{\texttt{\itshape
%% %% (UL 2004/10/09:) Italic TT is evil
-%% %% ... or nice front page layout!?
+%% %% ... or nice front page layout!?
%%
-% lineno.sty \ \fileversion\ \filedate
+% lineno.sty \ \fileversion\ \filedate
% \unskip}\\\ \\
-% A \LaTeX\ package to attach
+% A \LaTeX\ package to attach
% \\ line numbers to paragraphs
-% \unskip}\author{%
-% Stephan I. B\"ottcher
-% \\ Uwe L\"uck
-% \unskip}\date{%
-% boettcher@physik.uni-kiel.de
-% \\ http://contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu
+% \unskip}\author{%
+% Stephan I. B\"ottcher
+% \\ Uwe L\"uck
+% \unskip}\date{%
+% boettcher@physik.uni-kiel.de
+% \\ http://contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu
%% \\ stephan@nevis.columbia.edu
-%% \\ Stephan.Boettcher@cern.ch
+%% \\ Stephan.Boettcher@cern.ch
% \\}
%
% \documentclass[a4paper,12pt]{article}%D
-% \usepackage{lineno}%D
+% \usepackage{lineno}%D
+% \usepackage{hyperref}%D
%% %% (New v4.00)
-% \catcode`\_\active\let_~
-%% %% Beware math!? (/New v4.00)
-% \def~{\verb~}
-% \let\lessthan<
+% \catcode`\_\active\let_~
+%% %% Beware math!? (/New v4.00)
+% \def~{\verb~}
+% \let\lessthan<
% \catcode`\<\active
% \def<#1>{$\langle${\itshape#1}\/$\rangle$}
% \catcode`\|\active
-%% (New v4.1: \tt star; in box anyway.)
+%% (New v4.1: \tt star; in box anyway.)
% \def|#1{\ttfamily\string#1}
%% \def|#1{{\ttfamily\string#1}}
-%% (/New v4.1)
+%% (/New v4.1)
% \newenvironment{code}
% {\par\runninglinenumbers
% \modulolinenumbers[1]%
@@ -57,13 +58,13 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% \footnotesize
% \def\linenumberfont
% {\normalfont\tiny\itshape}}
-% {}
+% {}
%% %% (New v4.00)
% {\makeatletter \gdef\scs#1{\texttt
% {\protect\@backslashchar#1}}}
% \def\old{\par\footnotesize}
%% %% (/New v4.00)
-%% %% (New v4.1)
+%% %% (New v4.1)
% {\catcode`\/\active
% \gdef\path{\begingroup\catcode`\/\active
% \let/\slash\dopath}
@@ -73,25 +74,25 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% \begin{document}%D
%% \DocInput{lineno}%D
% \pagewiselinenumbers
-% \maketitle
+% \maketitle
% \pagestyle{headings}
% \tableofcontents
% \sloppy
-%
-%% %% New v4.00: `...section{%' + \unskip
+%
+%% %% New v4.00: `...section{%' + \unskip
% \section{%
-% Introductions
+% Introductions
%% %% New v4.00: `s'
% \unskip}
-%
-% (New v4.00) Parts of former first section
-% have been rendered separate subsections for package
-% version_v4.00. (/New v4.00)
-%
-% \subsection{%
+%
+% (New v4.00) Parts of former first section
+% have been rendered separate subsections for package
+% version_v4.00. (/New v4.00)
+%
+% \subsection{%
% Introduction to versions $\textrm{v}\lessthan4$
-% \unskip}
-%
+% \unskip}
+%
% This package provides line numbers on paragraphs.
% After \TeX\ has broken a paragraph into lines there will
% be line numbers attached to them, with the possibility to
@@ -115,8 +116,8 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% precisely refer to passages in the text. It works well
% together with ~\marginpar~s, but not too well with displaymath.
% ~\footnote~s are a problem, especially when they
-% are split, but we may get there.
-% (New v4.00 UL) Version v4.00 overcomes the problem, I believe.
+% are split, but we may get there.
+% (New v4.00 UL) Version v4.00 overcomes the problem, I believe.
% (/UL /New v4.00)
%
% lineno.sty works
@@ -127,151 +128,151 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% well, so I can try to fix it.
%
% \subsection{%
-% Introduction to versions v4.00ff. (UL)
+% Introduction to versions v4.00ff. (UL)
% \unskip}
-%
+%
% ~lineno.sty~ has been maintained by Stephan until version_v3.14.
-% From version_v4.00 onwards, maintenance is shifting towards
-% Uwe L\"uck (UL), who is the author of v4\dots code and of v4\dots
-% changes in documentation. This came about as follows.
-%
-% Since late 2002, Christian Tapp and Uwe L\"uck have employed
-% ~lineno.sty~ for their ~ednotes.sty~, a package supporting
+% From version_v4.00 onwards, maintenance is shifting towards
+% Uwe L\"uck (UL), who is the author of v4\dots code and of v4\dots
+% changes in documentation. This came about as follows.
+%
+% Since late 2002, Christian Tapp and Uwe L\"uck have employed
+% ~lineno.sty~ for their ~ednotes.sty~, a package supporting
% critical editions---cf.
-% \[\mbox{\tt
-% http://ednotes.sty.de.vu
+% \[\mbox{\tt
+% http://ednotes.sty.de.vu
% \unskip}\]
-% ---while you find ~ednotes.sty~ and surrounding files in
+% ---while you find ~ednotes.sty~ and surrounding files in
% CTAN folder \path{macros/latex/contrib/ednotes}.
-%
-% Soon, some weaknesses of ~lineno.sty~ showed up, mainly since
-% Christian's critical editions (using ~ednotes.sty~) needed lots
-% of ~\linelabel~s and footnotes. (These weaknesses are due to
-% weaknesses of \LaTeX's ~\marginpar~ mechanism that Stephan
-% used for ~\linelabel~.) So we changed some ~lineno.sty~
-% definitions in some extra files, which moreover offered new
-% features. We sent these files to Stephan, hoping he would take
-% the changes into ~lineno.sty~. However, he was too short of time.
-%
-% Writing a TUGboat article on Ednotes in 2004, we hoped to
-% reduce the number of files in the Ednotes bundle and so asked
-% Stephan again. Now he generously offered maintenance to me, so
-% I could execute the changes on my own.
-%
-% The improvements are as follows:
-% \begin{itemize}\item
-% [(i)] Footnotes placement approaches intentions better
-% (footnotes formerly liked to pile up at late pages).
-% \item
-% [(ii)] The number of ~\linelabel~s in one paragraph is no longer
-% limited to 18.
-% \item
-% [(iii)] ~\pagebreak~, ~\nopagebreak~, ~\vspace~, and the star
-% and optional versions of ~\\~ work as one would expect
+%
+% Soon, some weaknesses of ~lineno.sty~ showed up, mainly since
+% Christian's critical editions (using ~ednotes.sty~) needed lots
+% of ~\linelabel~s and footnotes. (These weaknesses are due to
+% weaknesses of \LaTeX's ~\marginpar~ mechanism that Stephan
+% used for ~\linelabel~.) So we changed some ~lineno.sty~
+% definitions in some extra files, which moreover offered new
+% features. We sent these files to Stephan, hoping he would take
+% the changes into ~lineno.sty~. However, he was too short of time.
+%
+% Writing a TUGboat article on Ednotes in 2004, we hoped to
+% reduce the number of files in the Ednotes bundle and so asked
+% Stephan again. Now he generously offered maintenance to me, so
+% I could execute the changes on my own.
+%
+% The improvements are as follows:
+% \begin{itemize}\item
+% [(i)] Footnotes placement approaches intentions better
+% (footnotes formerly liked to pile up at late pages).
+% \item
+% [(ii)] The number of ~\linelabel~s in one paragraph is no longer
+% limited to 18.
+% \item
+% [(iii)] ~\pagebreak~, ~\nopagebreak~, ~\vspace~, and the star
+% and optional versions of ~\\~ work as one would expect
% (section_\ref{s:MVadj}). %% Added for v4.1
-% \item
-% [(iv)] A command is offered which chooses the first line number
-% to be printed in the margin
+% \item
+% [(iv)] A command is offered which chooses the first line number
+% to be printed in the margin
% (subsection_\ref{ss:Mod}). %% Added for v4.1
-% \item
-% [(v)] (New v4.1) \LaTeX\ tabular environments (optionally)
-% get line numbers as well, and you can refer to them in the
-% usual automatic way. (It may be considered a shortcoming that,
-% precisely, \emph{rows} are numbered, not lines.---See
-% subsection_\ref{ss:Tab}.)
-% \item
-% [(vi)] We are moving towards referring to math items
-% (subsection_\ref{ss:MathRef} and the hooks in
-% subsection_\ref{ss:LL}).
-% (/New v4.1)
+% \item
+% [(v)] (New v4.1) \LaTeX\ tabular environments (optionally)
+% get line numbers as well, and you can refer to them in the
+% usual automatic way. (It may be considered a shortcoming that,
+% precisely, \emph{rows} are numbered, not lines.---See
+% subsection_\ref{ss:Tab}.)
+% \item
+% [(vi)] We are moving towards referring to math items
+% (subsection_\ref{ss:MathRef} and the hooks in
+% subsection_\ref{ss:LL}).
+% (/New v4.1)
% \end{itemize}
% (Thanks to Stephan for making this possible!)
-%
-%% Unpublish:
-%% You may trace the earlier developments of these changes by
-%% requesting our files ~linenox0.sty~, ~linenox1.sty~, and
-%% ~lnopatch.sty~. Most of our changes have been in ~linenox0.sty~.
-%% Our ~linenox1.sty~ has extended ~linenox0.sty~ for one single
-%% purpose in a not very stable way.
-%%% (See ~\linenumberpar~ below).
-%% ~lnopatch.sty~ has done the first line number thing referred
-%% to in case_(iv) up to now.
-%% (New v4.1)
-%% Case_(v) earlier was provided by our ~edtab02.sty~---now
-%% called ~edtable.sty~.
-%% (/New v4.1)
-%
-% Ednotes moreover profits from Stephan's offer with regard
-% to the documentation of our code which yielded these
-% improvements formerly. This documentation now becomes
-% printable, being part of the ~lineno.sty~ documentation.
-%
-% Of course, Stephan's previous ~lineno.sty~ versions were a great
-% and ingenious work and exhibit greatest \TeX pertise. I never
-% could have done this. I learnt a lot in studying the code when
-% Christian pointed out strange output results and error
-% messages, and there are still large portions of ~lineno.sty~
-% which I don't understand (consider only pagewise numbering of
-% lines). Fortunately, Stephan has offered future help if
-% needed.---My code for attaching line numbers to \emph{tabular
-% environments} (as mentioned above, now still in
+%
+%% Unpublish:
+%% You may trace the earlier developments of these changes by
+%% requesting our files ~linenox0.sty~, ~linenox1.sty~, and
+%% ~lnopatch.sty~. Most of our changes have been in ~linenox0.sty~.
+%% Our ~linenox1.sty~ has extended ~linenox0.sty~ for one single
+%% purpose in a not very stable way.
+%%% (See ~\linenumberpar~ below).
+%% ~lnopatch.sty~ has done the first line number thing referred
+%% to in case_(iv) up to now.
+%% (New v4.1)
+%% Case_(v) earlier was provided by our ~edtab02.sty~---now
+%% called ~edtable.sty~.
+%% (/New v4.1)
+%
+% Ednotes moreover profits from Stephan's offer with regard
+% to the documentation of our code which yielded these
+% improvements formerly. This documentation now becomes
+% printable, being part of the ~lineno.sty~ documentation.
+%
+% Of course, Stephan's previous ~lineno.sty~ versions were a great
+% and ingenious work and exhibit greatest \TeX pertise. I never
+% could have done this. I learnt a lot in studying the code when
+% Christian pointed out strange output results and error
+% messages, and there are still large portions of ~lineno.sty~
+% which I don't understand (consider only pagewise numbering of
+% lines). Fortunately, Stephan has offered future help if
+% needed.---My code for attaching line numbers to \emph{tabular
+% environments} (as mentioned above, now still in
% ~edtable.sty~) %% %% TODO
-% developed from macros which Stephan and Christian experimented
-% with in December 2002. Stephan built the basics.
-% (However, I then became too proud to follow his advice only to
+% developed from macros which Stephan and Christian experimented
+% with in December 2002. Stephan built the basics.
+% (However, I then became too proud to follow his advice only to
% use and modify ~longtable.sty~.)
-%
-% There are some issues concerning use of counters on which I
-% don't agree with Stephan and where I would like to change the
-% code if ~lineno.sty~ is ``mine'' as Stephan offered. However,
-% Stephan is afraid of compatibility problems from which, in
-% particular, his wife could suffer in the near future. So he
-% demanded that I change as little as possible for my first
-% version. Instead of executing changes that I plan I just offer
-% my opinions at the single occasions. I hope to get in touch
-% this way with users who consider subtle features vital which I
-% consider strange.
-%
-% On the other hand, the sections on improvements of the
-% implementation have been blown up very much and may be tiring
-% and litte understandable for mere \emph{users}. These users
-% may profit from the present presentation just by jumping to
-% sections_\ref{s:Opts} and_\ref{s:UserCmds}. There is a user's
-% guide ulineno.tex which may be even more helpful, but it has
+%
+% There are some issues concerning use of counters on which I
+% don't agree with Stephan and where I would like to change the
+% code if ~lineno.sty~ is ``mine'' as Stephan offered. However,
+% Stephan is afraid of compatibility problems from which, in
+% particular, his wife could suffer in the near future. So he
+% demanded that I change as little as possible for my first
+% version. Instead of executing changes that I plan I just offer
+% my opinions at the single occasions. I hope to get in touch
+% this way with users who consider subtle features vital which I
+% consider strange.
+%
+% On the other hand, the sections on improvements of the
+% implementation have been blown up very much and may be tiring
+% and litte understandable for mere \emph{users}. These users
+% may profit from the present presentation just by jumping to
+% sections_\ref{s:Opts} and_\ref{s:UserCmds}. There is a user's
+% guide ulineno.tex which may be even more helpful, but it has
% not been updated for a while. %% TODO
-%
+%
% \subsection{%
-% Availability
+% Availability
% \unskip}
-%
-% In case you have found the present file otherwise than from
-% CTAN: A recent version and documentation of this package
-% should be available from CTAN folder
+%
+% In case you have found the present file otherwise than from
+% CTAN: A recent version and documentation of this package
+% should be available from CTAN folder
% \path{macros/latex/contrib/lineno}.
-% Or mail to one of the addresses at top of file.
-%
-% \subsection{%
+% Or mail to one of the addresses at top of file.
+%
+% \subsection{%
% Introductory code
% \unskip}
-%
+%
% This style option is written for \LaTeXe, November 1994 or later,
-% since we need the ~\protected@write~ macro.
-%
-% (New v4.00) And we use ~\newcommand*~ for
-% controlling length of user macro arguments, which has been
-% available since December 1994.
-%%
-
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
-%% [1994/11/04]
-\ProvidesPackage{lineno}
- [\filedate\space line numbers on paragraphs \fileversion]
-% (/New v4.00)
-%%
-%% History of versions:
+% since we need the ~\protected@write~ macro.
+%
+% (New v4.00) And we use ~\newcommand*~ for
+% controlling length of user macro arguments, which has been
+% available since December 1994.
+%%
+
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+%% [1994/11/04]
+\ProvidesPackage{lineno}
+ [\filedate\space line numbers on paragraphs \fileversion]
+% (/New v4.00)
+%%
+%% History of versions:
%% v1.00 1995/03/31 SIB: first release for Petra's interview transcriptions
%% v1.01 1995/10/28 SIB: added ~pagewise~ mode
-%% v1.02 1995/11/15 SIB: added ~modulo~ option
+%% v1.02 1995/11/15 SIB: added ~modulo~ option
%% v1.03 1995/12/05 SIB: pagewise: try to reduce the hash-size requirements
%% v2.00 1995/12/06 SIB: .. it works, new user interface
%% v2.01 1996/09/17 SIB: put into CVS
@@ -284,8 +285,8 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
%% v3.02 2000/03/10 SiB: \@LN@output
%% v3.03 2000/07/01 SiB: \@LN@ExtraLabelItems, hyperref
%% v3.04 2000/12/17 SiB: longtable compatibility.
-%% v3.05 2001/01/02 SiB: [fleqn] detection.
-%% v3.05a 2001/01/04 SiB: [fleqn] detection reverted for eqnarray.
+%% v3.05 2001/01/02 SiB: [fleqn] detection.
+%% v3.05a 2001/01/04 SiB: [fleqn] detection reverted for eqnarray.
%% v3.06 2001/01/17 SiB: [twocolumn] mode support.
%% v3.07 2001/07/30 SiB: [hyperref] option obsoleted.
%% v3.08 2001/08/02 SiB: linenomath wrapping for \[ \]
@@ -294,138 +295,139 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
%% v3.09 2003/01/14 SIB: hyperref detection fix
%% v3.10 2003/04/15 FMi: \MakeLineNo fix for deep boxes
%% v3.10a 2003/11/12 Uwe Lück: \lineref typo fix
-%% v4.00 2004/09/02 UL: included linenox0, linenox1, lnopatch code with
-%% documentation, usually indicated by `New v4.00';
-%% discussions of old code, indicated by `UL';
-%% LPPL v.1 -> LPPL v1.3, `program' -> `file';
-%% first lines with \filedate and \fileversion,
-%% according nawk lines; `November 1994 or later',
-%% some earlier documentation typos (including a few
-%% bad minus signs), { -> {% and } -> \unskip} at
-%% line ends (so, e.g., alignment in TOC works); \scs.
-%% 2004/09/03 UL: removed everything which indicated that the
-%% present file were named `lineno4.sty'.
-%% v4.1 2004/09/19 UL: Inserted Stephan's identification line, removed
-%% some TODOs and remarks from v4.00.
-%% 2004/10/04 UL: Added acknowledgement for Daniel Doherty;
-%% `(New v4.00)' with [|\firstlinenumber]; changed
-%% TODOs; Refining -> Redefining (\vadjust).
+%% v4.00 2004/09/02 UL: included linenox0, linenox1, lnopatch code with
+%% documentation, usually indicated by `New v4.00';
+%% discussions of old code, indicated by `UL';
+%% LPPL v.1 -> LPPL v1.3, `program' -> `file';
+%% first lines with \filedate and \fileversion,
+%% according nawk lines; `November 1994 or later',
+%% some earlier documentation typos (including a few
+%% bad minus signs), { -> {% and } -> \unskip} at
+%% line ends (so, e.g., alignment in TOC works); \scs.
+%% 2004/09/03 UL: removed everything which indicated that the
+%% present file were named `lineno4.sty'.
+%% v4.1 2004/09/19 UL: Inserted Stephan's identification line, removed
+%% some TODOs and remarks from v4.00.
+%% 2004/10/04 UL: Added acknowledgement for Daniel Doherty;
+%% `(New v4.00)' with [|\firstlinenumber]; changed
+%% TODOs; Refining -> Redefining (\vadjust).
%% 2004/10/05 UL: ednmath0 -> mathrefs; \catcode`\~ -> \active;
-%% \path; refined section on options `mathrefs';
-%% changes in introduction.
-%% 2004/10/06 UL: Changed/removed TODOs, e.g., for edtable.sty.
-%% 2004/10/11 UL: Reminders: linenox0/1/lnopatch.sty obsolete;
+%% \path; refined section on options `mathrefs';
+%% changes in introduction.
+%% 2004/10/06 UL: Changed/removed TODOs, e.g., for edtable.sty.
+%% 2004/10/11 UL: Reminders: linenox0/1/lnopatch.sty obsolete;
%% \tt star in list of commands.
-%% 2004/10/12 UL: Corrected blank lines in lineno.tex.
-%% 2004/10/19 UL: Fixed minor typos; remark on \if@LN@edtable.
-%% v4.1a 2004/11/07 UL: LPPL v1.3a.
-%% v4.1b 2004/11/13 UL: Comment on \outputpenalty values.
-%% v4.1c 2005/01/10 UL: Contact via http.
-%% v4.11 2005/02/20 UL: Error message with \linelabel when not numbering.
-%% 2005/03/07 UL: Removed \linelabel from ss:Tab heading, consider
-%% marginal line numbers as well, revised ss:Tab.
-%% Added a few lines on missing explanations to
-%% s:UserCmds. Corrected some code alignments.
-%% 2005/03/08 UL: Require recent edtable.sty.
-%%
-
-%% v4.2 2005/03/21 UL: "Physical page" counter works with \include.
-%% 2005/04/17 UL: Raised options section above extensions section
-%% (v4.00 disabled `displaymath' option);
-%% third arg for \@ifundefined{mathindent};
-%% "bunch of options";
-%% 2005/04/24 UL: compatibility with tamefloats; vplref.sty.
-%% 2005/04/25 UL: \number -> \the; wondered -> $$; subsec. appbas;
-%% CrtlLN sec -> subsec.; \newcommand* wherever ...;
-%% doc. on `other output routines' and `addpageno'
-%% (this changed from `varioref').
-%% 2005/04/27 UL: =1\relax -> =\@ne, 0\relax ..., \hb@xt@,
-%% \ifx\@@par\@@@par -> \ifLineNumbers, typos,
-%% \pagestyle{headings}, LaTeX -> \LaTeX.
-%% v4.21 2005/04/28 UL: linenomath section: removed wrong \else's,
-%% \holding...: \thr@@, \@LN@outer@holdins, \global.
-%% v4.22 2005/05/01 UL: \unvbox\@outputbox; \@LN@col without #1,
-%% 2005/05/08 UL: global/local \internall..., \resetl... global,
-%% shortened discussions of this and of \newcounter.
-%% 2005/05/09 UL: corr.: doc. typo, version history, bad lines;
-%% percent; \chardef for modulo,
-%% \value{firstlinenumber}.
-%% v4.3 2005/05/10 UL: \@backslashchar -> \char`\\ in \scs.
-%% 2005/05/11 UL: \linenumbers sets ...outer@holdins; tidied up
-%% documentation regarding earlier versions.
-%% 2005/05/12 UL: `linenomath' without spurious number above;
-%% `displaymath' default; edmac homepage ->
-%% ednotes.sty.de.vu, \endlinenomath without
-%% numbers: no change of \holdinginserts;
-%% \linelabel doesn't go to .aux or mark,
-%% hyperref detected; undone 2005/05/10 (bad mark).
-%% 2005/05/13 UL: Reworked hyperref detection (new subsec.).
-%% 2005/05/15 UL: More typo fixes, corrected terrible confusions in
-%% the discussion (v4.22/v4.3) of \new/\stepcounter;
-%% new subsec. in `Line number ...'; another
-%% implementation of `hyperref' detection.
-%% 2005/05/16 UL: Final minor changes.
-%% v4.31b /06/14 UL: Extended explanation of \firstlinenumbers
-%% and package options; \@LN@ifgreat@critical;
+%% 2004/10/12 UL: Corrected blank lines in lineno.tex.
+%% 2004/10/19 UL: Fixed minor typos; remark on \if@LN@edtable.
+%% v4.1a 2004/11/07 UL: LPPL v1.3a.
+%% v4.1b 2004/11/13 UL: Comment on \outputpenalty values.
+%% v4.1c 2005/01/10 UL: Contact via http.
+%% v4.11 2005/02/20 UL: Error message with \linelabel when not numbering.
+%% 2005/03/07 UL: Removed \linelabel from ss:Tab heading, consider
+%% marginal line numbers as well, revised ss:Tab.
+%% Added a few lines on missing explanations to
+%% s:UserCmds. Corrected some code alignments.
+%% 2005/03/08 UL: Require recent edtable.sty.
+%%
+
+%% v4.2 2005/03/21 UL: "Physical page" counter works with \include.
+%% 2005/04/17 UL: Raised options section above extensions section
+%% (v4.00 disabled `displaymath' option);
+%% third arg for \@ifundefined{mathindent};
+%% "bunch of options";
+%% 2005/04/24 UL: compatibility with tamefloats; vplref.sty.
+%% 2005/04/25 UL: \number -> \the; wondered -> $$; subsec. appbas;
+%% CrtlLN sec -> subsec.; \newcommand* wherever ...;
+%% doc. on `other output routines' and `addpageno'
+%% (this changed from `varioref').
+%% 2005/04/27 UL: =1\relax -> =\@ne, 0\relax ..., \hb@xt@,
+%% \ifx\@@par\@@@par -> \ifLineNumbers, typos,
+%% \pagestyle{headings}, LaTeX -> \LaTeX.
+%% v4.21 2005/04/28 UL: linenomath section: removed wrong \else's,
+%% \holding...: \thr@@, \@LN@outer@holdins, \global.
+%% v4.22 2005/05/01 UL: \unvbox\@outputbox; \@LN@col without #1,
+%% 2005/05/08 UL: global/local \internall..., \resetl... global,
+%% shortened discussions of this and of \newcounter.
+%% 2005/05/09 UL: corr.: doc. typo, version history, bad lines;
+%% percent; \chardef for modulo,
+%% \value{firstlinenumber}.
+%% v4.3 2005/05/10 UL: \@backslashchar -> \char`\\ in \scs.
+%% 2005/05/11 UL: \linenumbers sets ...outer@holdins; tidied up
+%% documentation regarding earlier versions.
+%% 2005/05/12 UL: `linenomath' without spurious number above;
+%% `displaymath' default; edmac homepage ->
+%% ednotes.sty.de.vu, \endlinenomath without
+%% numbers: no change of \holdinginserts;
+%% \linelabel doesn't go to .aux or mark,
+%% hyperref detected; undone 2005/05/10 (bad mark).
+%% 2005/05/13 UL: Reworked hyperref detection (new subsec.).
+%% 2005/05/15 UL: More typo fixes, corrected terrible confusions in
+%% the discussion (v4.22/v4.3) of \new/\stepcounter;
+%% new subsec. in `Line number ...'; another
+%% implementation of `hyperref' detection.
+%% 2005/05/16 UL: Final minor changes.
+%% v4.31b /06/14 UL: Extended explanation of \firstlinenumbers
+%% and package options; \@LN@ifgreat@critical;
%% \modulolinenumbers*. Sent to Ednotes.news only.
-%% v4.31 2005/06/15 UL: \modulolinenumbers* with \firstlinenumber{1};
+%% v4.31 2005/06/15 UL: \modulolinenumbers* with \firstlinenumber{1};
%% " -> ``/''; more doc. on \firstlinenumber .
-%% 2005/06/20 UL: Typo fix.
-%% 2005/10/01 UL: Warning about \mod...* with pagewise mode.
-%% v4.31a /10/02 UL: Minor changes of appearance of doc., e.g.,
-%% \[ for $$.
+%% 2005/06/20 UL: Typo fix.
+%% 2005/10/01 UL: Warning about \mod...* with pagewise mode.
+%% v4.31a /10/02 UL: Minor changes of appearance of doc., e.g.,
+%% \[ for $$.
%% v4.32b /10/15 UL: Support for \addvspace; removed comments that
-%% had been invisible already for some time;
-%% made clear with which environments the
-%% linenomath environment is not needed.
-%% v4.32ab /10/15 UL: Observe \if@nobreak with support for \addvspace.
-%% v4.32 2005/10/17 UL: Just made it official and sent it to CTAN.
-%% v4.33b /10/23 UL: \if@nobreak\nobreak\fi -> \nobreak .
-%% v4.33ab /10/24 UL: \LineNoLaTeXOutput without \@tempswafalse;
-%% undid v4.22: \[unv]box\@outputbox (space is OK,
-%% \unvbox pushes short columns down); \@LN@kern@z@ .
-%% v4.4b 2005/10/24 UL: Another tidying-up of the discussion of
-%% \stepcounter{linenumber}; \@LN@screenoff@pen
-%% replaces \@LN@kern@z@, \@LN@depthbox .
-%% v4.4 2005/10/27 UL: Just made official for CTAN.
-%% v4.4a 2005/10/29 UL: Undid change of discussion of
-%% \stepcounter{linenumber} (confusion again).
-%% v4.41 2005/11/02 UL: Raised \CheckCommand*.
-%%
+%% had been invisible already for some time;
+%% made clear with which environments the
+%% linenomath environment is not needed.
+%% v4.32ab /10/15 UL: Observe \if@nobreak with support for \addvspace.
+%% v4.32 2005/10/17 UL: Just made it official and sent it to CTAN.
+%% v4.33b /10/23 UL: \if@nobreak\nobreak\fi -> \nobreak .
+%% v4.33ab /10/24 UL: \LineNoLaTeXOutput without \@tempswafalse;
+%% undid v4.22: \[unv]box\@outputbox (space is OK,
+%% \unvbox pushes short columns down); \@LN@kern@z@ .
+%% v4.4b 2005/10/24 UL: Another tidying-up of the discussion of
+%% \stepcounter{linenumber}; \@LN@screenoff@pen
+%% replaces \@LN@kern@z@, \@LN@depthbox .
+%% v4.4 2005/10/27 UL: Just made official for CTAN.
+%% v4.4a 2005/10/29 UL: Undid change of discussion of
+%% \stepcounter{linenumber} (confusion again).
+%% v4.41 2005/11/02 UL: Raised \CheckCommand*.
+%% v5.0 2022/07/30 KW: Merge in `linenoamsmath' patches
+%%
%% Acknowledgements:
%% v3.06: Donald Arseneau, pointed to mparhack.sty.
%% v3.07+: Frank Mittelbach, points out inconsistencies in the
%% user interface.
%% v3.10: Frank Mittelbach \MakeLineNo fix for deep boxes
-%% v4.00: Daniel Doherty points out clash of \pagewise... with resetting
-%% page number.
-%% v4.21: Much testing work by Erik Luijten.
-%% v4.3: `displaymath' default by Erik Luijten's suggestion.
-%% v4.31: \modulolinenumbers* is an idea of Hillel Chayim Yisraeli's.
-%% v4.32: Support for \addvspace due to Saravanan M.'s observation.
-%% v4.33: Different support for \addvspace due to bug reports by
-%% Saravanan M.'s and David Josef Dev.
-%% v4.4: David Josef Dev points out that \kern\z@ after a paragraph
-%% tends to place its final baseline wrongly.
+%% v4.00: Daniel Doherty points out clash of \pagewise... with resetting
+%% page number.
+%% v4.21: Much testing work by Erik Luijten.
+%% v4.3: `displaymath' default by Erik Luijten's suggestion.
+%% v4.31: \modulolinenumbers* is an idea of Hillel Chayim Yisraeli's.
+%% v4.32: Support for \addvspace due to Saravanan M.'s observation.
+%% v4.33: Different support for \addvspace due to bug reports by
+%% Saravanan M.'s and David Josef Dev.
+%% v4.4: David Josef Dev points out that \kern\z@ after a paragraph
+%% tends to place its final baseline wrongly.
%
%
% \section{%
% Put the line numbers to the lines
% \unskip}
-%
-% (New v4.00) This section contained the most
-% basic package code previously. For various purposes of
-% version_4\dots, much of these basics have been to be modified.
-% Much of my (UL's) reasoning on these modifications has been to
-% be reported. Sorry, the present section has been blown up
-% awfully thus and contains ramifications that may be difficult
-% to trace. We add some ~\subsection~ commands in order to cope
-% with the new situation. (/New v4.00)
-%
-% \subsection{%
+%
+% (New v4.00) This section contained the most
+% basic package code previously. For various purposes of
+% version_4\dots, much of these basics have been to be modified.
+% Much of my (UL's) reasoning on these modifications has been to
+% be reported. Sorry, the present section has been blown up
+% awfully thus and contains ramifications that may be difficult
+% to trace. We add some ~\subsection~ commands in order to cope
+% with the new situation. (/New v4.00)
+%
+% \subsection{%
% Basic code of \texttt{lineno.sty} \scs{output}
-% \unskip}\label{ss:output}
-%
+% \unskip}\label{ss:output}
+%
% The line numbers have to be attached by the output
% routine. We simply set the ~\interlinepenalty~ to $-100000$.
% The output routine will be called after each line in the
@@ -433,33 +435,33 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% The ~\linenopenalty~ is small enough to compensate a bunch of
% penalties (e.g., with ~\samepage~).
%
-% (New v3.04) Longtable uses
-% ~\penalty~$-30000$. The lineno penalty range was
+% (New v3.04) Longtable uses
+% ~\penalty~$-30000$. The lineno penalty range was
% shrunk to $-188000 \dots -32000$. (/New v3.04)
-% (New v4.00) New values are listed below (11111f.). (/New v4.00)
+% (New v4.00) New values are listed below (11111f.). (/New v4.00)
\newcount\linenopenalty\linenopenalty=-100000
-%% TODO v4.4+:
-% (UL) Hm. It is never needed below
-% that this is a counter. ~\def\linenopenalty{-100000\relax}~
-% would do. (I guess this consumes more memory, but it
-% is more important to save counters than to save memory.)
-% I was frightened by ~-\linenopenalty~ below, but indeed
-% \TeX\ interprets the string ~--100000~ as 100000.
-% Has any user or extension package writer ever called
-% ~\linenopenalty=xxx~, or could I really change this?---The
-% counter is somewhat faster than the macro. Together with the
-% compatibility question this seems to support keeping the
-% counter. (???)
-%% Note that Stephan chose ~\mathchardef~ below,
-%% so his choice above seems to have been deliberate.
-%% <- no point, \mathchardef token is fast.
-% (/UL)
+%% TODO v4.4+:
+% (UL) Hm. It is never needed below
+% that this is a counter. ~\def\linenopenalty{-100000\relax}~
+% would do. (I guess this consumes more memory, but it
+% is more important to save counters than to save memory.)
+% I was frightened by ~-\linenopenalty~ below, but indeed
+% \TeX\ interprets the string ~--100000~ as 100000.
+% Has any user or extension package writer ever called
+% ~\linenopenalty=xxx~, or could I really change this?---The
+% counter is somewhat faster than the macro. Together with the
+% compatibility question this seems to support keeping the
+% counter. (???)
+%% Note that Stephan chose ~\mathchardef~ below,
+%% so his choice above seems to have been deliberate.
+%% <- no point, \mathchardef token is fast.
+% (/UL)
\mathchardef\linenopenaltypar=32000
-% So let's make a hook to ~\output~, the direct way. The \LaTeX\
+% So let's make a hook to ~\output~, the direct way. The \LaTeX\
% macro ~\@reinserts~ puts the footnotes back on the page.
%
% (New v3.01) ~\@reinserts~ badly
@@ -469,7 +471,7 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% part. Thus, since lineno.sty does not play well
% with ~\inserts~ anyway, we can safely experiment
% with ~\holdinginserts~, without making things
-% much worse.
+% much worse.
%
% Or that's what I thought, but: Just activating
% ~\holdinginserts~ while doing the ~\par~ will
@@ -484,9 +486,9 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% restart ~\output~.
%
% Then, again, how do we keep the remaining
-% ~\inserts~ while doing further line numbers?
+% ~\inserts~ while doing further line numbers?
%
-% If we find ~\holdinginserts~=$-3$ we activate it again
+% If we find ~\holdinginserts~=$-3$ we activate it again
% after doing ~\output~. (/New v3.01)
%
% (New v3.02) To work with
@@ -494,51 +496,51 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% called indirectly, instead of being replaced.
% When multicol.sty changes ~\output~, it is a
% toks register, not the real thing. (/New v3.02)
-%
-% (New v4.00) Two further complications are added.
+%
+% (New v4.00) Two further complications are added.
%%
-%% TODO v4.3+: Or three, ~\@nobreakfalse~ after ~\MakeLineNo~
-%% for getting rid of ~\@LN@nopagebreak~.
+%% TODO v4.3+: Or three, ~\@nobreakfalse~ after ~\MakeLineNo~
+%% for getting rid of ~\@LN@nopagebreak~.
% \begin{itemize}\item
-% [(i)] Problems with footnotes formerly resulted from
-% \LaTeX's ~\@reinserts~ in ~\@specialoutput~ which Stephan's
-% ~\linelabel~ called via the ~\marginpar~ mechanism.
+% [(i)] Problems with footnotes formerly resulted from
+% \LaTeX's ~\@reinserts~ in ~\@specialoutput~ which Stephan's
+% ~\linelabel~ called via the ~\marginpar~ mechanism.
% \item
-% [(ii)] \LaTeX\ commands using ~\vadjust~ formerly didn't work
-% as one would have hoped. The problem is as follows:
-% Printing the line number results from
-% a box that the output routine inserts at the place of the
-% ~\interlinepenalty~. ~\vadjust~ items appear \emph{above} the
-% ~\interlinepenalty~ (\TeX book p._105). So ~\pagebreak~, e.g.,
-% formerly sent the line number to the next page, while the
-% penalty from ~\nopagebreak~ could not tie the following line,
-% since it was screened off by the line number box.---Our trick
-% is putting the ~\vadjust~ items into a list macro from which
-% the output routine transfers them into the vertical list,
-% below the line number box.
+% [(ii)] \LaTeX\ commands using ~\vadjust~ formerly didn't work
+% as one would have hoped. The problem is as follows:
+% Printing the line number results from
+% a box that the output routine inserts at the place of the
+% ~\interlinepenalty~. ~\vadjust~ items appear \emph{above} the
+% ~\interlinepenalty~ (\TeX book p._105). So ~\pagebreak~, e.g.,
+% formerly sent the line number to the next page, while the
+% penalty from ~\nopagebreak~ could not tie the following line,
+% since it was screened off by the line number box.---Our trick
+% is putting the ~\vadjust~ items into a list macro from which
+% the output routine transfers them into the vertical list,
+% below the line number box.
% \end{itemize}
-% In this case_(ii), like in case_(i), footnotes would suffer
-% if ~\holdinginserts~ were non-positive. Indeed, in both
-% cases_(i) and_(ii) we tackle the footnote problem by extending
-% that part of Stephan's output routine that is active when
-% ~\holdinginserts~ is positive. This extension writes the line
-% number ~\newlabel~ to the .aux file (which was formerly done
-% under $~\holdinginserts~=-3$) and handles the ~\vadjust~
-% items.---To trigger ~\output~ and its ~\linelabel~ or, resp.,
-% ~\vadjust~ part, the list of signal penalties started
-% immediately before is increased here (first for ~\linelabel~,
-% second for postponed ~\vadjust~ items):
-
-\mathchardef\@Mllbcodepen=11111
-\mathchardef\@Mppvacodepen=11112
-
-% (/New v4.00) (New v4.2) David Kastrup urges to use a private
-% name instead of ~\the\output~ (LaTeX-L-list). Otherwise an
-% ~\output~ routine loaded later and using ~\newtoks\output~
-% again may get lost entirely. So we change use of ~\@LN@output~,
-% using it for the former purpose. Reference to what appeared
-% with the name of ~\output~ here lasts for a few lines and then
-% is given away.
+% In this case_(ii), like in case_(i), footnotes would suffer
+% if ~\holdinginserts~ were non-positive. Indeed, in both
+% cases_(i) and_(ii) we tackle the footnote problem by extending
+% that part of Stephan's output routine that is active when
+% ~\holdinginserts~ is positive. This extension writes the line
+% number ~\newlabel~ to the .aux file (which was formerly done
+% under $~\holdinginserts~=-3$) and handles the ~\vadjust~
+% items.---To trigger ~\output~ and its ~\linelabel~ or, resp.,
+% ~\vadjust~ part, the list of signal penalties started
+% immediately before is increased here (first for ~\linelabel~,
+% second for postponed ~\vadjust~ items):
+
+\mathchardef\@Mllbcodepen=11111
+\mathchardef\@Mppvacodepen=11112
+
+% (/New v4.00) (New v4.2) David Kastrup urges to use a private
+% name instead of ~\the\output~ (LaTeX-L-list). Otherwise an
+% ~\output~ routine loaded later and using ~\newtoks\output~
+% again may get lost entirely. So we change use of ~\@LN@output~,
+% using it for the former purpose. Reference to what appeared
+% with the name of ~\output~ here lasts for a few lines and then
+% is given away.
\let\@tempa\output
\newtoks\output
@@ -551,63 +553,63 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% (/New 4.2)
\LineNoTest
\if@tempswa
-%%
-%% (UL) Learnt that even in def.s blank line means ~\par~.
+%%
+%% (UL) Learnt that even in def.s blank line means ~\par~.
%% to leave visual space in present file with having a
-%% blank line neither in present nor in .tex file,
-%% use double comment mark (`%%'). (/UL)
-%%
+%% blank line neither in present nor in .tex file,
+%% use double comment mark (`%%'). (/UL)
+%%
% (New v4.00)
-% We insert recognition of waiting ~\linelabel~ items---
-%%
- \ifnum\outputpenalty=-\@Mllbcodepen
- \WriteLineNo
-%%
-% ---and of waiting ~\vadjust~ items:
-%%
- \else
- \ifnum\outputpenalty=-\@Mppvacodepen
- \PassVadjustList
- \else
-%%
-%% Now we give control back to Stephan.
-% (/New v4.00) (New v4.2) Outsource ``Standard'' output
-% ---which occurs so rarely---to subsection_\ref{ss:LLO}:
-%%
- \LineNoLaTeXOutput
-% (/New v4.2) (New v4.00)
-% Two new ~\fi~s for the ~\linelabel~ and ~\vadjust~ tests---
-%%
- \fi
- \fi
-%%
-% ---and the remaining is
-%%%next three lines are
-% Stephan's code again:
-% (/New v4.00)
-%%
- \else
+% We insert recognition of waiting ~\linelabel~ items---
+%%
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty=-\@Mllbcodepen
+ \WriteLineNo
+%%
+% ---and of waiting ~\vadjust~ items:
+%%
+ \else
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty=-\@Mppvacodepen
+ \PassVadjustList
+ \else
+%%
+%% Now we give control back to Stephan.
+% (/New v4.00) (New v4.2) Outsource ``Standard'' output
+% ---which occurs so rarely---to subsection_\ref{ss:LLO}:
+%%
+ \LineNoLaTeXOutput
+% (/New v4.2) (New v4.00)
+% Two new ~\fi~s for the ~\linelabel~ and ~\vadjust~ tests---
+%%
+ \fi
+ \fi
+%%
+% ---and the remaining is
+%%%next three lines are
+% Stephan's code again:
+% (/New v4.00)
+%%
+ \else
\MakeLineNo
\fi
}
-
-% (New v4.00) Our new macros
-% ~\WriteLineNo~ and ~\PassVadjustList~ will be dealt with in
-% sections_\ref{s:LNref} and_\ref{ss:PVadj}. (/New v4.00)
-%
+
+% (New v4.00) Our new macros
+% ~\WriteLineNo~ and ~\PassVadjustList~ will be dealt with in
+% sections_\ref{s:LNref} and_\ref{ss:PVadj}. (/New v4.00)
+%
% \subsection{%
% \scs{LineNoTest}
-% \unskip}
-%
+% \unskip}
+%
% The float mechanism inserts ~\interlinepenalty~s during
% ~\output~. So carefully reset it before going on. Else
% we get doubled line numbers on every float placed in
-% horizontal mode, e.g, from ~\linelabel~.
+% horizontal mode, e.g, from ~\linelabel~.
%
% Sorry, neither a ~\linelabel~ nor a ~\marginpar~ should
% insert a penalty, else the following linenumber
% could go to the next page. Nor should any other
-% float. So let us suppress the ~\interlinepenalty~
+% float. So let us suppress the ~\interlinepenalty~
% altogether with the ~\@nobreak~ switch.
%
% Since (ltspace.dtx, v1.2p)[1996/07/26], the ~\@nobreaktrue~ does
@@ -629,469 +631,469 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
\def\@LN@nobreaktrue{\let\if@nobreak\iftrue} % renamed v4.33
-% (UL) I thought here were
-% another case of the save stack problem explained in \TeX book,
-% p._301, namely through both local and global changing
-% ~\if@nobreak~. However, ~\@LN@nobreak~ is called during
-% ~\@LN@output~ only, while ~\@nobreaktrue~ is called by \LaTeX's
-% ~\@startsection~ only. The latter never happens during
-% ~\@LN@output~. So there is no local value of ~\if@nobreak~ on
-% save stack when ~\@nobreaktrue~ acts, since ~\the\@LN@output~
-% (where ~\@LN@output~ is a new name for the original ~\output~)
+% (UL) I thought here were
+% another case of the save stack problem explained in \TeX book,
+% p._301, namely through both local and global changing
+% ~\if@nobreak~. However, ~\@LN@nobreak~ is called during
+% ~\@LN@output~ only, while ~\@nobreaktrue~ is called by \LaTeX's
+% ~\@startsection~ only. The latter never happens during
+% ~\@LN@output~. So there is no local value of ~\if@nobreak~ on
+% save stack when ~\@nobreaktrue~ acts, since ~\the\@LN@output~
+% (where ~\@LN@output~ is a new name for the original ~\output~)
% is executed within a group (\TeX book p._21).
%%
%% 2004/09/19 Removed nonsense here according to Stephan 2004/09/04.
-%%
-% (/UL)
+%%
+% (/UL)
%
% \subsection{%
% Other output routines (v4.2)
-% \unskip}\label{ss:LLO}
-%
-% I had thought of dealing with bad interference of footnotes
-% (and ~\enlargethispage~) with (real) ~\marginpar~s and floats
-% \emph{here}. Yet this is done in
+% \unskip}\label{ss:LLO}
+%
+% I had thought of dealing with bad interference of footnotes
+% (and ~\enlargethispage~) with (real) ~\marginpar~s and floats
+% \emph{here}. Yet this is done in
% \[
% ~http://~\mbox{[CTAN]}
% ~/macros/latex/contrib/tamefloats/tameflts.sty~
% \]
-% now, and I prefer striving for compatibility with the latter.
+% now, and I prefer striving for compatibility with the latter.
% (See there for expanding on the problem.)
-% This requires returning the special absolute value of
-% ~\holdinginserts~ that ~lineno.sty~ finds at the end of a newly
+% This requires returning the special absolute value of
+% ~\holdinginserts~ that ~lineno.sty~ finds at the end of a newly
% typeset paragraph---now done in subsection_\ref{ss:calls}
-% (~\linenumberpar~).
-% The former ~\LineNoHoldInsertsTest~ has been filled into here.
-%% ---`3' is replaced by ~\thr@@~ for a while. ~\thr@@~ is
-%% useful practice since plain \TeX, but Stephan may have been
-%% wise in suspecting that \LaTeX\ once could forsake ~\thr@@~.
-%% The same holds for ~\@M=10000~.
-% Note: when the following code is invoked, we have
-% ~\if@tempswa~_ =_~\iftrue~.
-% WARNING: I am still not sure whether the present code is good
-% for cooperating with other packages that use ~\holdinginserts~.
-
-\def\LineNoLaTeXOutput{%
+% (~\linenumberpar~).
+% The former ~\LineNoHoldInsertsTest~ has been filled into here.
+%% ---`3' is replaced by ~\thr@@~ for a while. ~\thr@@~ is
+%% useful practice since plain \TeX, but Stephan may have been
+%% wise in suspecting that \LaTeX\ once could forsake ~\thr@@~.
+%% The same holds for ~\@M=10000~.
+% Note: when the following code is invoked, we have
+% ~\if@tempswa~_ =_~\iftrue~.
+% WARNING: I am still not sure whether the present code is good
+% for cooperating with other packages that use ~\holdinginserts~.
+
+\def\LineNoLaTeXOutput{%
\ifnum \holdinginserts=\thr@@ % v4.33 without \@tempswafalse
- \global\holdinginserts-\thr@@
- \unvbox\@cclv
- \ifnum \outputpenalty=\@M \else \penalty\outputpenalty \fi
+ \global\holdinginserts-\thr@@
+ \unvbox\@cclv
+ \ifnum \outputpenalty=\@M \else \penalty\outputpenalty \fi
\else
\if@twocolumn \let\@makecol\@LN@makecol \fi
- \the\@LN@output % finally following David Kastrup's advice.
- \ifnum \holdinginserts=-\thr@@
- \global\holdinginserts\thr@@ \fi
+ \the\@LN@output % finally following David Kastrup's advice.
+ \ifnum \holdinginserts=-\thr@@
+ \global\holdinginserts\thr@@ \fi
\fi
}
-% \textit{More on dealing with output routines from other
-% packages:}
-% Since ~lineno.sty~'s output routine is called at least once
-% for each output line, I think it should be in \TeX's
-% original ~\output~, while output routines dealing with
-% building pages and with floats etc.\ should be filled into
-% registers addressed by ~\output~ after ~\newtoks\output~.
+% \textit{More on dealing with output routines from other
+% packages:}
+% Since ~lineno.sty~'s output routine is called at least once
+% for each output line, I think it should be in \TeX's
+% original ~\output~, while output routines dealing with
+% building pages and with floats etc.\ should be filled into
+% registers addressed by ~\output~ after ~\newtoks\output~.
% Therefore \begin{enumerate}
-% \item
-% ~tameflts.sty~ should be loaded \emph{after} ~lineno.sty~;
-% \item
-% if a class changes ~\output~ (APS journal class revtex4,
-% e.g.), ~lineno.sty~ should be loaded by ~\RequirePackage~
-% [here presumably following some options in
-% brackets]~{lineno}~ \emph{preceding} ~\documentclass~.
-% \item
-% If you actually maintain such a class, please consider
-% loading ~lineno.sty~ on some draft option. The bunch of
-% lineno's package options may be a problem, but perhaps the
-% purpose of your class is offering only very few of lineno's
-% options anyway, maybe just one.
-% \end{enumerate}
-% The latter may also be needed with classes that don't follow
-% David Kastrup's rule on changing ~\output~.
-%
+% \item
+% ~tameflts.sty~ should be loaded \emph{after} ~lineno.sty~;
+% \item
+% if a class changes ~\output~ (APS journal class revtex4,
+% e.g.), ~lineno.sty~ should be loaded by ~\RequirePackage~
+% [here presumably following some options in
+% brackets]~{lineno}~ \emph{preceding} ~\documentclass~.
+% \item
+% If you actually maintain such a class, please consider
+% loading ~lineno.sty~ on some draft option. The bunch of
+% lineno's package options may be a problem, but perhaps the
+% purpose of your class is offering only very few of lineno's
+% options anyway, maybe just one.
+% \end{enumerate}
+% The latter may also be needed with classes that don't follow
+% David Kastrup's rule on changing ~\output~.
+%
% \subsection{%
-% \scs{MakeLineNo}: Actually attach line number
-% \unskip}\label{ss:MLN}
-%
+% \scs{MakeLineNo}: Actually attach line number
+% \unskip}\label{ss:MLN}
+%
% We have to return all the page to the current page, and
% add a box with the line number, without adding
% breakpoints, glue or space. The depth of our line number
% should be equal to the previous depth of the page, in
% case the page breaks here, and the box has to be moved up
-% by that depth.
+% by that depth.
%
% The ~\interlinepenalty~ comes after the ~\vadjust~ from a
% ~\linelabel~, so we increment the line number \emph{after}
% printing it. The macro ~\makeLineNumber~ produces the
% text of the line number, see section \ref{appearance}.
-%
-% (UL) I needed a while to understand
-% the sentence on incrementing. Correctly: writing the
-% ~\newlabel~ to the .aux file is triggered by the signal
-% penalty that ~\end@float~ inserts via ~\vadjust~.
-% However, this could be changed by our new ~\PostponeVadjust~.
-% After ~\c@linenumber~ has been introduced as a \LaTeX\
-% counter, it might be preferable that it behaved like standard
-% \LaTeX\ counters which are incremented shortly before printing.
-% But this may be of little practical relevance in this case,
-% as ~\c@linenumber~ is driven in a very non-standard
-% way.---However still, this behaviour of ~\c@linenumber~
-% generates a problem with our ~edtable.sty~.
-%% \unskip---Before,
-%% I thought that Stephan had reported his reasoning incorrectly
-%% and rather did this because of his ~\resetlinenumber~ which
-%% initializes ~\c@linenumber~ to 1 instead of 0---the latter is
-%% usual with \LaTeX\ counters. Cf._additional comment at
-%% ~\resetlinenumber~.
-% (/UL).
+%
+% (UL) I needed a while to understand
+% the sentence on incrementing. Correctly: writing the
+% ~\newlabel~ to the .aux file is triggered by the signal
+% penalty that ~\end@float~ inserts via ~\vadjust~.
+% However, this could be changed by our new ~\PostponeVadjust~.
+% After ~\c@linenumber~ has been introduced as a \LaTeX\
+% counter, it might be preferable that it behaved like standard
+% \LaTeX\ counters which are incremented shortly before printing.
+% But this may be of little practical relevance in this case,
+% as ~\c@linenumber~ is driven in a very non-standard
+% way.---However still, this behaviour of ~\c@linenumber~
+% generates a problem with our ~edtable.sty~.
+%% \unskip---Before,
+%% I thought that Stephan had reported his reasoning incorrectly
+%% and rather did this because of his ~\resetlinenumber~ which
+%% initializes ~\c@linenumber~ to 1 instead of 0---the latter is
+%% usual with \LaTeX\ counters. Cf._additional comment at
+%% ~\resetlinenumber~.
+% (/UL).
%
% Finally we put in the natural ~\interlinepenalty~, except
-% after the last line.
+% after the last line.
%
-% (New v3.10) Frank Mittelbach points out that box255 may be
-% less deep than the last box inside, so he proposes to
+% (New v3.10) Frank Mittelbach points out that box255 may be
+% less deep than the last box inside, so he proposes to
% measure the page depth with ~\boxmaxdepth=\maxdimen~.
% (/New v3.10)
-%
-% (UL, New v4.00) We also resume the matter of
-% ~\vadjust~ items that was started in section_\ref{ss:output}.
-%
-% \TeX\ puts only nonzero interline
-% penalties into the vertical list (\TeX book p._105), while
-% ~lineno.sty~ formerly replaced the signal interline penalty by
-% something closing with an explicit penalty of the value that
-% the interline penalty would have without ~lineno.sty~.
-% This is usually 0. Now, explicit vertical penalties can be
-% very nasty with respect to ~\nopagebreak~, e.g., a low (even
-% positive) ~\widowpenalty~ may force a widow where you
-% explicitly tried to forbid it by ~\nopagebreak~
-% (see explanation soon below).
-% The ~\nopagebreak~ we create here would never work if all
-% those zero penalties were present.---On
-% the other hand, we cannot just omit Stephan's zero penalties,
-% because \TeX\ puts a penalty of 10000 after what ~lineno.sty~
-% inserts (\TeX book p._125). This penalty must be overridden
-% to allow page breaks between ordinary lines. To revive
-% ~\nopagebreak~, we therefore replace those zero (or low)
-% penalties by penalties that the user demanded by
-% ~\nopagebreak~.---This mechanism is not perfect and does not
-% exactly restore the original \LaTeX\ working of ~\pagebreak~
-% and ~\nopagebreak~. Viz., if there are several vertical
-% penalties after a line which were produced by closely sitting
-% ~\[no]pagebreak~s, without ~lineno.sty~ the lowest penalty would
-% be effective (cf._\TeX book exercise_14.10). Our mechanism, by
-% contrast, chooses the \emph{last} user-set penalty of the line
-% as the effective one. It would not be very difficult to come
-% more close to the original mechanism, but until someone urges
-% us we will cling to the present simple way. You may consider an
-% advantage of the difference between our mechanism and the
-% original one that the user here can actually override low
-% penalties by ~\nopagebreak~, which may be what a lay \LaTeX\
-% user would expect.
-%% ---Zero glue would do instead of zero
-%% penalty! This could make things easier. Maybe next time.
-%% <- v4.4: No, problem with column depth.
-% (/UL, /New v4.00)
+%
+% (UL, New v4.00) We also resume the matter of
+% ~\vadjust~ items that was started in section_\ref{ss:output}.
+%
+% \TeX\ puts only nonzero interline
+% penalties into the vertical list (\TeX book p._105), while
+% ~lineno.sty~ formerly replaced the signal interline penalty by
+% something closing with an explicit penalty of the value that
+% the interline penalty would have without ~lineno.sty~.
+% This is usually 0. Now, explicit vertical penalties can be
+% very nasty with respect to ~\nopagebreak~, e.g., a low (even
+% positive) ~\widowpenalty~ may force a widow where you
+% explicitly tried to forbid it by ~\nopagebreak~
+% (see explanation soon below).
+% The ~\nopagebreak~ we create here would never work if all
+% those zero penalties were present.---On
+% the other hand, we cannot just omit Stephan's zero penalties,
+% because \TeX\ puts a penalty of 10000 after what ~lineno.sty~
+% inserts (\TeX book p._125). This penalty must be overridden
+% to allow page breaks between ordinary lines. To revive
+% ~\nopagebreak~, we therefore replace those zero (or low)
+% penalties by penalties that the user demanded by
+% ~\nopagebreak~.---This mechanism is not perfect and does not
+% exactly restore the original \LaTeX\ working of ~\pagebreak~
+% and ~\nopagebreak~. Viz., if there are several vertical
+% penalties after a line which were produced by closely sitting
+% ~\[no]pagebreak~s, without ~lineno.sty~ the lowest penalty would
+% be effective (cf._\TeX book exercise_14.10). Our mechanism, by
+% contrast, chooses the \emph{last} user-set penalty of the line
+% as the effective one. It would not be very difficult to come
+% more close to the original mechanism, but until someone urges
+% us we will cling to the present simple way. You may consider an
+% advantage of the difference between our mechanism and the
+% original one that the user here can actually override low
+% penalties by ~\nopagebreak~, which may be what a lay \LaTeX\
+% user would expect.
+%% ---Zero glue would do instead of zero
+%% penalty! This could make things easier. Maybe next time.
+%% <- v4.4: No, problem with column depth.
+% (/UL, /New v4.00)
\def\MakeLineNo{%
- \@LN@maybe@normalLineNumber % v4.31
+ \@LN@maybe@normalLineNumber % v4.31
\boxmaxdepth\maxdimen\setbox\z@\vbox{\unvbox\@cclv}%
\@tempdima\dp\z@ \unvbox\z@
\sbox\@tempboxa{\hb@xt@\z@{\makeLineNumber}}%
-%%
-% (New v4.00) Previously,
+%%
+% (New v4.00) Previously,
% \begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% % \stepcounter{linenumber}%
% \end{verbatim}
% \end{old}
%% %% TODO: Still first `\begin{old}'?
-% followed. (Of course, there was no
-% comment mark; I put it there to make
-% reading the actual code easy.)
-%
-% (New v4.22: improved) Why not just
+% followed. (Of course, there was no
+% comment mark; I put it there to make
+% reading the actual code easy.)
+%
+% (New v4.22: improved) Why not just
% \[~\global\advance\c@linenumber\@ne~?\]
-% ~\stepcounter~ additionally resets ``subordinate''
-% counters, but which could these (usefully) be?
-% Again, may be column counters with ~edtable.sty~!?
-%
-% But then, our ~edtable.sty~ and its ~longtable~ option
-% should use it as well. So use a shorthand supporting
-% uniformity. You can even use it as a hook for choosing
-% ~\global\advance\c@linenumber\@ne~ instead of our choice.
-% (/New v4.22)
-%%
+% ~\stepcounter~ additionally resets ``subordinate''
+% counters, but which could these (usefully) be?
+% Again, may be column counters with ~edtable.sty~!?
+%
+% But then, our ~edtable.sty~ and its ~longtable~ option
+% should use it as well. So use a shorthand supporting
+% uniformity. You can even use it as a hook for choosing
+% ~\global\advance\c@linenumber\@ne~ instead of our choice.
+% (/New v4.22)
+%%
\stepLineNumber
-%%
-% (New v4.4) Now
-%%
- \ht\@tempboxa\z@ \@LN@depthbox
-%%
-% appends the box containing the line number without changing
-% ~\prevdepth~---see end of section.
-% Now is the time for inserting the $\dots$ (/New v4.4)
-%% The line number has now been placed (it may be invisible
-%% depending on the modulo feature), so
-%% we can insert the
-% ~\vadjust~ items. We cannot do this much later, because
-% their right place is above the artificial interline
-% penalty which Stephan's code will soon insert
-% (cf._\TeX book p._105). The next command is just ~\relax~
-% if no ~\vadjust~ items have been accumulated for the
-% current line. Otherwise it is a list macro inserting
-% the ~\vadjust~ items and finally resetting itself.
+%%
+% (New v4.4) Now
+%%
+ \ht\@tempboxa\z@ \@LN@depthbox
+%%
+% appends the box containing the line number without changing
+% ~\prevdepth~---see end of section.
+% Now is the time for inserting the $\dots$ (/New v4.4)
+%% The line number has now been placed (it may be invisible
+%% depending on the modulo feature), so
+%% we can insert the
+% ~\vadjust~ items. We cannot do this much later, because
+% their right place is above the artificial interline
+% penalty which Stephan's code will soon insert
+% (cf._\TeX book p._105). The next command is just ~\relax~
+% if no ~\vadjust~ items have been accumulated for the
+% current line. Otherwise it is a list macro inserting
+% the ~\vadjust~ items and finally resetting itself.
% (This is made in section_\ref{ss:PVadj} below.)
-% If the final item is a penalty, it is stored so it can
-% compete with other things about page breaking.
-%%
- \@LN@do@vadjusts
- \count@\lastpenalty
-%%
-% At this place,
+% If the final item is a penalty, it is stored so it can
+% compete with other things about page breaking.
+%%
+ \@LN@do@vadjusts
+ \count@\lastpenalty
+%%
+% At this place,
% \begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% % \ifnum\outputpenalty=-\linenopenaltypar\else
% \end{verbatim}
% \end{old}
-% originally followed. We need something \emph{before} the
-% ~\else~:
-%%
- \ifnum\outputpenalty=-\linenopenaltypar
- \ifnum\count@=\z@ \else
-%%
-% So final ~\pagebreak[0]~ or ~\nopagebreak[0]~ has no
-% effect---but this will make a difference after headings only,
-% where nobody should place such a thing anyway.
-%%
- \xdef\@LN@parpgbrk{%
+% originally followed. We need something \emph{before} the
+% ~\else~:
+%%
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty=-\linenopenaltypar
+ \ifnum\count@=\z@ \else
+%%
+% So final ~\pagebreak[0]~ or ~\nopagebreak[0]~ has no
+% effect---but this will make a difference after headings only,
+% where nobody should place such a thing anyway.
+%%
+ \xdef\@LN@parpgbrk{%
\penalty\the\count@
\global\let\noexpand\@LN@parpgbrk
- \noexpand\@LN@screenoff@pen}% v4.4
-%%
-% That penalty will replace former ~\kern\z@~ in
+ \noexpand\@LN@screenoff@pen}% v4.4
+%%
+% That penalty will replace former ~\kern\z@~ in
% ~\linenumberpar~, see subsection_\ref{ss:calls}.---A
-% few days earlier, I tried to send just a penalty value.
-% However, the ~\kern\z@~ in ~\linenumberpar~ is crucial,
-% as I then found out. See below.---The final penalty is
-% repeated, but this does no harm. (It would not be very
-% difficult to avoid the repeating, but it may even be
-% less efficient.) It may be repeated due to the previous
-% ~\xdef~, but it may be repeated as well below in the
-% present macro where artificial interline penalty is to
+% few days earlier, I tried to send just a penalty value.
+% However, the ~\kern\z@~ in ~\linenumberpar~ is crucial,
+% as I then found out. See below.---The final penalty is
+% repeated, but this does no harm. (It would not be very
+% difficult to avoid the repeating, but it may even be
+% less efficient.) It may be repeated due to the previous
+% ~\xdef~, but it may be repeated as well below in the
+% present macro where artificial interline penalty is to
% be overridden.
-%%
+%%
\fi
\else
-%%
-% (/New v4.00)
-%% Corrected code alignment with v4.11.
+%%
+% (/New v4.00)
+%% Corrected code alignment with v4.11.
\@tempcnta\outputpenalty
\advance\@tempcnta -\linenopenalty
-%%
-% (New v4.00)
+%%
+% (New v4.00)
% \begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% % \penalty\@tempcnta
% \end{verbatim}
% \end{old}
-% followed previously. To give ~\nopagebreak~ a chance,
-% we do
-%% Corrected code alignment with v4.11.
- \penalty \ifnum\count@<\@tempcnta \@tempcnta \else \count@ \fi
-%%
-% instead.---In ~linenox0.sty~, the ~\else~ thing once was omitted.
-% Sergei Mariev's complaint (thanks!) showed that it is vital
-% (see comment before ~\MakeLineNo~).
-% The remaining ~\fi~ from previous package version closes the
-% ~\ifnum\outputpenalty~\dots
-% (/New v4.00)
-%%
+% followed previously. To give ~\nopagebreak~ a chance,
+% we do
+%% Corrected code alignment with v4.11.
+ \penalty \ifnum\count@<\@tempcnta \@tempcnta \else \count@ \fi
+%%
+% instead.---In ~linenox0.sty~, the ~\else~ thing once was omitted.
+% Sergei Mariev's complaint (thanks!) showed that it is vital
+% (see comment before ~\MakeLineNo~).
+% The remaining ~\fi~ from previous package version closes the
+% ~\ifnum\outputpenalty~\dots
+% (/New v4.00)
+%%
\fi
}
-% (New v4.00)
+% (New v4.00)
-\newcommand\stepLineNumber{\stepcounter{linenumber}}
+\newcommand\stepLineNumber{\stepcounter{linenumber}}
-% For reason, see use above. (/New v4.00)
-%% %% TODO v4.4+: ~\newcommand~ more often!?
-%
-% (New v4.4) The depth preserving trick is drawn here from
-% ~\MakeLineNo~ because it will be used again in
+% For reason, see use above. (/New v4.00)
+%% %% TODO v4.4+: ~\newcommand~ more often!?
+%
+% (New v4.4) The depth preserving trick is drawn here from
+% ~\MakeLineNo~ because it will be used again in
% section_\ref{ss:calls}.
-\def\@LN@depthbox{%
+\def\@LN@depthbox{%
\dp\@tempboxa=\@tempdima
- \nointerlineskip \kern-\@tempdima \box\@tempboxa}
+ \nointerlineskip \kern-\@tempdima \box\@tempboxa}
-% (/New v4.4)
-%
+% (/New v4.4)
+%
% \section{%
-% Control line numbering
+% Control line numbering
% \unskip}
% \subsection{%
-% Inserting \scs{output} calls %% own subsec. v4.4.
+% Inserting \scs{output} calls %% own subsec. v4.4.
% \unskip}\label{ss:calls}
% The line numbering is controlled via ~\par~. \LaTeX\
% saved the \TeX-primitive ~\par~ in ~\@@par~. We push it
% one level further out, and redefine ~\@@par~ to insert
% the ~\interlinepenalty~ needed to trigger the
% line numbering. And we need to allow pagebreaks after a
-% paragraph.
-%
+% paragraph.
+%
% New (2.05beta): the prevgraf test. A paragraph that ends with a
% displayed equation, a ~\noindent\par~ or ~wrapfig.sty~ produce empty
% paragraphs. These should not get a spurious line number via
-% ~\linenopenaltypar~.
+% ~\linenopenaltypar~.
\let\@@@par\@@par
\newcount\linenoprevgraf
-% (UL) And needs ~\linenoprevgraf~
-% to be a counter? Perhaps there may be a paragraph having
-% thousands of lines, so ~\mathchardef~ doesn't suffice (really??).
+% (UL) And needs ~\linenoprevgraf~
+% to be a counter? Perhaps there may be a paragraph having
+% thousands of lines, so ~\mathchardef~ doesn't suffice (really??).
%%
-%% %% TODO: limitations of lines per paragraph elsewhere?
-%% %% Signal penalties, e.g.!? ~\deadcycles~!?
+%% %% TODO: limitations of lines per paragraph elsewhere?
+%% %% Signal penalties, e.g.!? ~\deadcycles~!?
%%
-% A macro ending on ~\relax~ might suffice, but would be
-% somewhat slow. I think I will use ~\mathchardef~ next time.
-% Or has any user used ~\linenoprevgraf~? (/UL)
+% A macro ending on ~\relax~ might suffice, but would be
+% somewhat slow. I think I will use ~\mathchardef~ next time.
+% Or has any user used ~\linenoprevgraf~? (/UL)
-%% v4.33: changed code alignment for better understanding.
-\def\linenumberpar{%
- \ifvmode \@@@par \else
+%% v4.33: changed code alignment for better understanding.
+\def\linenumberpar{%
+ \ifvmode \@@@par \else
\ifinner \@@@par \else
- \xdef\@LN@outer@holdins{\the\holdinginserts}% v4.2
+ \xdef\@LN@outer@holdins{\the\holdinginserts}% v4.2
\advance \interlinepenalty \linenopenalty
\linenoprevgraf \prevgraf
- \global \holdinginserts \thr@@
+ \global \holdinginserts \thr@@
\@@@par
\ifnum\prevgraf>\linenoprevgraf
\penalty-\linenopenaltypar
\fi
-%%
-% (New v4.00)
+%%
+% (New v4.00)
% \begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
-% % \kern\z@
+% % \kern\z@
% \end{verbatim}
% \end{old}
-% was here previously. What for?
-% According to \TeX book p._125, Stephan's
-% interline penalty is changed into 10000. At the end of a
-% paragraph, the ~\parskip~ would follow that penalty of 10000,
-% so there could be a page break neither at the
-% ~\parskip~ nor at the ~\baselineskip~ (\TeX book p._110)---so
-% there could never be a page break between two paragraphs.
-% So something must screen off the 10000 penalty.
-% Indeed, the ~\kern~ is a place to break.
+% was here previously. What for?
+% According to \TeX book p._125, Stephan's
+% interline penalty is changed into 10000. At the end of a
+% paragraph, the ~\parskip~ would follow that penalty of 10000,
+% so there could be a page break neither at the
+% ~\parskip~ nor at the ~\baselineskip~ (\TeX book p._110)---so
+% there could never be a page break between two paragraphs.
+% So something must screen off the 10000 penalty.
+% Indeed, the ~\kern~ is a place to break.
% (Stephan once knew this: see `allow pagebreaks' above.)
-%
-% Formerly, I tried to replace ~\kern\z@~ by
+%
+% Formerly, I tried to replace ~\kern\z@~ by
% \begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
-% % \penalty\@LN@parpgpen\relax
+% % \penalty\@LN@parpgpen\relax
% \end{verbatim}
% \end{old}
-% ---but this allows a page break after heading. So:
-%%
- \@LN@parpgbrk
-%%
-%% After heading, ~\kern\z@~ resulting from previous line
-%% (see below) is followed by ~\write~ or ~\penalty10000~,
-%% so causes no page break.
-%
-% These and similar changes were formerly done by ~linenox1.sty~.
-% (/New v4.00)
-%
-% (New v4.4)
-% A ~\belowdisplayskip~ may precede the previous when the paragraph
-% ends on a display-math; or there may be a ~\topsep~ from a list, etc.
-% ~\addvspace~ couldn't take account for it with ~\kern\z@~
-% here. v4.32 therefore moved the space down -- with at least two
-% bad consequences.
-% Moreover, David Josef Dev observes that ~\kern\z@~ may
-% inappropriately yield column depth 0pt.
-% For these reasons, we introduce ~\@LN@screenoff@pen~ below.
-% (/New v4.4)
-%%
+% ---but this allows a page break after heading. So:
+%%
+ \@LN@parpgbrk
+%%
+%% After heading, ~\kern\z@~ resulting from previous line
+%% (see below) is followed by ~\write~ or ~\penalty10000~,
+%% so causes no page break.
+%
+% These and similar changes were formerly done by ~linenox1.sty~.
+% (/New v4.00)
+%
+% (New v4.4)
+% A ~\belowdisplayskip~ may precede the previous when the paragraph
+% ends on a display-math; or there may be a ~\topsep~ from a list, etc.
+% ~\addvspace~ couldn't take account for it with ~\kern\z@~
+% here. v4.32 therefore moved the space down -- with at least two
+% bad consequences.
+% Moreover, David Josef Dev observes that ~\kern\z@~ may
+% inappropriately yield column depth 0pt.
+% For these reasons, we introduce ~\@LN@screenoff@pen~ below.
+% (/New v4.4)
+%%
\global\holdinginserts\@LN@outer@holdins % v4.2
\advance\interlinepenalty -\linenopenalty
- \fi % from \ifinner ... \else
- \fi} % from \ifvmode ... \else
+ \fi % from \ifinner ... \else
+ \fi} % from \ifvmode ... \else
-% (New v4.00, v4.4) Initialize ~\@LN@parpgbrk~, accounting
-% for earlier space and for appropriate columndepth.
-% We use former ~\MakeLineNo~'s depth-preverving trick
-% ~\@LN@depthbox~ again:
+% (New v4.00, v4.4) Initialize ~\@LN@parpgbrk~, accounting
+% for earlier space and for appropriate columndepth.
+% We use former ~\MakeLineNo~'s depth-preverving trick
+% ~\@LN@depthbox~ again:
-\def\@LN@screenoff@pen{%
- \ifdim\lastskip=\z@
- \@tempdima\prevdepth \setbox\@tempboxa\null
+\def\@LN@screenoff@pen{%
+ \ifdim\lastskip=\z@
+ \@tempdima\prevdepth \setbox\@tempboxa\null
\@LN@depthbox \fi}
-\global\let\@LN@parpgbrk\@LN@screenoff@pen
+\global\let\@LN@parpgbrk\@LN@screenoff@pen
-% (/New v4.4, v4.00)
+% (/New v4.4, v4.00)
% \subsection{%
% Turning on/off %% own subsec. v4.4.
% \unskip}\label{ss:OnOff}
% The basic commands to enable and disable line numbers.
-% ~\@par~ and ~\par~ are only touched, when they are ~\let~
+% ~\@par~ and ~\par~ are only touched, when they are ~\let~
% to ~\@@@par~/~\linenumberpar~. The line number may be
% reset to 1 with the star-form, or set by an optional
-% argument ~[~<number>~]~.
-%
-% (New v4.00) We add ~\ifLineNumbers~ etc.\ since
-% a number of our new adjustments need to know whether
-% linenumbering is active. This just provides a kind of
-% shorthand for ~\ifx\@@par\linenumberpar~; moreover it is
-% more stable: who knows what may happen to ~\@@par~?---A
-% caveat: ~\ifLineNumbers~ may be wrong. E.g., it may be
-% ~\iffalse~ where it acts, while a ~\linenumbers~ a few
-% lines below---in the same paragraph---brings about that
-% the line where the ~\ifLineNumbers~ appears gets a
-% marginal number.
-%% Better implementation suggested below.
-%%
-% (New v4.3) Just noticed: Such tricks have been
-% disallowed with v4.11, see subsections_\ref{ss:LL}
+% argument ~[~<number>~]~.
+%
+% (New v4.00) We add ~\ifLineNumbers~ etc.\ since
+% a number of our new adjustments need to know whether
+% linenumbering is active. This just provides a kind of
+% shorthand for ~\ifx\@@par\linenumberpar~; moreover it is
+% more stable: who knows what may happen to ~\@@par~?---A
+% caveat: ~\ifLineNumbers~ may be wrong. E.g., it may be
+% ~\iffalse~ where it acts, while a ~\linenumbers~ a few
+% lines below---in the same paragraph---brings about that
+% the line where the ~\ifLineNumbers~ appears gets a
+% marginal number.
+%% Better implementation suggested below.
+%%
+% (New v4.3) Just noticed: Such tricks have been
+% disallowed with v4.11, see subsections_\ref{ss:LL}
% and_\ref{ss:OnOff}.---Moreover, the switching between
-% meanings of ~\linelabel~ for a possible error message
-% as of v4.11 is removed. Speed is difficult to esteem
-% and also depends on applications. Just use the most
-% simple code you find. (/New v4.3)
+% meanings of ~\linelabel~ for a possible error message
+% as of v4.11 is removed. Speed is difficult to esteem
+% and also depends on applications. Just use the most
+% simple code you find. (/New v4.3)
-\newif\ifLineNumbers \LineNumbersfalse
+\newif\ifLineNumbers \LineNumbersfalse
-% (/New v4.00)
+% (/New v4.00)
-\def\linenumbers{%
- \LineNumberstrue % v4.00
- \xdef\@LN@outer@holdins{\the\holdinginserts}% v4.3
+\def\linenumbers{%
+ \LineNumberstrue % v4.00
+ \xdef\@LN@outer@holdins{\the\holdinginserts}% v4.3
+%%
+% (New v4.3) The previous line is for ~{linenomath}~
+% in a first numbered paragraph. (/New v4.3)
%%
-% (New v4.3) The previous line is for ~{linenomath}~
-% in a first numbered paragraph. (/New v4.3)
-%%
\let\@@par\linenumberpar
- % \let\linelabel\@LN@linelabel % v4.11, removed v4.3
+ % \let\linelabel\@LN@linelabel % v4.11, removed v4.3
\ifx\@par\@@@par\let\@par\linenumberpar\fi
\ifx\par\@@@par\let\par\linenumberpar\fi
- \@LN@maybe@moduloresume % v4.31
+ \@LN@maybe@moduloresume % v4.31
\@ifnextchar[{\resetlinenumber}%]
{\@ifstar{\resetlinenumber}{}}%
}
-\def\nolinenumbers{%
+\def\nolinenumbers{%
\LineNumbersfalse % v4.00
\let\@@par\@@@par
- % \let\linelabel\@LN@LLerror % v4.11, removed v4.3
+ % \let\linelabel\@LN@LLerror % v4.11, removed v4.3
\ifx\@par\linenumberpar\let\@par\@@@par\fi
\ifx\par\linenumberpar\let\par\@@@par\fi
}
-% (New v4.00) Moreover, it is useful to switch to
-% ~\nolinenumbers~ in ~\@arrayparboxrestore~. We postpone this
-% to section_\ref{ss:ReDef} where we'll have an appending macro
-% for doing this. (/New v4.00)
-%
+% (New v4.00) Moreover, it is useful to switch to
+% ~\nolinenumbers~ in ~\@arrayparboxrestore~. We postpone this
+% to section_\ref{ss:ReDef} where we'll have an appending macro
+% for doing this. (/New v4.00)
+%
% What happens with a display math? Since ~\par~ is not executed,
% when breaking the lines before a display, they will not get
% line numbers. Sorry, but I do not dare to change
@@ -1103,15 +1105,15 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% See the subsection below, for a wrapper environment to make
% it work. But that requires to wrap each and every display
% in your \LaTeX\ source %%.
-%% v4.3:
-% (see option ~displaymath~ in subsections_\ref{ss:v3opts}
-% and_\ref{ss:display} for some relief [UL]).
+%% v4.3:
+% (see option ~displaymath~ in subsections_\ref{ss:v3opts}
+% and_\ref{ss:display} for some relief [UL]).
%
% The next two commands are provided to turn on line
% numbering in a specific mode. Please note the difference:
% for pagewise numbering, ~\linenumbers~ comes first to
% inhibit it from seeing optional arguments, since
-% re-/presetting the counter is useless.
+% re-/presetting the counter is useless.
\def\pagewiselinenumbers{\linenumbers\setpagewiselinenumbers}
\def\runninglinenumbers{\setrunninglinenumbers\linenumbers}
@@ -1119,25 +1121,25 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% Finally, it is a \LaTeX\ style, so we provide for the use
% of environments, including the suppression of the
% following paragraph's indentation.
-%
-%% TODO: v4.4+:
-% (UL) I am drawing the following
-% private thoughts of Stephan's to publicity so that others may
-% think about them---or to remind myself of them in an efficient
-% way. (/UL)
-%% UL changed `%%%' to `% %' below.
-%% TODO: add \par to \linenumbers, if called from an environment. %% v4.3
+%
+%% TODO: v4.4+:
+% (UL) I am drawing the following
+% private thoughts of Stephan's to publicity so that others may
+% think about them---or to remind myself of them in an efficient
+% way. (/UL)
+%% UL changed `%%%' to `% %' below.
+%% TODO: add \par to \linenumbers, if called from an environment. %% v4.3
%% ToDO: add an \@endpe hack if \linenumbers are turned on
-% \begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
+% \begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% % TO DO: add \par to \linenumbers, if called from an environment.
% % To DO: add an \@endpe hack if \linenumbers are turned on
% % in horizontal mode. {\par\parskip\z@\noindent} or
% % something.
% \end{verbatim}
-% \end{old}
-% (UL) However, I rather think that ~\linenumbers~ and %% v4.31
-% ~\nolinenumbers~ should execute a ~\par~ already. (Then the
-% ~\par~s in the following definitions should be removed.) (/UL)
+% \end{old}
+% (UL) However, I rather think that ~\linenumbers~ and %% v4.31
+% ~\nolinenumbers~ should execute a ~\par~ already. (Then the
+% ~\par~s in the following definitions should be removed.) (/UL)
\@namedef{linenumbers*}{\par\linenumbers*}
\@namedef{runninglinenumbers*}{\par\runninglinenumbers*}
@@ -1154,19 +1156,19 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% Display math
% \unskip}\label{ss:DM}
%
-% Now we tackle the problem to get display math working.
+% Now we tackle the problem to get display math working.
% There are different options.
% \begin{enumerate}\item[
-% 1.] Precede every display math with a ~\par~.
+% 1.] Precede every display math with a ~\par~.
% Not too good.
% \item[
-% 2.] Change ~\interlinepenalty~ and associates globally.
+% 2.] Change ~\interlinepenalty~ and associates globally.
% Unstable.
% \item[
-% 3.] Wrap each display math with a ~{linenomath}~
-% environment.
+% 3.] Wrap each display math with a ~{linenomath}~
+% environment.
% \end{enumerate}
-% We'll go for option 3. See if it works:
+% We'll go for option 3. See if it works:
% \begin{linenomath}
% \begin{equation}
% display \ math
@@ -1178,7 +1180,7 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% \begin{eqnarray}
% multi && line \\
% display && math \\
-% &
+% &
% \begin{array}{c}
% with \\
% array
@@ -1187,7 +1189,7 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% \end{eqnarray}
% \end{linenomath*}
% including multline displays.
-%
+%
% First, here are two macros to turn
% on linenumbering on paragraphs preceeding displays, with
% numbering the lines of the display itself, or without.
@@ -1196,34 +1198,34 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% not numbered. Nor does it harm to wrap a display
% twice, e.q, in case you have some ~{equation}~s wrapped
% explicitely, and later you redefine ~\equation~ to do it
-% automatically.
-%
-% (New v4.3) To avoid the spurious line number above a
-% display in vmode, I insert ~\ifhmode~. (/New v4.3)
+% automatically.
+%
+% (New v4.3) To avoid the spurious line number above a
+% display in vmode, I insert ~\ifhmode~. (/New v4.3)
\newcommand\linenomathNonumbers{%
- \ifLineNumbers
-%% \ifx\@@par\@@@par\else
+ \ifLineNumbers
+%% \ifx\@@par\@@@par\else
\ifnum\interlinepenalty>-\linenopenaltypar
- \global\holdinginserts\thr@@
+ \global\holdinginserts\thr@@
\advance\interlinepenalty \linenopenalty
- \ifhmode % v4.3
+ \ifhmode % v4.3
\advance\predisplaypenalty \linenopenalty
- \fi
+ \fi
\fi
\fi
\ignorespaces
}
\newcommand\linenomathWithnumbers{%
- \ifLineNumbers
+ \ifLineNumbers
%% \ifx\@@par\@@@par\else
\ifnum\interlinepenalty>-\linenopenaltypar
- \global\holdinginserts\thr@@
+ \global\holdinginserts\thr@@
\advance\interlinepenalty \linenopenalty
- \ifhmode % v4.3
+ \ifhmode % v4.3
\advance\predisplaypenalty \linenopenalty
- \fi
+ \fi
\advance\postdisplaypenalty \linenopenalty
\advance\interdisplaylinepenalty \linenopenalty
\fi
@@ -1246,11 +1248,11 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
\@namedef{linenomath*}{\linenomathWithnumbers}%
}
-\def\endlinenomath{%
- \ifLineNumbers % v4.3
- \global\holdinginserts\@LN@outer@holdins % v4.21
- \fi
- \global % v4.21 support for LaTeX2e earlier than 1996/07/26.
+\def\endlinenomath{%
+ \ifLineNumbers % v4.3
+ \global\holdinginserts\@LN@outer@holdins % v4.21
+ \fi
+ \global % v4.21 support for LaTeX2e earlier than 1996/07/26.
\@ignoretrue
}
\expandafter\let\csname endlinenomath*\endcsname\endlinenomath
@@ -1264,21 +1266,21 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
%
% \section{%
% Line number references
-% \unskip}\label{s:LNref}
-% \subsection{%
-% Internals %% New subsec. v4.3.
+% \unskip}\label{s:LNref}
+% \subsection{%
+% Internals %% New subsec. v4.3.
% \unskip}
% The only way to get a label to a line number in a
% paragraph is to ask the output routine to mark it.
%
-% (New v4.00) The following two paragraphs don't hold any
-% longer, see below. (/New v4.00)
+% (New v4.00) The following two paragraphs don't hold any
+% longer, see below. (/New v4.00)
% \begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% % We use the marginpar mechanism to hook to ~\output~ for a
% % second time. Marginpars are floats with number $-1$, we
% % fake marginpars with No $-2$. Originally, every negative
% % numbered float was considered to be a marginpar.
-% %
+% %
% % The float box number ~\@currbox~ is used to transfer the
% % label name in a macro called ~\@LNL@~<box-number>.
% \end{verbatim}
@@ -1286,14 +1288,14 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% A ~\newlabel~ is written to the aux-file. The reference
% is to ~\theLineNumber~, \emph{not} ~\thelinenumber~.
% This allows to hook in, as done below for pagewise line
-% numbering.
+% numbering.
%
% (New v3.03) The ~\@LN@ExtraLabelItems~ are added for a hook
% to keep packages like ~{hyperref}~ happy. (/New v3.03)
-%
-% (New v4.00)
-% We fire the ~\marginpar~ mechanism, so we leave \LaTeX's
-% ~\@addmarginpar~ untouched.
+%
+% (New v4.00)
+% We fire the ~\marginpar~ mechanism, so we leave \LaTeX's
+% ~\@addmarginpar~ untouched.
% \begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% % \let\@LN@addmarginpar\@addmarginpar
% % \def\@addmarginpar{%
@@ -1308,47 +1310,47 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% % \fi}
% \end{verbatim}
% \end{old}
-% OK, we keep Stephan's ~\@LN@ExtraLabelItems~:
-% (/New v4.00)
+% OK, we keep Stephan's ~\@LN@ExtraLabelItems~:
+% (/New v4.00)
\let\@LN@ExtraLabelItems\@empty
-% (New v4.00)
-% We imitate the ~\marginpar~ mechanism without using the
-% ~\@freelist~ boxes. ~\linelabel~ will indeed place a signal
-% penalty (~\@Mllbcodepen~, new), and it will put a label into
-% some list macro ~\@LN@labellist~. A new part of the output
-% routine will take the labels from the list and will write
-% ~\newlabel~s to the .aux file.
-%
+% (New v4.00)
+% We imitate the ~\marginpar~ mechanism without using the
+% ~\@freelist~ boxes. ~\linelabel~ will indeed place a signal
+% penalty (~\@Mllbcodepen~, new), and it will put a label into
+% some list macro ~\@LN@labellist~. A new part of the output
+% routine will take the labels from the list and will write
+% ~\newlabel~s to the .aux file.
+%
% The following is a version of \LaTeX's ~\@xnext~.
\def\@LN@xnext#1\@lt#2\@@#3#4{\def#3{#1}\gdef#4{#2}}
-% This takes an item ~#1~ from a list ~#4~ into ~#3~;
-% to be used as ~\expandafter\@LN@xnext#4\@@#3#4~.
-% Our lists use ~\@lt~ after each item for separating.
-% Indeed, there will be another list macro which can
-% appear as argument ~#4~, this will be used for moving
-% ~\vadjust~ items (section_\ref{ss:PVadj}).
-% The list for ~\linelabel~s is the following:
-
-\global\let\@LN@labellist\@empty
-
-% The next is the new part of the output routine writing the
-% ~\newlabel~ to the .aux file. Since it is no real page output,
-% the page is put back to top of the main vertical list.
-
-\def\WriteLineNo{%
- \unvbox\@cclv
- \expandafter \@LN@xnext \@LN@labellist \@@
- \@LN@label \@LN@labellist
- \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\newlabel{\@LN@label}%
- {{\theLineNumber}{\thepage}\@LN@ExtraLabelItems}}%
+% This takes an item ~#1~ from a list ~#4~ into ~#3~;
+% to be used as ~\expandafter\@LN@xnext#4\@@#3#4~.
+% Our lists use ~\@lt~ after each item for separating.
+% Indeed, there will be another list macro which can
+% appear as argument ~#4~, this will be used for moving
+% ~\vadjust~ items (section_\ref{ss:PVadj}).
+% The list for ~\linelabel~s is the following:
+
+\global\let\@LN@labellist\@empty
+
+% The next is the new part of the output routine writing the
+% ~\newlabel~ to the .aux file. Since it is no real page output,
+% the page is put back to top of the main vertical list.
+
+\def\WriteLineNo{%
+ \unvbox\@cclv
+ \expandafter \@LN@xnext \@LN@labellist \@@
+ \@LN@label \@LN@labellist
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\newlabel{\@LN@label}%
+ {{\theLineNumber}{\thepage}\@LN@ExtraLabelItems}}%
}
% (/New v4.00)
-%
+%
% \subsection{%
% The \scs{linelabel} command
% \unskip}\label{ss:LL}
@@ -1360,9 +1362,9 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% \marginpar{\tiny\raggedright
% See if it works: This paragraph
% starts on page \pageref{demo}, line
-% \ref{demo}.
+% \ref{demo}.
% \unskip}%
-% (New v4.11)
+% (New v4.11)
% \begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% % If you use this command outside a ~\linenumbers~
% % paragraph, you will get references to some bogus
@@ -1372,12 +1374,12 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% % or not. A ~\linelabel~ may legally appear earlier than
% % ~\linenumbers~.
% \end{verbatim}
-% \end{old}
-% This trick is better not allowed---see subsections_\ref{ss:LL}
+% \end{old}
+% This trick is better not allowed---see subsections_\ref{ss:LL}
% and_\ref{ss:OnOff}.
% (/New v4.11)
%
-% ~\linelabel~
+% ~\linelabel~
% \begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% %, via a fake float number $-2$, %% new mechanism v4.00
% \end{verbatim}
@@ -1393,56 +1395,56 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% A ~\linelabel~ is allowed only in outer horizontal mode.
% In outer vertical mode we start a paragraph, and ignore
% trailing spaces (by fooling ~\@esphack~).
-%
-% (New v4.00) We aim at relaxing the previous condition.
-% We insert a hook ~\@LN@mathhook~ and a shorthand
-% ~\@LN@postlabel~ to support the ~mathrefs~ option which
-% allows ~\linelabel~ in math mode.
%
-% The next paragraph is no longer valid.
+% (New v4.00) We aim at relaxing the previous condition.
+% We insert a hook ~\@LN@mathhook~ and a shorthand
+% ~\@LN@postlabel~ to support the ~mathrefs~ option which
+% allows ~\linelabel~ in math mode.
+%
+% The next paragraph is no longer valid.
% \begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% % The argument of ~\linelabel~ is put into a macro with a
% % name derived from the number of the allocated float box.
% % Much of the rest is dummy float setup.
% \end{verbatim}
% \end{old}
-% (/New v4.00)
+% (/New v4.00)
%
-% (New v4.11)
-% \begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
+% (New v4.11)
+% \begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% % \def\linelabel#1{%
% \end{verbatim}
-% \end{old}
-% I forgot ~\linenumbers~ today, costed me hours or so.
+% \end{old}
+% I forgot ~\linenumbers~ today, costed me hours or so.
-\def\@LN@LLerror{\PackageError{lineno}{%
- \string\linelabel\space without \string\linenumbers}{%
+\def\@LN@LLerror{\PackageError{lineno}{%
+ \string\linelabel\space without \string\linenumbers}{%
Just see documentation. (New feature v4.11)}\@gobble}
-% (New v4.3) Here some things have changed for v4.3.
-% The previous ~#1~ has been replaced by ~\@gobble~.
-% Ensuing, the ~\linelabel~ error message is re-implemented.
-% I find it difficult to compare efficiency of slight
-% alternatives---so choose an easy one. Explicit switching
-% in ~\linenumbers~ and ~\nolinenumbers~ is an additional
-% command that may better be avoided.
+% (New v4.3) Here some things have changed for v4.3.
+% The previous ~#1~ has been replaced by ~\@gobble~.
+% Ensuing, the ~\linelabel~ error message is re-implemented.
+% I find it difficult to compare efficiency of slight
+% alternatives---so choose an easy one. Explicit switching
+% in ~\linenumbers~ and ~\nolinenumbers~ is an additional
+% command that may better be avoided.
-\newcommand\linelabel{%
- \ifLineNumbers \expandafter \@LN@linelabel
+\newcommand\linelabel{%
+ \ifLineNumbers \expandafter \@LN@linelabel
\else \expandafter \@LN@LLerror \fi}
-%%\let\linelabel\@LN@LLerror
-
-\gdef\@LN@linelabel#1{%
-%%
-% ~\gdef~ for hyperref ``symbolically''. (/New v4.11)
-%%
- \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect
-%%
-% $\gets$ And a ~\linelabel~ should never be replicated in a
-% mark or a TOC entry. (/New v4.3)
-%%
+%%\let\linelabel\@LN@LLerror
+
+\gdef\@LN@linelabel#1{%
+%%
+% ~\gdef~ for hyperref ``symbolically''. (/New v4.11)
+%%
+ \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect
+%%
+% $\gets$ And a ~\linelabel~ should never be replicated in a
+% mark or a TOC entry. (/New v4.3)
+%%
\ifvmode
- \ifinner \else
+ \ifinner \else
\leavevmode \@bsphack \@savsk\p@
\fi
\else
@@ -1452,10 +1454,10 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
\ifinner
\@parmoderr
\else
-%%
-% (New v4.00)
-%%
- \@LN@postlabel{#1}%
+%%
+% (New v4.00)
+%%
+ \@LN@postlabel{#1}%
% \begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% % \@floatpenalty -\@Mii
% % \@next\@currbox\@freelist
@@ -1467,65 +1469,65 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% % \endgroup
% % \@ignorefalse \@esphack
% \end{verbatim}
-% \end{old}
-% (/New v4.00)
-%%
- \@esphack
-%%
-% (New v4.00)
-% The ~\@ignorefalse~ was appropriate before because the
-% ~\@Esphack~ in ~\end@float~ set ~\@ignoretrue~. Cf._\LaTeX's
-% ~\@xympar~. (/New v4.00)
-%%
+% \end{old}
+% (/New v4.00)
+%%
+ \@esphack
+%%
+% (New v4.00)
+% The ~\@ignorefalse~ was appropriate before because the
+% ~\@Esphack~ in ~\end@float~ set ~\@ignoretrue~. Cf._\LaTeX's
+% ~\@xympar~. (/New v4.00)
+%%
\fi
\else
-%%
-% (New v4.00)
-%%
+%%
+% (New v4.00)
+%%
\@LN@mathhook{#1}%
% \begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% % \@parmoderr
% \end{verbatim}
-% \end{old}
-% Instead of complaining, you may just do your job.
-% (/New v4.00)
-%%
+% \end{old}
+% Instead of complaining, you may just do your job.
+% (/New v4.00)
+%%
\fi
- \fi
+ \fi
}
-% (New v4.00) The shorthand just does what happened
-% with ~linenox0.sty~ before ~ednmath0.sty~ (New v4.1:
-% now ~mathrefs~ option) appeared, and
-% the hook is initialized to serve the same purpose.
-% So errors come just where Stephan had built them in,
-% and this is just the \LaTeX\ ~\marginpar~ behaviour.
+% (New v4.00) The shorthand just does what happened
+% with ~linenox0.sty~ before ~ednmath0.sty~ (New v4.1:
+% now ~mathrefs~ option) appeared, and
+% the hook is initialized to serve the same purpose.
+% So errors come just where Stephan had built them in,
+% and this is just the \LaTeX\ ~\marginpar~ behaviour.
\def\@LN@postlabel#1{\g@addto@macro\@LN@labellist{#1\@lt}%
- \vadjust{\penalty-\@Mllbcodepen}}
+ \vadjust{\penalty-\@Mllbcodepen}}
\def\@LN@mathhook#1{\@parmoderr}
-% (/New v4.00)
-%
-% \modulolinenumbers[3]
+% (/New v4.00)
+%
+% \modulolinenumbers[3]
% \firstlinenumber{1}
% \section{%
% The appearance of the line numbers
% \unskip}\label{appearance}
% \subsection{%
-% Basic code %% own subsec. v4.2.
+% Basic code %% own subsec. v4.2.
% \unskip}
-%
+%
% The line numbers are set as ~\tiny\sffamily\arabic{linenumber}~,
% $10pt$ left of the text. With options to place it
% right of the text, or . . .
%
% . . . here are the hooks:
-\def\makeLineNumberLeft{%
+\def\makeLineNumberLeft{%
\hss\linenumberfont\LineNumber\hskip\linenumbersep}
-\def\makeLineNumberRight{%
+\def\makeLineNumberRight{%
\linenumberfont\hskip\linenumbersep\hskip\columnwidth
\hb@xt@\linenumberwidth{\hss\LineNumber}\hss}
@@ -1539,7 +1541,7 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% Margin switching requires ~pagewise~ numbering mode, but
% choosing the left or right margin for the numbers always
-% works.
+% works.
\def\switchlinenumbers{\@ifstar
{\let\makeLineNumberOdd\makeLineNumberRight
@@ -1588,70 +1590,70 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% Only the running mode counter may be reset, or preset,
% for individual paragraphs. The pagewise counter must
% give a unique anonymous number for each line.
-%
-% (New v4.3) ~\newcounter{linenumber}~
-% was the only ~\newcounter~ in the whole package, and
-% formerly I was near using ~\newcount~ instead. Yet
-% ~\newcounter~ may be quite useful for ~\includeonly~.
-% It also supports resetting ``subcounters'', but what
-% could these be? Well, ~edtable~ might introduce a
-% subcounter for columns.
-% (Note that \LaTeX's setting commands would work with
-% ~\newcount\c@linenumber~ already, apart from this.
-% And perhaps sometimes ~\refstepcounter{linenumber}~
-% wouldn't work---cf._my discussion of ~\stepcounter~ in
-% subsection_\ref{ss:MLN}, similarly ~\refstep...~ would
-% be quite useless.
-% Even the usual redefinitions of ~\thelinenumber~ would
-% work. It is nice, on the other hand, that
-% ~\thelinenumber~ is predefined here. \LaTeX's
-% initialization of the value perhaps just serves making
-% clear \LaTeX\ counters should always be changed
-% globally.---Shortened and improved the discussion here.)
-% (/New v4.3)
-%
-% (New v4.22)
-% ~\c@linenumber~ usually is---globally---incremented by
-% ~\stepcounter~ (at present), so resetting it locally would
-% raise the save stack problem of \TeX book p._301, moreover
-% it would be is useless, there is no hope of keeping the
-% values local (but see subsection_\ref{ss:ILN}). So I insert
-% ~\global~: (/New v4.22)
-
-\newcommand*\resetlinenumber[1][\@ne]{%
+%
+% (New v4.3) ~\newcounter{linenumber}~
+% was the only ~\newcounter~ in the whole package, and
+% formerly I was near using ~\newcount~ instead. Yet
+% ~\newcounter~ may be quite useful for ~\includeonly~.
+% It also supports resetting ``subcounters'', but what
+% could these be? Well, ~edtable~ might introduce a
+% subcounter for columns.
+% (Note that \LaTeX's setting commands would work with
+% ~\newcount\c@linenumber~ already, apart from this.
+% And perhaps sometimes ~\refstepcounter{linenumber}~
+% wouldn't work---cf._my discussion of ~\stepcounter~ in
+% subsection_\ref{ss:MLN}, similarly ~\refstep...~ would
+% be quite useless.
+% Even the usual redefinitions of ~\thelinenumber~ would
+% work. It is nice, on the other hand, that
+% ~\thelinenumber~ is predefined here. \LaTeX's
+% initialization of the value perhaps just serves making
+% clear \LaTeX\ counters should always be changed
+% globally.---Shortened and improved the discussion here.)
+% (/New v4.3)
+%
+% (New v4.22)
+% ~\c@linenumber~ usually is---globally---incremented by
+% ~\stepcounter~ (at present), so resetting it locally would
+% raise the save stack problem of \TeX book p._301, moreover
+% it would be is useless, there is no hope of keeping the
+% values local (but see subsection_\ref{ss:ILN}). So I insert
+% ~\global~: (/New v4.22)
+
+\newcommand*\resetlinenumber[1][\@ne]{%
\global % v4.22
\c@runninglinenumber#1\relax}
-% (New v4.00)
+% (New v4.00)
% \begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% % \newcommand\resetlinenumber[1][1]{\c@runninglinenumber#1}
% \end{verbatim}
% \end{old}
-% Added ~\relax~, being quite sure that this does no harm
-% and is quite important, as with ~\setcounter~ etc.
-% I consider this a bug fix (although perhaps no user has
-% ever had a problem with this). (/New v4.00)
-%
-% (v4.22: I had made much fuss about resetting subordinate
+% Added ~\relax~, being quite sure that this does no harm
+% and is quite important, as with ~\setcounter~ etc.
+% I consider this a bug fix (although perhaps no user has
+% ever had a problem with this). (/New v4.00)
+%
+% (v4.22: I had made much fuss about resetting subordinate
% counters here---removed, somewhat postponed.)
-%
-%% TODO v4.4+:
-%% \newcommand*\resetlinenumber[1][\@ne]{%
-%% \ifx\c@linenumber\c@runninglinenumber
+%
+%% TODO v4.4+:
+%% \newcommand*\resetlinenumber[1][\@ne]{%
+%% \ifx\c@linenumber\c@runninglinenumber
%% \global\c@linenumber#1\relax
-%% \global\advance\c@linenumber\m@ne
-%% \stepLineNumber
-%% \else
-%% \PackageError{lineno}%% Shorthand!?
-%% {You can't reset line number in pagewise mode}%
-%% {This should suffice.}%
-%% \fi
-%% }
-%
+%% \global\advance\c@linenumber\m@ne
+%% \stepLineNumber
+%% \else
+%% \PackageError{lineno}%% Shorthand!?
+%% {You can't reset line number in pagewise mode}%
+%% {This should suffice.}%
+%% \fi
+%% }
+%
% \subsection{%
% Running line numbers
-% \unskip}
-%
+% \unskip}
+%
% Running mode is easy, ~\LineNumber~ and ~\theLineNumber~
% produce ~\thelinenumber~, which defaults to
% ~\arabic{linenumber}~, using the ~\c@runninglinenumber~
@@ -1670,12 +1672,12 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
%
% \subsection{%
% Pagewise line numbers
-% \unskip}\label{ss:PW}
-%
+% \unskip}\label{ss:PW}
+%
% Difficult, if you think about it. The number has to be
% printed when there is no means to know on which page it
-% will end up, except through the aux-file. My solution
-% is really expensive, but quite robust.
+% will end up, except through the aux-file. My solution
+% is really expensive, but quite robust.
%
% With version ~v2.00~ the hashsize requirements are
% reduced, because we do not need one controlsequence for
@@ -1712,58 +1714,58 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% there might else be in ~\thepage~.
\def\logtheLineNumber{\protected@write\@auxout{}{%
-%%
+%%
% (New v4.00) (UL)
-% As Daniel Doherty observed, the earlier line
+% As Daniel Doherty observed, the earlier line
% \begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% % \string\@LN{\the\c@linenumber}{\noexpand\the\c@page}}}
% \end{verbatim}
% \end{old}
-% here may lead into an infinite loop when the user resets
-% the page number (think of ~\pagenumbering~, e.g.).
-% Stephan and I brief\/ly discussed the matter and decided
-% to introduce a ``physical''-page counter to which
-% ~\logtheLineNumber~ refers. It was Stephan's idea to use
-% ~\cl@page~ for reliably augmenting the ``physical''-page
-% counter. However, this relies on the output routine once
-% doing ~\stepcounter{page}~. Before Stephan's
-% suggestion, I had thought of appending the stepping to
-% \LaTeX's ~\@outputpage~.---So the macro definition ends
-% as follows.
-%%
- \string\@LN{\the\c@linenumber}{%
-%%
-% (New v4.2)
-%% \noexpand\number\n@LN@truepage}}}
-%%
-% The `truepage' counter must start with ~\c@~ so it works
-% with ~\include~, and the ~\@addtoreset~ below is needed
-% for the same purpose.
-%%
- \noexpand\the\c@LN@truepage}}}
-
-%% \newcount\n@LN@truepage
+% here may lead into an infinite loop when the user resets
+% the page number (think of ~\pagenumbering~, e.g.).
+% Stephan and I brief\/ly discussed the matter and decided
+% to introduce a ``physical''-page counter to which
+% ~\logtheLineNumber~ refers. It was Stephan's idea to use
+% ~\cl@page~ for reliably augmenting the ``physical''-page
+% counter. However, this relies on the output routine once
+% doing ~\stepcounter{page}~. Before Stephan's
+% suggestion, I had thought of appending the stepping to
+% \LaTeX's ~\@outputpage~.---So the macro definition ends
+% as follows.
+%%
+ \string\@LN{\the\c@linenumber}{%
+%%
+% (New v4.2)
+%% \noexpand\number\n@LN@truepage}}}
+%%
+% The `truepage' counter must start with ~\c@~ so it works
+% with ~\include~, and the ~\@addtoreset~ below is needed
+% for the same purpose.
+%%
+ \noexpand\the\c@LN@truepage}}}
+
+%% \newcount\n@LN@truepage
%% \g@addto@macro\cl@page{\global\advance\n@LN@truepage\@ne}
-\newcount\c@LN@truepage
+\newcount\c@LN@truepage
\g@addto@macro\cl@page{\global\advance\c@LN@truepage\@ne}
\@addtoreset{LN@truepage}{@ckpt}
-% (/New v4.2) I had thought of offering more
-% features of a \LaTeX\ counter. However, the user should
-% better \emph{not} have access to this counter. ~\c@page~
-% should suffice as a pagewise master counter.---To be sure,
-% along the present lines the user \emph{can} manipulate
-% ~\c@LN@truepage~ by ~\stepcounter{page}~. E.g., she might
-% do this in order to manually insert a photograph. Well,
-% seems not to harm.
-%
-% The above usage of ~\g@addto@macro~ and ~\cl@page~ may be
-% not as stable as Stephan intended. His proposal used
-% ~\xdef~ directly. But he used ~\cl@page~ as well, and who
-% knows \dots{} And as to ~\g@addto@macro~, I have introduced
-% it for list macros anyway.
-% (/UL) (/New v4.00)
-%
+% (/New v4.2) I had thought of offering more
+% features of a \LaTeX\ counter. However, the user should
+% better \emph{not} have access to this counter. ~\c@page~
+% should suffice as a pagewise master counter.---To be sure,
+% along the present lines the user \emph{can} manipulate
+% ~\c@LN@truepage~ by ~\stepcounter{page}~. E.g., she might
+% do this in order to manually insert a photograph. Well,
+% seems not to harm.
+%
+% The above usage of ~\g@addto@macro~ and ~\cl@page~ may be
+% not as stable as Stephan intended. His proposal used
+% ~\xdef~ directly. But he used ~\cl@page~ as well, and who
+% knows \dots{} And as to ~\g@addto@macro~, I have introduced
+% it for list macros anyway.
+% (/UL) (/New v4.00)
+%
% From the aux-file we get one macro ~\LN@P~<page> for each
% page with line numbers on it. This macro calls four other
% macros with one argument each. These macros are
@@ -1773,7 +1775,7 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% We need sort of a pointer to the first page with line
% numbers, initiallized to point to nothing:
-\def\LastNumberedPage{first}
+\def\LastNumberedPage{first}
\def\LN@Pfirst{\nextLN\relax}
% The four dynamic macros are initiallized to reproduce
@@ -1786,7 +1788,7 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% During the end-document run through the aux-files, we
% disable ~\@LN~. I may put in a check here later, to give
-% a rerun recommendation.
+% a rerun recommendation.
\AtEndDocument{\let\@LN\@gobbletwo}
@@ -1799,7 +1801,7 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% current page and line number, with the
% \emph{pointer-to-the-next-page} pointing to nothing. And
% the macro for the previous page will be redefined to point
-% to the current one.
+% to the current one.
%
% If the macro for the current page already exists, just
% redefine the \emph{last-line-number} entry.
@@ -1814,8 +1816,8 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
\def\@@LN#1#2#3#4{\ifx#1\relax
\ifx#2\relax\gdef#2{#3}\fi
- \expandafter\@@@LN\csname LN@P\LastNumberedPage\endcsname#1%
- \xdef#1{\lastLN{#3}\firstLN{#3}%
+ \expandafter\@@@LN\csname LN@P\LastNumberedPage\endcsname#1%
+ \xdef#1{\lastLN{#3}\firstLN{#3}%
\pageLN{#4}{\@LN@column}{#2}\nextLN\relax}%
\else
\def\lastLN##1{\noexpand\lastLN{#3}}%
@@ -1825,7 +1827,7 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% The previous page macro gets its pointer to the
% current one, replacing the ~\relax~ with the cs-token
-% ~\LN@P~<page>.
+% ~\LN@P~<page>.
\def\@@@LN#1#2{{\def\nextLN##1{\noexpand\nextLN\noexpand#2}%
\xdef#1{#1}}}
@@ -1836,11 +1838,11 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% be a completely different one. We maintain a cache,
% which is ~\let~ to the last page's macro. But for now
% it is initialized to expand ~\LN@first~, where the poiner
-% to the first numbered page has been stored in.
+% to the first numbered page has been stored in.
\def\NumberedPageCache{\LN@Pfirst}
-% To find out on which page the current ~\c@linenumber~ is,
+% To find out on which page the current ~\c@linenumber~ is,
% we define the four dynamic macros to do something usefull
% and execute the current cache macro. ~\lastLN~ is run
% first, testing if the line number in question may be on a
@@ -1855,7 +1857,7 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% page, we start over from the beginning. Else, ~\nextLN~
% will be disabled, and ~\pageLN~ will run
% ~\gotNumberedPage~ with four arguments: the first line
-% number on this column, the page number, the column
+% number on this column, the page number, the column
% number, and the first line on the page.
\def\testFirstNumberedPage#1{\ifnum#1>\c@linenumber
@@ -1879,7 +1881,7 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
}
% When we switch to another page, we first have to make
-% sure that it is there. If we are done with the last
+% sure that it is there. If we are done with the last
% page, we probably need to run \TeX\ again, but for the
% rest of this run, the cache macro will just return four
% zeros. This saves a lot of time, for example if you have
@@ -1887,7 +1889,7 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% the whole page-list would be searched in vain again and
% again for the second half of the document.
%
-% If there is another page, we iterate the search.
+% If there is another page, we iterate the search.
\def\testNextNumberedPage#1{\ifx#1\relax
\global\def\NumberedPageCache{\gotNumberedPage0000}%
@@ -1903,10 +1905,10 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% \linelabel{demo2}
% \marginpar{\tiny\raggedright
% Let's see if it finds the label
-% on page \pageref{demo},
+% on page \pageref{demo},
% line \ref{demo}, and back here
% on page \pageref{demo2}, line
-% \ref{demo2}.
+% \ref{demo2}.
% \unskip}%
% To separate the official hooks from the internals there is
% this equivalence, to hook in later for whatever purpose:
@@ -1923,7 +1925,7 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
\def\gotNumberedPage#1#2#3#4{\oddNumberedPagefalse
\ifodd \if@twocolumn #3\else #2\fi\relax\oddNumberedPagetrue\fi
- \advance\c@linenumber\@ne
+ \advance\c@linenumber\@ne
\ifcolumnwiselinenumbers
\subtractlinenumberoffset{#1}%
\else
@@ -1949,7 +1951,7 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% in the ~\c@linenumber~ counter. This is what gets printed
% to the aux-file to make a label:
-\def\thePagewiseLineNumber{\protect
+\def\thePagewiseLineNumber{\protect
\getpagewiselinenumber{\the\c@linenumber}}%
% And here is what happens when the label is refered to:
@@ -1971,90 +1973,90 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% [MEM:] One macro per page. Great improvement over v1.02,
% which had one control sequence per line in
% addition. It blew the hash table after some five
-% thousand lines.
+% thousand lines.
% \end{description}
%
% \subsection{%
% Twocolumn mode (New v3.06)
% \unskip}
%
-% Twocolumn mode requires another patch to the ~\output~
-% routine, in order to print a column tag to the .aux
+% Twocolumn mode requires another patch to the ~\output~
+% routine, in order to print a column tag to the .aux
% file.
-\AtBeginDocument{% v4.2, revtex4.cls (e.g.).
- % <- TODO v4.4+: Or better in \LineNoLaTeXOutput!?
- \let\@LN@orig@makecol\@makecol}
+\AtBeginDocument{% v4.2, revtex4.cls (e.g.).
+ % <- TODO v4.4+: Or better in \LineNoLaTeXOutput!?
+ \let\@LN@orig@makecol\@makecol}
\def\@LN@makecol{%
\@LN@orig@makecol
\setbox\@outputbox \vbox{%
\boxmaxdepth \@maxdepth
- \protected@write\@auxout{}{%
+ \protected@write\@auxout{}{%
\string\@LN@col{\if@firstcolumn1\else2\fi}%
}%
- \box\@outputbox
+ \box\@outputbox
}% \vbox
-} %% TODO cf. revtexln.sty.
+} %% TODO cf. revtexln.sty.
-\def\@LN@col{\def\@LN@column} % v4.22, removed #1.
+\def\@LN@col{\def\@LN@column} % v4.22, removed #1.
\@LN@col{1}
%
% \subsection{%
-% Numbering modulo $m$, starting at $f$
+% Numbering modulo $m$, starting at $f$
%% Numbering modulo 5
-% \unskip}\label{ss:Mod}
-%
+% \unskip}\label{ss:Mod}
+%
% Most users want to have only one in five lines numbered.
% ~\LineNumber~ is supposed to produce the outfit of the
% line number attached to the line, while ~\thelinenumber~
% is used also for references, which should appear even if
-% they are not multiples of five.
-%
-% (New v4.00) Moreover, some users want to
-% control which line number should be printed first. Support
-% of this is now introduced here---see ~\firstlinenumber~
-% below.---~numline.sty~ by Michael Jaegermann and
-% James Fortune offers controlling which \emph{final}
-% line numbers should not be printed. What is
-% it good for? We ignore this here until some user demands
-% it.---Peter Wilson's ~ledmac.sty~ offers much different
-% choices of line numbers to be printed, due to Wayne Sullivan.
-% (/New v4.00)
-%
-% (New v4.22) ~\c@linenumbermodulo~ is rendered a
-% fake counter, as discussed since v4.00. So it can
-% no longer be set by ~\setcounter~. ~\modulolinenumbers~
-% serves this purpose. Well, does anybody want to do
-% what worked with ~\addtocounter~? (Then please tell
-% me.)---At least, ~\value~ still works. For the same
-% purpose I rename the fake `firstlinenumber' counter
-% ~\n@...~ to ~\c@...~. (/New v4.22)
+% they are not multiples of five.
+%
+% (New v4.00) Moreover, some users want to
+% control which line number should be printed first. Support
+% of this is now introduced here---see ~\firstlinenumber~
+% below.---~numline.sty~ by Michael Jaegermann and
+% James Fortune offers controlling which \emph{final}
+% line numbers should not be printed. What is
+% it good for? We ignore this here until some user demands
+% it.---Peter Wilson's ~ledmac.sty~ offers much different
+% choices of line numbers to be printed, due to Wayne Sullivan.
+% (/New v4.00)
+%
+% (New v4.22) ~\c@linenumbermodulo~ is rendered a
+% fake counter, as discussed since v4.00. So it can
+% no longer be set by ~\setcounter~. ~\modulolinenumbers~
+% serves this purpose. Well, does anybody want to do
+% what worked with ~\addtocounter~? (Then please tell
+% me.)---At least, ~\value~ still works. For the same
+% purpose I rename the fake `firstlinenumber' counter
+% ~\n@...~ to ~\c@...~. (/New v4.22)
% \begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
-% % \newcount\c@linenumbermodulo % removed for v4.22
+% % \newcount\c@linenumbermodulo % removed for v4.22
% \end{verbatim}
% \end{old}
-%
-%% Removed for v4.22:
-%% (UL) On my question why, e.g.,
-%% ~\chardef~ would not have sufficed, Stephan couldn't remember
-%% exactly; guessed that he wanted to offer \LaTeX\ counter
-%% facilities. However, the typical ones don't come this way.
-%% So I'm quite sure that I will change this next time.
-%%
-%% However, I observed at least two times that users gave a very
-%% high value to ~\c@linenumbermodulo~ in order to suppress
-%% printing of the line number. One of these users preferred an
-%% own way of handling line numbers, just wanted to use
-%% ~\linelabel~ and ~ednotes.sty~ features. Should we support this?
-%% I rather would like to advise them to
-%% ~\let\makeLineNumber\relax~. (/UL)
-%
-% (New v4.00) \par
-% ~\themodulolinenumber~ waits for being declared
-% ~\LineNumber~ by ~\modulolinenumbers~. (This has
-% been so before, no change.) Here is how it
-% looked before:
+%
+%% Removed for v4.22:
+%% (UL) On my question why, e.g.,
+%% ~\chardef~ would not have sufficed, Stephan couldn't remember
+%% exactly; guessed that he wanted to offer \LaTeX\ counter
+%% facilities. However, the typical ones don't come this way.
+%% So I'm quite sure that I will change this next time.
+%%
+%% However, I observed at least two times that users gave a very
+%% high value to ~\c@linenumbermodulo~ in order to suppress
+%% printing of the line number. One of these users preferred an
+%% own way of handling line numbers, just wanted to use
+%% ~\linelabel~ and ~ednotes.sty~ features. Should we support this?
+%% I rather would like to advise them to
+%% ~\let\makeLineNumber\relax~. (/UL)
+%
+% (New v4.00) \par
+% ~\themodulolinenumber~ waits for being declared
+% ~\LineNumber~ by ~\modulolinenumbers~. (This has
+% been so before, no change.) Here is how it
+% looked before:
% \begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% % \def\themodulolinenumber{{\@tempcnta\c@linenumber
% % \divide\@tempcnta\c@linenumbermodulo
@@ -2062,366 +2064,366 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% % \ifnum\@tempcnta=\c@linenumber\thelinenumber\fi
% % }}
% \end{verbatim}
-% \end{old}
-% (UL) This was somewhat slow. This arithmetic
-% happens at every line. This time I tend to declare an extra
-%% TODO v4.4+
-% line counter (as opposed to my usual recommendations to use
-% counters as rarely as possible) which is stepped every line.
-% It could be incremented in the same way as ~\c@LN@truepage~
-% is incremented via ~\cl@page~! This is another point in favour
-% of ~{linenumber}~ being a \LaTeX\ counter!
-% When this new counter equals ~\c@linenumbermodulo~, it is reset,
-% and ~\thelinenumber~ is executed.---It gets much slower by my
-% support of controlling the first line number below. I should
+% \end{old}
+% (UL) This was somewhat slow. This arithmetic
+% happens at every line. This time I tend to declare an extra
+%% TODO v4.4+
+% line counter (as opposed to my usual recommendations to use
+% counters as rarely as possible) which is stepped every line.
+% It could be incremented in the same way as ~\c@LN@truepage~
+% is incremented via ~\cl@page~! This is another point in favour
+% of ~{linenumber}~ being a \LaTeX\ counter!
+% When this new counter equals ~\c@linenumbermodulo~, it is reset,
+% and ~\thelinenumber~ is executed.---It gets much slower by my
+% support of controlling the first line number below. I should
% improve this.---On
-%% %% TODO v4.4+--pagewise!?
-% the other hand, time expense means very little nowadays,
-% while the number of \TeX\ counters still is limited.
-%
-% For the same purpose, moreover, attaching the line number
-% box could be intercepted earlier (in ~\MakeLineNo~),
-% without changing ~\LineNumber~. However, this may be
-% bad for the latter's announcement as a wizard interface
+%% %% TODO v4.4+--pagewise!?
+% the other hand, time expense means very little nowadays,
+% while the number of \TeX\ counters still is limited.
+%
+% For the same purpose, moreover, attaching the line number
+% box could be intercepted earlier (in ~\MakeLineNo~),
+% without changing ~\LineNumber~. However, this may be
+% bad for the latter's announcement as a wizard interface
% in section_\ref{s:UserCmds}.
-%%
-%% I wonder about Stephan's group. Its only effect is that
-%% ~\@tempcnta~ is restored after using it. What for is this?
+%%
+%% I wonder about Stephan's group. Its only effect is that
+%% ~\@tempcnta~ is restored after using it. What for is this?
%% I tend to remove the group braces. %% TODO v4.4+
-% (/UL)
-%
-% Here is the new code. It is very near to my ~lnopatch.sty~
-% code which introduced the first line number feature
-% before.---I add starting with a ~\relax~ which is so often
-% recommended---without understanding this really. At least,
-% it will not harm.---Former group braces appear as
-% ~\begingroup~/~\endgroup~ here.
+% (/UL)
+%
+% Here is the new code. It is very near to my ~lnopatch.sty~
+% code which introduced the first line number feature
+% before.---I add starting with a ~\relax~ which is so often
+% recommended---without understanding this really. At least,
+% it will not harm.---Former group braces appear as
+% ~\begingroup~/~\endgroup~ here.
\def\themodulolinenumber{\relax
- \ifnum\c@linenumber<\c@firstlinenumber \else
- \begingroup
+ \ifnum\c@linenumber<\c@firstlinenumber \else
+ \begingroup
\@tempcnta\c@linenumber
- \advance\@tempcnta-\c@firstlinenumber
+ \advance\@tempcnta-\c@firstlinenumber
\divide\@tempcnta\c@linenumbermodulo
\multiply\@tempcnta\c@linenumbermodulo
- \advance\@tempcnta\c@firstlinenumber
+ \advance\@tempcnta\c@firstlinenumber
\ifnum\@tempcnta=\c@linenumber \thelinenumber \fi
- \endgroup
- \fi
+ \endgroup
+ \fi
}
-% (/New v4.00)
-%
+% (/New v4.00)
+%
% The user command to set the modulo counter:
-% (New v4.31) \dots\ a star variant is introduced to implement
-% Hillel Chayim Yisraeli's idea to print the first line number
-% after an interruption of the edited text by some editor's
-% text, regardless of the modulo. If it is 1, it is printed only
+% (New v4.31) \dots\ a star variant is introduced to implement
+% Hillel Chayim Yisraeli's idea to print the first line number
+% after an interruption of the edited text by some editor's
+% text, regardless of the modulo. If it is 1, it is printed only
% with ~\firstlinenumber{1}~. I.e., you use ~\modulolinenumbers*~
-% for the new feature, without the star you get the simpler
-% behaviour that we have had so far. And you can switch back
-% from the refined behaviour to the simple one by using
-% ~\modulolinenumbers~ without the star.---This enhancement
-% is accompanied by a new package option ~modulo*~ which just
-% executes ~\modulolinenumbers*~
-% (subsection_\ref{ss:v3opts}).---`With ~\firstlinenumber{1}~'
-% exactly means: `1' is printed if and only if the last
-% ~\firstlinenumber~ before or in the paragraph that follows
-% the ``interruption'' has argument `1' (or something
-% \emph{expanding} to `1', or (to) something that \TeX\
-% ``reads'' as 1, e.g.: a \TeX\ count register storing
-% 1).---At present, this behaviour may be unsatisfactory with
-% pagewise line-numbering $\dots$ I'll make an experimental
+% for the new feature, without the star you get the simpler
+% behaviour that we have had so far. And you can switch back
+% from the refined behaviour to the simple one by using
+% ~\modulolinenumbers~ without the star.---This enhancement
+% is accompanied by a new package option ~modulo*~ which just
+% executes ~\modulolinenumbers*~
+% (subsection_\ref{ss:v3opts}).---`With ~\firstlinenumber{1}~'
+% exactly means: `1' is printed if and only if the last
+% ~\firstlinenumber~ before or in the paragraph that follows
+% the ``interruption'' has argument `1' (or something
+% \emph{expanding} to `1', or (to) something that \TeX\
+% ``reads'' as 1, e.g.: a \TeX\ count register storing
+% 1).---At present, this behaviour may be unsatisfactory with
+% pagewise line-numbering $\dots$ I'll make an experimental
% extra package if someone complains \dots
-\newcommand\modulolinenumbers{%
+\newcommand\modulolinenumbers{%
\@ifstar
- {\def\@LN@maybe@moduloresume{%
+ {\def\@LN@maybe@moduloresume{%
\global\let\@LN@maybe@normalLineNumber
- \@LN@normalLineNumber}%
- \@LN@modulolinenos}%
+ \@LN@normalLineNumber}%
+ \@LN@modulolinenos}%
{\let\@LN@maybe@moduloresume\relax \@LN@modulolinenos}%
}
-\global\let\@LN@maybe@normalLineNumber\relax
-\let\@LN@maybe@moduloresume\relax
-\gdef\@LN@normalLineNumber{%
- \ifnum\c@linenumber=\c@firstlinenumber \else
+\global\let\@LN@maybe@normalLineNumber\relax
+\let\@LN@maybe@moduloresume\relax
+\gdef\@LN@normalLineNumber{%
+ \ifnum\c@linenumber=\c@firstlinenumber \else
\ifnum\c@linenumber>\@ne
- \def\LineNumber{\thelinenumber}%
- \fi
- \fi
+ \def\LineNumber{\thelinenumber}%
+ \fi
+ \fi
%%
-% ~\def~ instead of ~\let~ enables taking account of a
-% redefinition of ~\thelinenumber~ in a present numbering
-% environment (e.g.).
+% ~\def~ instead of ~\let~ enables taking account of a
+% redefinition of ~\thelinenumber~ in a present numbering
+% environment (e.g.).
%%
\global\let\@LN@maybe@normalLineNumber\relax}
-% Instead of changing ~\LineNumber~ directly by
+% Instead of changing ~\LineNumber~ directly by
% ~LN@moduloresume~, these tricks enable ~\modulolinenumbers*~
-% to act as locally as I can make it. I don't know how to
-% avoid that the output routine switches back to the normal
-% modulo behaviour by a global change. (An ~\aftergroup~ may
+% to act as locally as I can make it. I don't know how to
+% avoid that the output routine switches back to the normal
+% modulo behaviour by a global change. (An ~\aftergroup~ may
% fail in admittedly improbable cases.)
\newcommand*\@LN@modulolinenos[1][\z@]{%
-%%
-% The definition of this macro is that of the former
-% ~\modulolinenumbers~. (/New v4.31)
+%%
+% The definition of this macro is that of the former
+% ~\modulolinenumbers~. (/New v4.31)
%%
\let\LineNumber\themodulolinenumber
- \ifnum#1>\@ne
- \chardef % v4.22, note below
+ \ifnum#1>\@ne
+ \chardef % v4.22, note below
\c@linenumbermodulo#1\relax
- \else\ifnum#1=\@ne
+ \else\ifnum#1=\@ne
% \begin{old}\begin{verbatim}
% % \def\LineNumber{\thelinenumber}%
% \end{verbatim}
-% \end{old}
-% (New v4.00) I am putting something here to enable
-% ~\firstlinenumber~ with $~\c@linenumbermodulo~=1$.
-% With ~lnopatch.sty~, a trick was offered for this purpose.
-% It is now obsolete.
-%
- \def\LineNumber{\@LN@ifgreat\thelinenumber}%
-%%
-% (/New v4.00)
-%%
+% \end{old}
+% (New v4.00) I am putting something here to enable
+% ~\firstlinenumber~ with $~\c@linenumbermodulo~=1$.
+% With ~lnopatch.sty~, a trick was offered for this purpose.
+% It is now obsolete.
+%
+ \def\LineNumber{\@LN@ifgreat\thelinenumber}%
+%%
+% (/New v4.00)
+%%
\fi\fi
}
-% (New v4.00) The default of ~\@LN@ifgreat~ is
+% (New v4.00) The default of ~\@LN@ifgreat~ is
\let\@LN@ifgreat\relax
-% The previous changes as soon as ~\firstlinenumber~ is used:
+% The previous changes as soon as ~\firstlinenumber~ is used:
-\newcommand*\firstlinenumber[1]{%
- \chardef\c@firstlinenumber#1\relax
-%%
-% No counter, little values allowed only---OK?---(UL)
-% The change is local---OK? The good thing is that
-% ~\global\firstlinenumber{~<number>~}~ works. Moreover,
+\newcommand*\firstlinenumber[1]{%
+ \chardef\c@firstlinenumber#1\relax
+%%
+% No counter, little values allowed only---OK?---(UL)
+% The change is local---OK? The good thing is that
+% ~\global\firstlinenumber{~<number>~}~ works. Moreover,
% ~\modulolinenumbers~ acts locally as well. (/UL)
%
-% (New v4.31)
-%%
- \let\@LN@ifgreat\@LN@ifgreat@critical}
+% (New v4.31)
+%%
+ \let\@LN@ifgreat\@LN@ifgreat@critical}
\def\@LN@ifgreat@critical{%
- \ifnum\c@linenumber<\c@firstlinenumber
- \expandafter \@gobble
- \fi}%
+ \ifnum\c@linenumber<\c@firstlinenumber
+ \expandafter \@gobble
+ \fi}%
-% (/New v4.31)
-%
-% The default
-% value of ~\c@firstlinenumber~ %% v4.31
-% is 0. This is best for what one would expect from modulo
-% printing.
+% (/New v4.31)
+%
+% The default
+% value of ~\c@firstlinenumber~ %% v4.31
+% is 0. This is best for what one would expect from modulo
+% printing.
\let\c@firstlinenumber=\z@
-%
-% For usage and effects of ~\modulolinenumbers~ and %% v4.31
-% ~\firstlinenumbers~, please consult section_\ref{s:UserCmds}.
-% Two details on ~\firstlinenumbers~ here:
-% (i)_~\firstlinenumber~ acts on a paragraph if and only if
-% (a)_the paragraph is broken into lines ``in line-numbering
-% mode'' (after ~\linenumbers~, e.g.);
-% (b)_it is the last occurrence of a ~\firstlinenumbers~
-% before or in the paragraph.
-% (The practical applications of this that I can imagine
-% don't seem appealing to me.)
-% Cf._the explanation above of how ~\modulolinenumbers~ and
-% ~\firstlinenumbers~ interact---for this and for (ii),
-% which is concerned with possible arguments for
-% ~\firstlinenumbers~.
-%
-% Note that the line numbers of the present section
-% demonstrate the two devices. (/New v4.00)
+%
+% For usage and effects of ~\modulolinenumbers~ and %% v4.31
+% ~\firstlinenumbers~, please consult section_\ref{s:UserCmds}.
+% Two details on ~\firstlinenumbers~ here:
+% (i)_~\firstlinenumber~ acts on a paragraph if and only if
+% (a)_the paragraph is broken into lines ``in line-numbering
+% mode'' (after ~\linenumbers~, e.g.);
+% (b)_it is the last occurrence of a ~\firstlinenumbers~
+% before or in the paragraph.
+% (The practical applications of this that I can imagine
+% don't seem appealing to me.)
+% Cf._the explanation above of how ~\modulolinenumbers~ and
+% ~\firstlinenumbers~ interact---for this and for (ii),
+% which is concerned with possible arguments for
+% ~\firstlinenumbers~.
+%
+% Note that the line numbers of the present section
+% demonstrate the two devices. (/New v4.00)
%%\setcounter{linenumbermodulo}{5}
-\chardef\c@linenumbermodulo=5 % v4.2; ugly?
+\chardef\c@linenumbermodulo=5 % v4.2; ugly?
\modulolinenumbers[1]
-% (New v4.22) The new implementation through ~\chardef~
-% decreases the functionality and raises certain compatibility
-% problems. I face this without fear. The maximum modulo value
-% is now ~255~. I expect that this suffices for usual applications.
-% However, some users have ``abused'' ~lineno.sty~ to get
-% ~ednotes.sty~ features without line numbers, so have set the
-% modulo to a value beyond the total number of lines in their
-% edition. This ought to be replaced by
-% ~\let\makeLineNumber\relax~. (/New v4.22)
-%
-% \section{%
+% (New v4.22) The new implementation through ~\chardef~
+% decreases the functionality and raises certain compatibility
+% problems. I face this without fear. The maximum modulo value
+% is now ~255~. I expect that this suffices for usual applications.
+% However, some users have ``abused'' ~lineno.sty~ to get
+% ~ednotes.sty~ features without line numbers, so have set the
+% modulo to a value beyond the total number of lines in their
+% edition. This ought to be replaced by
+% ~\let\makeLineNumber\relax~. (/New v4.22)
+%
+% \section{%
% Package options
-% \unskip}\label{s:Opts}
-%
-% (New v4.1)
-% The last heading formerly was the heading of what is now
-% subsection_\ref{ss:v3opts}. The options declared there were
-% said to execute user commands only. This was wrong already
-% concerning ~displaymath~ and ~hyperref~. At least, however,
-% these options were no or almost no occasion to skip definitions
-% or allocations. This is different with the options that we now
-% insert.
-%
-%% (New v4.2) v4.00 moved the ``options'' below the
-%% ``extensions''. This was bad with ~\do@mlineno~ in
-%% subsection_\ref{ss:v3opts} which is to control
-%% subsection_\ref{ss:display}---undone here. (/New v4.2)
+% \unskip}\label{s:Opts}
+%
+% (New v4.1)
+% The last heading formerly was the heading of what is now
+% subsection_\ref{ss:v3opts}. The options declared there were
+% said to execute user commands only. This was wrong already
+% concerning ~displaymath~ and ~hyperref~. At least, however,
+% these options were no or almost no occasion to skip definitions
+% or allocations. This is different with the options that we now
+% insert.
+%
+%% (New v4.2) v4.00 moved the ``options'' below the
+%% ``extensions''. This was bad with ~\do@mlineno~ in
+%% subsection_\ref{ss:v3opts} which is to control
+%% subsection_\ref{ss:display}---undone here. (/New v4.2)
%
% \subsection{%
% Extended referencing to line numbers. (v4.2)
% \unskip}
% This subsection explains and declares package option ~addpageno~. %% v4.31
-%
-% If a line to whose number you refer by ~\ref~ is not on the
-% present page, it may be useful to add the number of the page
-% on which the line occurs---and perhaps it should not be added
-% otherwise. In general, you could use the Standard \LaTeX\
-% package varioref for this. However, the latter usually
+%
+% If a line to whose number you refer by ~\ref~ is not on the
+% present page, it may be useful to add the number of the page
+% on which the line occurs---and perhaps it should not be added
+% otherwise. In general, you could use the Standard \LaTeX\
+% package varioref for this. However, the latter usually
% produces verbose output like `on the preceding page'---
-% unless costumized---, while in critical editions, e.g., one
-% may prefer just adding the page number and some mark on the
-% left of the line number, irrespectively of how far the page is
-% apart etc. To support this, package option ~addpageno~
-% provides a command ~\vpagelineref~ to be used in place of
-% ~\ref~. This produces, e.g., `34.15' when referring to line_15
-% on page_34 while the present page is not 34. You can customize
-% the outcome, see the package file ~vplref.sty~ where the code
-% and further details are. You may conceive of
-% ~\vpagelineref~ as a certain customization of varioref's
-% ~\vref~.
-%
-% This implies that option ~addpageno~ requires the files
-% ~vplref.sty~ and ~varioref.sty~. ~addpageno~ automatically
-% loads both of them. Yet you can also load ~varioref.sty~
-% on your own to use its package options.
-%
-% Of course, you might better introduce a shorter command name
-% for ~\vpagelineref~ for your work, while we cannot predict
-% here what shorthand will fit your work. E.g.,
+% unless costumized---, while in critical editions, e.g., one
+% may prefer just adding the page number and some mark on the
+% left of the line number, irrespectively of how far the page is
+% apart etc. To support this, package option ~addpageno~
+% provides a command ~\vpagelineref~ to be used in place of
+% ~\ref~. This produces, e.g., `34.15' when referring to line_15
+% on page_34 while the present page is not 34. You can customize
+% the outcome, see the package file ~vplref.sty~ where the code
+% and further details are. You may conceive of
+% ~\vpagelineref~ as a certain customization of varioref's
+% ~\vref~.
+%
+% This implies that option ~addpageno~ requires the files
+% ~vplref.sty~ and ~varioref.sty~. ~addpageno~ automatically
+% loads both of them. Yet you can also load ~varioref.sty~
+% on your own to use its package options.
+%
+% Of course, you might better introduce a shorter command name
+% for ~\vpagelineref~ for your work, while we cannot predict
+% here what shorthand will fit your work. E.g.,
% ~\newcommand{\lref}{\vpagelineref}~.
-%
-% If you really want to add the page number in \emph{any} case,
-% use, e.g., some ~\myref~ instead of ~\ref~, after
-% \[~newcommand*{\myref}{\pageref{#1}.\ref{#1}}~\]
-% or what you like. You don't need the ~addpageno~ option in
-% this case.
-%
-% ~addpageno~ is due to a suggestion by Sergei Mariev.
-
-\DeclareOption{addpageno}{%
- \AtEndOfPackage{\RequirePackage{vplref}[2005/04/25]}}
-
-% \subsection{%
-% \scs{linelabel} in math mode
+%
+% If you really want to add the page number in \emph{any} case,
+% use, e.g., some ~\myref~ instead of ~\ref~, after
+% \[~newcommand*{\myref}{\pageref{#1}.\ref{#1}}~\]
+% or what you like. You don't need the ~addpageno~ option in
+% this case.
+%
+% ~addpageno~ is due to a suggestion by Sergei Mariev.
+
+\DeclareOption{addpageno}{%
+ \AtEndOfPackage{\RequirePackage{vplref}[2005/04/25]}}
+
+% \subsection{%
+% \scs{linelabel} in math mode
% \unskip}\label{ss:MathRef}
-%
-% We have made some first steps towards allowing ~\linelabel~ in
-% math mode. Because our code for this is presently experimental,
-% we leave it to the user to decide for the experiment by calling
-% option ~mathrefs~. We are in a hurry now and thus leave the
-% code, explanations, and discussion in the separate package
-% ~ednmath0.sty~. Maybe we later find the time to improve the
-% code and move the relevant content of ~ednmath0.sty~ to here.
-% The optimal situation would be to define ~\linelabel~ from
-% the start so it works in math mode, omitting the ~mathrefs~
-% option.
-%
-% Actually, this package even provides adjustments for analogously
-% allowing ~ednotes.sty~ commands in math mode. Loading the package
-% is postponed to ~\AtBeginDocument~ when we know whether these
-% adjustments are needed.
-
-\DeclareOption{mathrefs}{\AtBeginDocument
- {\RequirePackage{ednmath0}[2004/08/20]}}
-
-%
-% \subsection{%
+%
+% We have made some first steps towards allowing ~\linelabel~ in
+% math mode. Because our code for this is presently experimental,
+% we leave it to the user to decide for the experiment by calling
+% option ~mathrefs~. We are in a hurry now and thus leave the
+% code, explanations, and discussion in the separate package
+% ~ednmath0.sty~. Maybe we later find the time to improve the
+% code and move the relevant content of ~ednmath0.sty~ to here.
+% The optimal situation would be to define ~\linelabel~ from
+% the start so it works in math mode, omitting the ~mathrefs~
+% option.
+%
+% Actually, this package even provides adjustments for analogously
+% allowing ~ednotes.sty~ commands in math mode. Loading the package
+% is postponed to ~\AtBeginDocument~ when we know whether these
+% adjustments are needed.
+
+\DeclareOption{mathrefs}{\AtBeginDocument
+ {\RequirePackage{ednmath0}[2004/08/20]}}
+
+%
+% \subsection{%
% Arrays, tabular environments (Revised v4.11)
-% \unskip}\label{ss:Tab}
-%
+% \unskip}\label{ss:Tab}
+%
% This subsection explains and declares package options %% v4.31
% ~edtable~, ~longtable~, and ~nolongtablepatch~.
%
-% The standard \LaTeX\ tabular environments come as single
-% boxes, so the ~lineno.sty~ versions before v4.00 treated them as
-% (parts of) single lines, printing (at most) one line number
-% beside each and stepping the line number counter once only.
-% Moreover, ~\linelabel~s got lost. Of course, tables are
-% usually so high that you will want to treat each row like a
-% line. (Christian Tapp even desires that the lines of table
-% entries belonging to a single row are treated like ordinary
-% lines.) Footnotes get lost in such environments as well, which
+% The standard \LaTeX\ tabular environments come as single
+% boxes, so the ~lineno.sty~ versions before v4.00 treated them as
+% (parts of) single lines, printing (at most) one line number
+% beside each and stepping the line number counter once only.
+% Moreover, ~\linelabel~s got lost. Of course, tables are
+% usually so high that you will want to treat each row like a
+% line. (Christian Tapp even desires that the lines of table
+% entries belonging to a single row are treated like ordinary
+% lines.) Footnotes get lost in such environments as well, which
% was bad for ~ednotes.sty~.
-%
-% We provide adjustments to count lines, print their numbers
-% etc.\ as desired at least for \emph{some} \LaTeX\ tabular
-% environments. (Like with other details, ``some'' is to some
-% extent explained in ~edtable.sty~.) We do this similarly as
-% with option ~mathrefs~ before. We leave code
-% and explanations in the separate package ~edtable.sty~.
-% (For wizards: this package provides adjustments for
-% ~ednotes.sty~ as well. However, in the present case we don't try
-% to avoid them unless ~ednotes.sty~ is loaded.)
-% Package option ~edtable~
-% defines---by loading ~edtable.sty~---an environment ~{edtable}~
-% which is able to change some \LaTeX\ tabular environments
-% with the desired effects. (v4.11: ~edtable.sty~ v1.3 counts
-% \LaTeX's ~{array}~ [etc.\@] as a ``tabular environment'' as
-% well.)
-%
-% The ~{edtable}~ environment doesn't help with ~longtable.sty~,
-% however. To make up for this, ~{longtable}~ is adjusted in a
-% different way---and this happens only when another ~lineno.sty~
-% option ~longtable~ is called. In this case, option ~edtable~
-% needn't be called explicitly: option ~longtable~ works as if
-% ~edtable~ had been called.
-%
-% Now, we are convinced that vertical spacing around
-% ~{longtable}~ works wrongly---see \LaTeX\ bugs database
-% tools/3180 and 3485, or see explanations in the package
+%
+% We provide adjustments to count lines, print their numbers
+% etc.\ as desired at least for \emph{some} \LaTeX\ tabular
+% environments. (Like with other details, ``some'' is to some
+% extent explained in ~edtable.sty~.) We do this similarly as
+% with option ~mathrefs~ before. We leave code
+% and explanations in the separate package ~edtable.sty~.
+% (For wizards: this package provides adjustments for
+% ~ednotes.sty~ as well. However, in the present case we don't try
+% to avoid them unless ~ednotes.sty~ is loaded.)
+% Package option ~edtable~
+% defines---by loading ~edtable.sty~---an environment ~{edtable}~
+% which is able to change some \LaTeX\ tabular environments
+% with the desired effects. (v4.11: ~edtable.sty~ v1.3 counts
+% \LaTeX's ~{array}~ [etc.\@] as a ``tabular environment'' as
+% well.)
+%
+% The ~{edtable}~ environment doesn't help with ~longtable.sty~,
+% however. To make up for this, ~{longtable}~ is adjusted in a
+% different way---and this happens only when another ~lineno.sty~
+% option ~longtable~ is called. In this case, option ~edtable~
+% needn't be called explicitly: option ~longtable~ works as if
+% ~edtable~ had been called.
+%
+% Now, we are convinced that vertical spacing around
+% ~{longtable}~ works wrongly---see \LaTeX\ bugs database
+% tools/3180 and 3485, or see explanations in the package
% ~ltabptch.sty~ (which is to be obtained from CTAN folder
% \path{macros/latex/ltabptch}). Our conviction is so strong
% that the ~longtable~ option loads---after ~longtable.sty~---the
% patch package ~ltabptch.sty~. If the user doesn't want this
-% (maybe preferring her own arrangement with the vertical
-% spacing), she can forbid it by calling ~nolongtablepatch~.
-%
-% The following code just collects some choices, which are
-% then executed in section_\ref{ss:ExOpt}. We use an ~\if...~
-% without ~\newif~ since ~\if...true~ and ~\if...false~
-% would occur at most two times and only within the present
-% package. (~\AtEndOfClass{\RequirePackage{edtable}}~
-% could be used instead, I just overlooked this. Now I don't
-% change it because it allows to change the version requirement
+% (maybe preferring her own arrangement with the vertical
+% spacing), she can forbid it by calling ~nolongtablepatch~.
+%
+% The following code just collects some choices, which are
+% then executed in section_\ref{ss:ExOpt}. We use an ~\if...~
+% without ~\newif~ since ~\if...true~ and ~\if...false~
+% would occur at most two times and only within the present
+% package. (~\AtEndOfClass{\RequirePackage{edtable}}~
+% could be used instead, I just overlooked this. Now I don't
+% change it because it allows to change the version requirement
% at one place only.)
-\let\if@LN@edtable\iffalse
+\let\if@LN@edtable\iffalse
\DeclareOption{edtable}{\let\if@LN@edtable\iftrue}
-\DeclareOption{longtable}{\let\if@LN@edtable\iftrue
+\DeclareOption{longtable}{\let\if@LN@edtable\iftrue
\PassOptionsToPackage{longtable}{edtable}}
-\DeclareOption{nolongtablepatch}{%
+\DeclareOption{nolongtablepatch}{%
\PassOptionsToPackage{nolongtablepatch}{edtable}}
-% (/New v4.1)
-%
-% \subsection{%
-% Switch among settings
+% (/New v4.1)
+%
+% \subsection{%
+% Switch among settings
% \unskip}\label{ss:v3opts}
-%
-% There is a bunch of package options that execute %% v4.2
-%% There is a bunch of package options, all of them executing
-%% executing only user commands (see below). %% Cf. start of section.
-% user commands only.
+%
+% There is a bunch of package options that execute %% v4.2
+%% There is a bunch of package options, all of them executing
+%% executing only user commands (see below). %% Cf. start of section.
+% user commands only.
%
% Options ~left~ (~right~) put the line numbers on the left
% (right) margin. This works in all modes. ~left~ is the
@@ -2445,9 +2447,9 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
\switchlinenumbers*%
\runningpagewiselinenumbers}
-% In twocolumn mode, we can switch the line numbers to
+% In twocolumn mode, we can switch the line numbers to
% the outer margin, and/or start with number 1 in each
-% column. Margin switching is covered by the ~switch~
+% column. Margin switching is covered by the ~switch~
% options.
\DeclareOption{columnwise}{\setpagewiselinenumbers
@@ -2464,7 +2466,7 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% come to rest. This allows the subtraction of the page
% offset, getting the numbers starting with 1 on top of each
% page, and margin switching in twoside formats becomes
-% possible. The default mode is ~running~.
+% possible. The default mode is ~running~.
%
% The order of declaration of the options is important here
% ~pagewise~ must come after ~switch~, to overide running
@@ -2482,12 +2484,12 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
\DeclareOption{running}{\setrunninglinenumbers}
% The option ~modulo~ causes only those linenumbers to be
-% printed which are multiples of five.
+% printed which are multiples of five.
\DeclareOption{modulo}{\modulolinenumbers\relax}
-% Option ~modulo*~ modifies ~modulo~ in working like
-% ~\modulolinenumbers*~---see section_\ref{s:UserCmds}.
+% Option ~modulo*~ modifies ~modulo~ in working like
+% ~\modulolinenumbers*~---see section_\ref{s:UserCmds}.
\DeclareOption{modulo*}{\modulolinenumbers*\relax}
@@ -2501,124 +2503,124 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
\DeclareOption{mathlines}{\linenumberdisplaymath}
-% ~displaymath~ now calls for wrappers of the standard
-% \LaTeX\ display math environment. This was previously
+% ~displaymath~ now calls for wrappers of the standard
+% \LaTeX\ display math environment. This was previously
% done by ~mlineno.sty~.
-%
-% (New v4.3) Option `displaymath' becomes default according
-% to Erik \mbox{Luijten}'s suggestion. I was finally convinced
-% of this as soon as I discovered how to avoid a spurious line
-% number above ~\begin{linenomath}~ (subsection_\ref{ss:DM}).
-% ~\endlinenomath~ provides ~\ignorespaces~, so what could go
-% wrong now?
+%
+% (New v4.3) Option `displaymath' becomes default according
+% to Erik \mbox{Luijten}'s suggestion. I was finally convinced
+% of this as soon as I discovered how to avoid a spurious line
+% number above ~\begin{linenomath}~ (subsection_\ref{ss:DM}).
+% ~\endlinenomath~ provides ~\ignorespaces~, so what could go
+% wrong now?
\DeclareOption{displaymath}{\PackageWarningNoLine{lineno}{%
- Option [displaymath] is obsolete -- default now!}}
-%%
+ Option [displaymath] is obsolete -- default now!}}
+%%
%%\let\do@mlineno\relax
%%\DeclareOption{displaymath}{\let\do@mlineno\@empty}
-% (/New v4.3)
-%
+% (/New v4.3)
+%
% \subsection{%
-% Compatibility with \texttt{hyperref} %% own subsec. v4.3.
+% Compatibility with \texttt{hyperref} %% own subsec. v4.3.
% \unskip}
-% The ~hyperref~ package, via ~nameref~, requires three more
-% groups in the second argment of a ~\newlabel~. Well, why
+% The ~hyperref~ package, via ~nameref~, requires three more
+% groups in the second argment of a ~\newlabel~. Well, why
% shouldn't it get them? (New v3.07) The presence of the
% ~nameref~ package is now detected automatically
% ~\AtBeginDocument~. (/New v3.07) (Fixed in v3.09) We try
% to be smart, and test ~\AtBeginDocument~ if the ~nameref~
% package is loaded, but ~hyperref~ postpones the loading of
% ~nameref~ too, so this is all in vain.
-%
-% (New v4.3) But we can also test at the first ~\linelabel~.
-% Regarding the error-message for misplaced ~\linelabel~ from v4.11:
-% previously, ~\linenumbers~ rendered ~\linelabel~ the genuine
-% version of ~\linelabel~ from the start on. This doesn't work
-% now, since ~\@LN@linelabel~ may change its meaning after the
-% first ~\linenumbers~ and before a next one (if there is some).
-% (/New v4.3)
+%
+% (New v4.3) But we can also test at the first ~\linelabel~.
+% Regarding the error-message for misplaced ~\linelabel~ from v4.11:
+% previously, ~\linenumbers~ rendered ~\linelabel~ the genuine
+% version of ~\linelabel~ from the start on. This doesn't work
+% now, since ~\@LN@linelabel~ may change its meaning after the
+% first ~\linenumbers~ and before a next one (if there is some).
+% (/New v4.3)
\DeclareOption{hyperref}{\PackageWarningNoLine{lineno}{%
- Option [hyperref] is obsolete.
+ Option [hyperref] is obsolete.
\MessageBreak The hyperref package is detected automatically.}}
-\AtBeginDocument{%
+\AtBeginDocument{%
\@ifpackageloaded{nameref}{%
-%%
-% (New v4.3) ``Global'' is merely ``symbolic'' ~\AtBeginDoc...~.
-% If ~nameref~ is not detected here, the next ~\@LN@linelabel~
-% will do almost the same, then globally indeed.
%%
- \gdef\@LN@ExtraLabelItems{{}{}{}}%
+% (New v4.3) ``Global'' is merely ``symbolic'' ~\AtBeginDoc...~.
+% If ~nameref~ is not detected here, the next ~\@LN@linelabel~
+% will do almost the same, then globally indeed.
+%%
+ \gdef\@LN@ExtraLabelItems{{}{}{}}%
}{%
- \global\let\@LN@@linelabel\@LN@linelabel
- \gdef\@LN@linelabel{%
-%%
-% ~\@ifpackageloaded~ is ``preamble only'', its---very
-% internal---preamble definition is replicated here:
-%%
- \expandafter
- \ifx\csname ver@nameref.sty\endcsname\relax \else
- \gdef\@LN@ExtraLabelItems{{}{}{}}%
- \fi
-%%
-% Now aim at the ``usual'' behaviour:
-%%
- \global\let\@LN@linelabel\@LN@@linelabel
- \global\let\@LN@@linelabel\relax
+ \global\let\@LN@@linelabel\@LN@linelabel
+ \gdef\@LN@linelabel{%
+%%
+% ~\@ifpackageloaded~ is ``preamble only'', its---very
+% internal---preamble definition is replicated here:
+%%
+ \expandafter
+ \ifx\csname ver@nameref.sty\endcsname\relax \else
+ \gdef\@LN@ExtraLabelItems{{}{}{}}%
+ \fi
+%%
+% Now aim at the ``usual'' behaviour:
+%%
+ \global\let\@LN@linelabel\@LN@@linelabel
+ \global\let\@LN@@linelabel\relax
\@LN@linelabel
- }%
+ }%
}%
-}
-
-% (/New v4.3)
-%
-% (New v4.1)
-% \subsection{%
-% A note on calling so many options
-% \unskip}
-%
-% The number of package options may stimulate worrying about how to
-% \emph{enter} all the options that one would like to use---they may
-% not fit into one line. Fortunately, you can safely break code lines
+}
+
+% (/New v4.3)
+%
+% (New v4.1)
+% \subsection{%
+% A note on calling so many options
+% \unskip}
+%
+% The number of package options may stimulate worrying about how to
+% \emph{enter} all the options that one would like to use---they may
+% not fit into one line. Fortunately, you can safely break code lines
% after the commas separating the option names in the ~\usepackage~
-% command (no comment marks needed).
-%
-% \subsection{%
+% command (no comment marks needed).
+%
+% \subsection{%
% Execute options
% \unskip}\label{ss:ExOpt}
-%
-% We stop declaring options and execute the ones that are
+%
+% We stop declaring options and execute the ones that are
% called by the user. (/New v4.1)
\ProcessOptions
-% (New v4.1) Now we know whether ~edtable.sty~ is wanted
-% and (if it is) with which options it is to be called.
+% (New v4.1) Now we know whether ~edtable.sty~ is wanted
+% and (if it is) with which options it is to be called.
-\if@LN@edtable \RequirePackage{edtable}[2005/03/07] \fi
+\if@LN@edtable \RequirePackage{edtable}[2005/03/07] \fi
-% (/New v4.1)
-%
+% (/New v4.1)
+%
% \section{%
-% Former package extensions
+% Former package extensions
% \label{s:Xt}\unskip}
%
-% The extensions in this section were previously supplied
-% in separate ~.sty~ files.
+% The extensions in this section were previously supplied
+% in separate ~.sty~ files.
%
% \subsection{%
% $display math$
% \unskip}\label{ss:display}
-%% (New v4.32)
-% (New v4.3) From now on, you no longer need to type
-% the ~{linenomath}~ environment with the ~\[~, ~{equation}~,
-% and ~{eqnarray}~ environments---and you no longer need to
-% use the former package option ~displaymath~ for this feature.
-% (/New v4.3)
-%% (/New v4.32)
-%
+%% (New v4.32)
+% (New v4.3) From now on, you no longer need to type
+% the ~{linenomath}~ environment with the ~\[~, ~{equation}~,
+% and ~{eqnarray}~ environments---and you no longer need to
+% use the former package option ~displaymath~ for this feature.
+% (/New v4.3)
+%% (/New v4.32)
+%
% The standard \LaTeX\ display math environments are
% wrapped in a ~{linenomath}~ environment.
%
@@ -2632,20 +2634,20 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% (New 3.05a) for ~{eqnarray}~s we rather keep the
% old trick. (/New 3.05a)
%
-% (New 3.08) Wrap ~\[~ and ~\]~ into ~{linenomath}~,
+% (New 3.08) Wrap ~\[~ and ~\]~ into ~{linenomath}~,
% instead of ~{displaymath}~. Also save the definition
-% of ~\equation~, instead of replicating the current
+% of ~\equation~, instead of replicating the current
% \LaTeX\ definition. (/New 3.08)
%%\ifx\do@mlineno\@empty
\@ifundefined{mathindent}{
-%% \AtBeginDocument{%
+%% \AtBeginDocument{%
\let\LN@displaymath\[%
\let\LN@enddisplaymath\]%
\renewcommand\[{\begin{linenomath}\LN@displaymath}%
\renewcommand\]{\LN@enddisplaymath\end{linenomath}}%
-%
+%
\let\LN@equation\equation
\let\LN@endequation\endequation
\renewenvironment{equation}%
@@ -2653,7 +2655,7 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
{\LN@endequation\endlinenomath}%
%% }
- }{}% \@ifundefined{mathindent} -- 3rd arg v4.2, was \par!
+ }{}% \@ifundefined{mathindent} -- 3rd arg v4.2, was \par!
%%\AtBeginDocument{%
\let\LN@eqnarray\eqnarray
@@ -2662,41 +2664,41 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
{\linenomath\LN@eqnarray}%
{\LN@endeqnarray\endlinenomath}%
%%}
-
+
%%\fi
-% (UL) Indeed. The \LaTeX\ macros are saved for
-% unnumbered mode, which is detected by ~\linenomath~.
-% (/UL)
+% (UL) Indeed. The \LaTeX\ macros are saved for
+% unnumbered mode, which is detected by ~\linenomath~.
+% (/UL)
%
% \subsection{%
% Line numbers in internal vertical mode
% \unskip}\label{ss:ILN}
%
-% The command ~\internallinenumbers~ adds line numbers in
+% The command ~\internallinenumbers~ adds line numbers in
% internal vertical mode, but with limitations: we assume
% fixed baseline skip.
%
-% (v4.22) v3.10 provided a global (~\global\advance~)
-% as well as a local version (star-form, using
-% ~\c@internallinenumber~). ~\resetlinenumbers~ acted
-% locally and was here used with the global version---save
-% stack danger, \TeX book p._301---in v4.00 I
-% disabled the global version therefore. Now I find that
-% it is better to keep a global version, and the now global
-% ~\resetlinenumbers~ is perfect for this. The global version
-% allows continuing the ``internal'' numbers in the ensuing
-% ``external'' text, and---unless reset by brackets
-% argument---continuing the above series of line numbers.
-% As with v3.10, the local version always starts with
-% line number one. A new ~\@LN@iglobal~ steps ~\global~ly
-% in the global version, otherwise it is ~\relax~.
-% (I also remove all my stupid discussions as of v4.00.
+% (v4.22) v3.10 provided a global (~\global\advance~)
+% as well as a local version (star-form, using
+% ~\c@internallinenumber~). ~\resetlinenumbers~ acted
+% locally and was here used with the global version---save
+% stack danger, \TeX book p._301---in v4.00 I
+% disabled the global version therefore. Now I find that
+% it is better to keep a global version, and the now global
+% ~\resetlinenumbers~ is perfect for this. The global version
+% allows continuing the ``internal'' numbers in the ensuing
+% ``external'' text, and---unless reset by brackets
+% argument---continuing the above series of line numbers.
+% As with v3.10, the local version always starts with
+% line number one. A new ~\@LN@iglobal~ steps ~\global~ly
+% in the global version, otherwise it is ~\relax~.
+% (I also remove all my stupid discussions as of v4.00.
% And I use ~\newcommand~.) (v4.22)
-\let\@LN@iglobal\global % v4.22
+\let\@LN@iglobal\global % v4.22
-\newcommand\internallinenumbers{\setrunninglinenumbers
+\newcommand\internallinenumbers{\setrunninglinenumbers
\let\@@par\internallinenumberpar
\ifx\@par\@@@par\let\@par\internallinenumberpar\fi
\ifx\par\@@@par\let\par\internallinenumberpar\fi
@@ -2715,7 +2717,7 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
\newcount\c@internallinenumber
\newcount\c@internallinenumbers
-\newcommand\internallinenumberpar{%
+\newcommand\internallinenumberpar{%
\ifvmode\@@@par\else\ifinner\@@@par\else\@@@par
\begingroup
\c@internallinenumbers\prevgraf
@@ -2724,21 +2726,21 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
\ht\@tempboxa\z@
\nobreak\vskip-\prevdepth
\nointerlineskip\box\@tempboxa
- \endgroup
+ \endgroup
\fi\fi
}
-\newcommand\makeinternalLinenumbers{%
+\newcommand\makeinternalLinenumbers{%
\ifnum\c@internallinenumbers>\z@ % v4.2
- \hb@xt@\z@{\makeLineNumber}%
- \@LN@iglobal % v4.22
+ \hb@xt@\z@{\makeLineNumber}%
+ \@LN@iglobal % v4.22
\advance\c@linenumber\@ne
\advance\c@internallinenumbers\m@ne
\expandafter\makeinternalLinenumbers\fi
}
% TODO v4.4+: star: line numbers right!? cf. lnocapt.sty
-%
+%
% \subsection{%
% Line number references with offset
% \unskip}
@@ -2788,8 +2790,8 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
\newcommand*\@linerefadd[2]{\c@linenumber=#1\@@linerefadd\relax
\thelinenumber}
-%% TODO v4.4+: Insert `LN' in internal command names?
-%
+%% TODO v4.4+: Insert `LN' in internal command names?
+%
% \subsection{%
% Numbered quotation environments
% \unskip}
@@ -2797,14 +2799,14 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% The ~{numquote}~ and ~{numquotation}~
% environments are like ~{quote}~ and
% ~{quotation}~, except there will be line
-% numbers.
-%
+% numbers.
+%
% An optional argument gives the number to count
% from. A star ~*~ (inside or outside the closing
% ~}~) prevent the reset of the line numbers.
% Default is to count from one.
-%
-% (v4.22: A local version using ~\c@internallinenumber~
+%
+% (v4.22: A local version using ~\c@internallinenumber~
% might be useful, see subsection_\ref{ss:ILN}.) %% TODO v4.4+
\newcommand\quotelinenumbers
@@ -2827,7 +2829,7 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
\newenvironment{numquote*} {\quote\numquotelist*}{\endquote}
\newenvironment{numquotation*}{\quotation\numquotelist*}{\endquotation}
-%
+%
% \subsection{%
% Frame around a paragraph
% \unskip}
@@ -2877,238 +2879,294 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
\bframesep=\fboxsep
\newbox\bframebox
-
-%
-%
+
+%
+% \subsection{%
+% \textsf{amsmath} patches
+% \unskip}\label{ss:AMSMath}
+%
+% (New v5.0) Patches ~amsmath~ to work with ~lineno~. These patches used to be
+% supplied by the ~linenoamsmath~ package. See ~linenoamsmathdemo.pdf~ for a
+% demonstration.
+%
+
+\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
+
+\newcommand*\linenoamsmath@patch[1]{%
+ \cspreto{#1}{\linenomath}%
+ \cspreto{#1*}{\linenomath}%
+ \csappto{end#1}{\endlinenomath}%
+ \csappto{end#1*}{\endlinenomath}%
+}
+\newcount\linenoamsmath@ams@eqpen
+\cspreto{math@cr@}{\global\@eqpen\numexpr\@eqpen+\linenoamsmath@ams@eqpen\relax}
+\newcommand*\linenoamsmath@patch@ams[1]{%
+ \cspreto{#1}{%
+ \linenomath%
+ \postdisplaypenalty=0%
+ \global\linenoamsmath@ams@eqpen\interdisplaylinepenalty%
+ }%
+ \cspreto{#1*}{%
+ \linenomath%
+ \postdisplaypenalty=0%
+ \global\linenoamsmath@ams@eqpen\interdisplaylinepenalty%
+ }%
+ \csappto{end#1}{%
+ \global\linenoamsmath@ams@eqpen\z@%
+ \endlinenomath%
+ }%
+ \csappto{end#1*}{%
+ \global\linenoamsmath@ams@eqpen\z@%
+ \endlinenomath%
+ }%
+}
+\linenoamsmath@patch{equation}
+\linenoamsmath@patch@ams{multline}
+\linenoamsmath@patch@ams{gather}
+\linenoamsmath@patch@ams{align}
+\linenoamsmath@patch@ams{alignat}
+\linenoamsmath@patch@ams{flalign}
+\let\linenoamsmath@ams@mmeasure\mmeasure@
+\def\mmeasure@#1{%
+ \global\linenoamsmath@ams@eqpen\z@%
+ \begingroup%
+ \interdisplaylinepenalty=0%
+ \linenoamsmath@ams@mmeasure{#1\\}%
+ \endgroup%
+ \global\linenoamsmath@ams@eqpen\interdisplaylinepenalty%
+}
+
+%
+%
% \section{%
% Move \scs{vadjust} items (New v4.00)
-% \unskip}\label{s:MVadj}
-%
-% This section completes reviving ~\pagebreak~, ~\nopagebreak~,
-% ~\vspace~, and the star and optional form of ~\\~. This was
-% started in section_\ref{ss:output} and resumed in
+% \unskip}\label{s:MVadj}
+%
+% This section completes reviving ~\pagebreak~, ~\nopagebreak~,
+% ~\vspace~, and the star and optional form of ~\\~. This was
+% started in section_\ref{ss:output} and resumed in
% section_\ref{ss:MLN} and subsection_\ref{ss:calls}.
-% The problem was explained in section_\ref{ss:output}:
-% ~\vadjust~ items come out at a bad position, and the
-% \LaTeX\ commands named before work with ~\vadjust~ indeed.
-% Our solution was sketched there as well.
-%
+% The problem was explained in section_\ref{ss:output}:
+% ~\vadjust~ items come out at a bad position, and the
+% \LaTeX\ commands named before work with ~\vadjust~ indeed.
+% Our solution was sketched there as well.
+%
% According to the caveat in subsection_\ref{ss:OnOff} concerning
-% ~\ifLineNumbers~, the \LaTeX\ commands enumerated may go
-% wrong if you switch line numbering inside or at the end of
-% a paragraph.
+% ~\ifLineNumbers~, the \LaTeX\ commands enumerated may go
+% wrong if you switch line numbering inside or at the end of
+% a paragraph.
%% %% TODO v4.4+
-%
+%
% \subsection{%
% Redefining \scs{vadjust}
% \unskip}\label{ss:PVadj}
-%
-% ~\vadjust~ will temporarily be changed into the following
-% command.
-
-\def\PostponeVadjust#1{%
- \global\let\vadjust\@LN@@vadjust
-%%
-% This undoes a ~\global\let\vadjust\PostponeVadjust~ which will
-% start each of the refined \LaTeX\ commands. The ~\global~s
-% are most probably superfluous. They might be useful should one
-% ~\vadjust~ appear in a group starting after the change of
-% ~\vadjust~ into ~\PostponeVadjust~.
-% (UL) Even the undoing may be superfluous, cf._discussion
-% in section_\ref{ss:ReDef} below. (UL)
-%%
- \vadjust{\penalty-\@Mppvacodepen}%
- \g@addto@macro\@LN@vadjustlist{#1\@lt}%
+%
+% ~\vadjust~ will temporarily be changed into the following
+% command.
+
+\def\PostponeVadjust#1{%
+ \global\let\vadjust\@LN@@vadjust
+%%
+% This undoes a ~\global\let\vadjust\PostponeVadjust~ which will
+% start each of the refined \LaTeX\ commands. The ~\global~s
+% are most probably superfluous. They might be useful should one
+% ~\vadjust~ appear in a group starting after the change of
+% ~\vadjust~ into ~\PostponeVadjust~.
+% (UL) Even the undoing may be superfluous, cf._discussion
+% in section_\ref{ss:ReDef} below. (UL)
+%%
+ \vadjust{\penalty-\@Mppvacodepen}%
+ \g@addto@macro\@LN@vadjustlist{#1\@lt}%
}
-\let\@LN@@vadjust\vadjust
-\global\let\@LN@vadjustlist\@empty
-\global\let\@LN@do@vadjusts\relax
-
-% These ~\global~s are just to remind that
-% all the changes of the strings after ~\let~ should be
-% ~\global~ (\TeX book p._301). ~\@LN@vadjustlist~ collects
-% the ~\vadjust~ items of a paragraph. ~\PassVadjustList~
-% tears one ~\vadjust~ item for the current line out of
-% ~\@LN@vadjustlist~ and puts it into ~\@LN@do@vadjusts~.
-% The latter is encountered each line in ~\MakeLineNo~
-% (section_\ref{ss:MLN}), while those \LaTeX\ ~\vadjust~
-% commands will come rather rarely. So I decided that
-% ~\@LN@do@vadjust~ is ~\relax~ until a ~\vadjust~ item
-% is waiting. In the latter case, ~\@LN@do@vadjusts~
-% is turned into a list macro which resets itself to
-% ~\relax~ when the other contents have been placed in
-% the vertical list.---~\PassVadjustList~ is invoked by
-% the output routine (section_\ref{ss:output}), so the
-% ~\box255~ must be put back.
-
-\def\PassVadjustList{%
- \unvbox\@cclv
- \expandafter \@LN@xnext \@LN@vadjustlist \@@
- \@tempa \@LN@vadjustlist
- \ifx\@LN@do@vadjusts\relax
- \gdef\@LN@do@vadjusts{\global\let\@LN@do@vadjusts\relax}%
- \fi
- \expandafter \g@addto@macro \expandafter \@LN@do@vadjusts
- \expandafter {\@tempa}%
-}
-
-%
+\let\@LN@@vadjust\vadjust
+\global\let\@LN@vadjustlist\@empty
+\global\let\@LN@do@vadjusts\relax
+
+% These ~\global~s are just to remind that
+% all the changes of the strings after ~\let~ should be
+% ~\global~ (\TeX book p._301). ~\@LN@vadjustlist~ collects
+% the ~\vadjust~ items of a paragraph. ~\PassVadjustList~
+% tears one ~\vadjust~ item for the current line out of
+% ~\@LN@vadjustlist~ and puts it into ~\@LN@do@vadjusts~.
+% The latter is encountered each line in ~\MakeLineNo~
+% (section_\ref{ss:MLN}), while those \LaTeX\ ~\vadjust~
+% commands will come rather rarely. So I decided that
+% ~\@LN@do@vadjust~ is ~\relax~ until a ~\vadjust~ item
+% is waiting. In the latter case, ~\@LN@do@vadjusts~
+% is turned into a list macro which resets itself to
+% ~\relax~ when the other contents have been placed in
+% the vertical list.---~\PassVadjustList~ is invoked by
+% the output routine (section_\ref{ss:output}), so the
+% ~\box255~ must be put back.
+
+\def\PassVadjustList{%
+ \unvbox\@cclv
+ \expandafter \@LN@xnext \@LN@vadjustlist \@@
+ \@tempa \@LN@vadjustlist
+ \ifx\@LN@do@vadjusts\relax
+ \gdef\@LN@do@vadjusts{\global\let\@LN@do@vadjusts\relax}%
+ \fi
+ \expandafter \g@addto@macro \expandafter \@LN@do@vadjusts
+ \expandafter {\@tempa}%
+}
+
+%
% \subsection{%
-% Redefining the \LaTeX\ commands
+% Redefining the \LaTeX\ commands
% \unskip}\label{ss:ReDef}
-%
-% Now we change ~\pagebreak~ etc.\
-% so that they use ~\PostponeVadjust~ in place of ~\vadjust~.
-% We try to do this as independently as possible of the
-% implementation of the \LaTeX\ commands to be redefined.
-% Therefore, we don't just copy macro definition code from any
-% single implementation (say, latest \LaTeX) and insert our
-% changes, but attach a conditional
-% ~\global\let\vadjust\PostponeVadjust~
-% to their left ends in a way which should work rather
-% independantly of their actual code.
-% However, ~\vadjust~ should be the primitive again after
-% execution of the command. So the ~\global\let...~ may be used
-% only if it's guaranteed that a ~\vadjust~ is near.---(UL)
-% Sure? In line numbering mode, probably each ~\vadjust~
-% coming from a \LaTeX\ command should be ~\PostponeVadjust~.
-% ~\marginpar~s and floats seem to be the only cases which
-% are not explicitly dealt with in the present section.
-% This would be a way to avoid ~\@LN@nobreaktrue~!
-% Of course, the ~\vadjust~s that the present package uses
-% then must be replaced by ~\@LN@@vadjust~.---Maybe
-% next time. (/UL)
-%% %% TODO v4.4+
-%
-% The next command and something else will be added to the
-% \LaTeX\ commands we are concerned with here.
-
-\DeclareRobustCommand\@LN@changevadjust{%
- \ifvmode\else\ifinner\else
- \global\let\vadjust\PostponeVadjust
- \fi\fi
-}
-
-% (UL) What about math mode? Math display? Warn? (/UL)
+%
+% Now we change ~\pagebreak~ etc.\
+% so that they use ~\PostponeVadjust~ in place of ~\vadjust~.
+% We try to do this as independently as possible of the
+% implementation of the \LaTeX\ commands to be redefined.
+% Therefore, we don't just copy macro definition code from any
+% single implementation (say, latest \LaTeX) and insert our
+% changes, but attach a conditional
+% ~\global\let\vadjust\PostponeVadjust~
+% to their left ends in a way which should work rather
+% independantly of their actual code.
+% However, ~\vadjust~ should be the primitive again after
+% execution of the command. So the ~\global\let...~ may be used
+% only if it's guaranteed that a ~\vadjust~ is near.---(UL)
+% Sure? In line numbering mode, probably each ~\vadjust~
+% coming from a \LaTeX\ command should be ~\PostponeVadjust~.
+% ~\marginpar~s and floats seem to be the only cases which
+% are not explicitly dealt with in the present section.
+% This would be a way to avoid ~\@LN@nobreaktrue~!
+% Of course, the ~\vadjust~s that the present package uses
+% then must be replaced by ~\@LN@@vadjust~.---Maybe
+% next time. (/UL)
%% %% TODO v4.4+
-%
-% ~\@tempa~ will now become a two place macro which adds first
+%
+% The next command and something else will be added to the
+% \LaTeX\ commands we are concerned with here.
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand\@LN@changevadjust{%
+ \ifvmode\else\ifinner\else
+ \global\let\vadjust\PostponeVadjust
+ \fi\fi
+}
+
+% (UL) What about math mode? Math display? Warn? (/UL)
+%% %% TODO v4.4+
+%
+% ~\@tempa~ will now become a two place macro which adds first
% argument (single token), enclosed by ~\ifLineNumbers~\,\dots
-% ~\fi~ to the left of second argument. As long as we need it,
-% we can't use the star form of ~\DeclareRobustCommand~ or
-% the like, because AMS-\LaTeX\ uses ~\@tempa~ for ~\@ifstar~.
-% (New v4.41) And for the same reason, that ~\CheckCommand*~
+% ~\fi~ to the left of second argument. As long as we need it,
+% we can't use the star form of ~\DeclareRobustCommand~ or
+% the like, because AMS-\LaTeX\ uses ~\@tempa~ for ~\@ifstar~.
+% (New v4.41) And for the same reason, that ~\CheckCommand*~
% had to be raised! (/New v4.41)
\CheckCommand*\@parboxrestore{\@arrayparboxrestore\let\\\@normalcr}
-\def\@tempa#1#2{%
+\def\@tempa#1#2{%
\expandafter \def \expandafter#2\expandafter{\expandafter
- \ifLineNumbers\expandafter#1\expandafter\fi#2}%
-}
-
-% (UL) This ~\ifLineNumber~ can be fooled by
-% ~\linenumbers~ ahead etc. It might be better to place
-% a signal penalty in any case and let the output routine
-% decide what to do.
-%%
-%% And when this has been done, remove warnings about this.
-% (/UL)
-%
-% We use the occasion to switch off linenumbers where they
-% don't work anyway and where we don't want them,
-% especially in footnotes:
-
-\@tempa\nolinenumbers\@arrayparboxrestore
-
-% We hope this suffices $\dots$ let's check one thing
+ \ifLineNumbers\expandafter#1\expandafter\fi#2}%
+}
+
+% (UL) This ~\ifLineNumber~ can be fooled by
+% ~\linenumbers~ ahead etc. It might be better to place
+% a signal penalty in any case and let the output routine
+% decide what to do.
+%%
+%% And when this has been done, remove warnings about this.
+% (/UL)
+%
+% We use the occasion to switch off linenumbers where they
+% don't work anyway and where we don't want them,
+% especially in footnotes:
+
+\@tempa\nolinenumbers\@arrayparboxrestore
+
+% We hope this suffices $\dots$ let's check one thing
% at least: [(New v4.41) see ~\CheckCommand~ above (/New v4.41)]
-%
-% Now for the main theme of the section.
-% The next lines assume that ~\vspace~, ~\pagebreak~, and
-% ~\nopagebreak~ use ~\vadjust~ whenever they occur outside
-% vertical mode; moreover, that they don't directly read
-% an argument. Indeed ~\pagebreak~ and ~\nopagebreak~ first
-% call something which tests for a left bracket ahead,
-% while ~\vspace~ first tests for a star.
-
-\@tempa\@LN@changevadjust\vspace
-\@tempa\@LN@changevadjust\pagebreak
-\@tempa\@LN@changevadjust\nopagebreak
-
-% ~\\~, however, uses ~\vadjust~ only in star or optional form.
-% We relax independency of implementation in assuming
-% that ~\@normalcr~ is the fragile version of ~\\~
-% (and we use ~\@ifstar~!).
-%%
-%% \@ifstar reimplemented 1995/10/16, but seems to be much older.
-%% TODO v4.4+:
-%% \def\@LN@cr{%
-%% \@ifnextchar*{\@LN@changevadjust\@normalcr}%
-%% {\@ifnextchar[{\@LN@changevadjust\@normalcr}\@normalcr}%
-%% }
-%% ---same number of tokens, expansion step less.
-%%
-% (Using a copy of ~\\~ would be safer, but an ugly repetition
-% of ~\protect~.)
-%% %% TODO v4.4+
-
-\DeclareRobustCommand\\{%
- \ifLineNumbers
- \expandafter \@LN@cr
- \else
- \expandafter \@normalcr
- \fi
-}
-\def\@LN@cr{%
- \@ifstar{\@LN@changevadjust\@normalcr*}%
- {\@ifnextchar[{\@LN@changevadjust\@normalcr}\@normalcr}%
-}
-
-% Moreover we hope that ~\newline~ never leads to a ~\vadjust~,
-% although names of some commands invoked by ~\\~ contain
-% ~newline~. At last, this seems to have been OK since 1989 or
-% even earlier.
-%
+%
+% Now for the main theme of the section.
+% The next lines assume that ~\vspace~, ~\pagebreak~, and
+% ~\nopagebreak~ use ~\vadjust~ whenever they occur outside
+% vertical mode; moreover, that they don't directly read
+% an argument. Indeed ~\pagebreak~ and ~\nopagebreak~ first
+% call something which tests for a left bracket ahead,
+% while ~\vspace~ first tests for a star.
+
+\@tempa\@LN@changevadjust\vspace
+\@tempa\@LN@changevadjust\pagebreak
+\@tempa\@LN@changevadjust\nopagebreak
+
+% ~\\~, however, uses ~\vadjust~ only in star or optional form.
+% We relax independency of implementation in assuming
+% that ~\@normalcr~ is the fragile version of ~\\~
+% (and we use ~\@ifstar~!).
+%%
+%% \@ifstar reimplemented 1995/10/16, but seems to be much older.
+%% TODO v4.4+:
+%% \def\@LN@cr{%
+%% \@ifnextchar*{\@LN@changevadjust\@normalcr}%
+%% {\@ifnextchar[{\@LN@changevadjust\@normalcr}\@normalcr}%
+%% }
+%% ---same number of tokens, expansion step less.
+%%
+% (Using a copy of ~\\~ would be safer, but an ugly repetition
+% of ~\protect~.)
+%% %% TODO v4.4+
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand\\{%
+ \ifLineNumbers
+ \expandafter \@LN@cr
+ \else
+ \expandafter \@normalcr
+ \fi
+}
+\def\@LN@cr{%
+ \@ifstar{\@LN@changevadjust\@normalcr*}%
+ {\@ifnextchar[{\@LN@changevadjust\@normalcr}\@normalcr}%
+}
+
+% Moreover we hope that ~\newline~ never leads to a ~\vadjust~,
+% although names of some commands invoked by ~\\~ contain
+% ~newline~. At last, this seems to have been OK since 1989 or
+% even earlier.
+%
% \modulolinenumbers[1]
-% \firstlinenumber{0}
-% Let's have a few tests.\vspace*{.5\baselineskip}
-% Testing ~\pagebreak~ and ~\nopagebreak~ would be too expensive
-% here, but---oops!---we have just experienced a successful
-% ~\vspace*{.5\baselineskip}~. A
-% ~\\*[.5\baselineskip]~\\*[.5\baselineskip] may look even more
-% drastical, but this time we are happy about it. Note that the
-% line numbers have moved with the lines. Without our changes,
-% one line number\vadjust{\kern.5\baselineskip} would have
-% ``anticipated'' the move of the next line, just as you can
-% observe it now.
-% (/New v4.00)
-%
-% \switchlinenumbers
-%
-% \subsection{%
-% Reminder on obsoleteness
-% \unskip}
-%
-% (New v4.1) We have completed inclusion of the earlier
-% extension packages ~linenox0.sty~, ~linenox1.sty~, and
-% ~lnopatch.sty~. If one of them is loaded, though,
-% we produce an error message before something weird happens.
-% We avoid ~\newif~ because the switchings occur so rarely.
-
-\AtBeginDocument{%
- \let\if@LN@obsolete\iffalse
- \@ifpackageloaded{linenox0}{\let\if@LN@obsolete\iftrue}\relax
- \@ifpackageloaded{linenox1}{\let\if@LN@obsolete\iftrue}\relax
+% \firstlinenumber{0}
+% Let's have a few tests.\vspace*{.5\baselineskip}
+% Testing ~\pagebreak~ and ~\nopagebreak~ would be too expensive
+% here, but---oops!---we have just experienced a successful
+% ~\vspace*{.5\baselineskip}~. A
+% ~\\*[.5\baselineskip]~\\*[.5\baselineskip] may look even more
+% drastical, but this time we are happy about it. Note that the
+% line numbers have moved with the lines. Without our changes,
+% one line number\vadjust{\kern.5\baselineskip} would have
+% ``anticipated'' the move of the next line, just as you can
+% observe it now.
+% (/New v4.00)
+%
+% \switchlinenumbers
+%
+% \subsection{%
+% Reminder on obsoleteness
+% \unskip}
+%
+% (New v4.1) We have completed inclusion of the earlier
+% extension packages ~linenox0.sty~, ~linenox1.sty~, and
+% ~lnopatch.sty~. If one of them is loaded, though,
+% we produce an error message before something weird happens.
+% We avoid ~\newif~ because the switchings occur so rarely.
+
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+ \let\if@LN@obsolete\iffalse
+ \@ifpackageloaded{linenox0}{\let\if@LN@obsolete\iftrue}\relax
+ \@ifpackageloaded{linenox1}{\let\if@LN@obsolete\iftrue}\relax
\@ifpackageloaded{lnopatch}{\let\if@LN@obsolete\iftrue}\relax
- \if@LN@obsolete
- \PackageError{lineno}{Obsolete extension package(s)}{%
- With lineno.sty version 4.00 or later,\MessageBreak
- linenox0/linenox1/lnopatch.sty must no longer be loaded.}%
- \fi
-}
-
-%
+ \if@LN@obsolete
+ \PackageError{lineno}{Obsolete extension package(s)}{%
+ With lineno.sty version 4.00 or later,\MessageBreak
+ linenox0/linenox1/lnopatch.sty must no longer be loaded.}%
+ \fi
+}
+
+%
% \modulolinenumbers[1]
% \section{%
% The final touch
@@ -3120,24 +3178,24 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
\endinput
-%
+%
% \section{%
% The user commands
-% \unskip}\label{s:UserCmds}
-%
-% The user commands to turn on and off line numbering
-% are
+% \unskip}\label{s:UserCmds}
+%
+% The user commands to turn on and off line numbering
+% are
% \begin{description}\item
% [|\linenumbers] \ \par
% Turn on line numbering in the current mode.
%
-% \item
+% \item
% [|\linenumbers*] \ \par$\qquad$
% and reset the line number to 1.
-% \def\NL{<number>]}\item
-%% %% Boldface italic occurs here, which is evil. (UL)
+% \def\NL{<number>]}\item
+%% %% Boldface italic occurs here, which is evil. (UL)
% [|\linenumbers[\NL] \ \par$\qquad$
-% and start with <number>.
+% and start with <number>.
% \item
% [|\nolinenumbers] \ \par
% Turn off line numbering.
@@ -3176,7 +3234,7 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% [|\rightlinenumbers*] \ \par
% Set the line numbers in the left/right margin. With the
% star this works for both modes of operation, without
-% the star only for the currently selected mode.
+% the star only for the currently selected mode.
% \item
% [|\runningpagewiselinenumbers] \ \par
% When using the pagewise line number mode, do not
@@ -3196,44 +3254,44 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% retained. <number>=1 turns this off without changing
% ~linenumbermodulo~. The counter is initialized to 5.
%%
-%% %% TODO v4.4+: `counter', he says. Cf._above.
+%% %% TODO v4.4+: `counter', he says. Cf._above.
%%
-%% (New v4.31)
+%% (New v4.31)
% \item
-% [|\modulolinenumbers*[\NL] \ \par
-% Like ~\modulolinenumbers~, the only difference being
-% that the first line number after a ~\linenumbers~
-% (or ~\runninglinenumbers~, ~\pagewiselinenumbers~,
-% ~\quotelinenumbers~) is printed regardless of the
-% modulo---yet `1' is printed only after (or \dots)
-% ~\firstlinenumber{1}~.
-% This also applies to the first line of a
-% ~{linenumbers}~ or respective environment.
-% See subsection_\ref{ss:Mod} for another explanation.
-% The behaviour may be unsatisfactory with pagewise
-% line-numbering.
-%% (/New v4.31)
+% [|\modulolinenumbers*[\NL] \ \par
+% Like ~\modulolinenumbers~, the only difference being
+% that the first line number after a ~\linenumbers~
+% (or ~\runninglinenumbers~, ~\pagewiselinenumbers~,
+% ~\quotelinenumbers~) is printed regardless of the
+% modulo---yet `1' is printed only after (or \dots)
+% ~\firstlinenumber{1}~.
+% This also applies to the first line of a
+% ~{linenumbers}~ or respective environment.
+% See subsection_\ref{ss:Mod} for another explanation.
+% The behaviour may be unsatisfactory with pagewise
+% line-numbering.
+%% (/New v4.31)
%% (New v4.00)
% \item
-% [|\firstlinenumber] \ \par
-% ~\firstlinenumber{~<filino>~}~ brings about that
-% (after it) line numbers less than <filino> do
-% \emph{not} appear in the margin. Moreover, with
-% ~\modulolinenumbers[~<number>~]~, just the line
-% numbers which are <filino> plus a multiple of
-% <number> are printed.---If you had
-% ~\firstlinenumber{~<pos>~}~ with some $\mbox{<pos>}>0$
-% and want to switch to printing multiples of, e.g.,
-% 4, you best do ~\modulolinenumbers[4]~ and
-% ~\firstlinenumber{0}~. (See subsection_\ref{ss:Mod}
-% for technical details.)
-%% (/New v4.00)
+% [|\firstlinenumber] \ \par
+% ~\firstlinenumber{~<filino>~}~ brings about that
+% (after it) line numbers less than <filino> do
+% \emph{not} appear in the margin. Moreover, with
+% ~\modulolinenumbers[~<number>~]~, just the line
+% numbers which are <filino> plus a multiple of
+% <number> are printed.---If you had
+% ~\firstlinenumber{~<pos>~}~ with some $\mbox{<pos>}>0$
+% and want to switch to printing multiples of, e.g.,
+% 4, you best do ~\modulolinenumbers[4]~ and
+% ~\firstlinenumber{0}~. (See subsection_\ref{ss:Mod}
+% for technical details.)
+%% (/New v4.00)
% \item
% [|\linenumberdisplaymath] \ \par
% Number the lines of a display math in a ~{linenomath}~
% environment, but do not in a ~{linenomath*}~
% environment. This is used by the package option
-% ~[mathlines]~.
+% ~[mathlines]~.
% \item
% [|\nolinenumberdisplaymath] \ \par
% Do not Number the lines of a display math in a
@@ -3247,13 +3305,13 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% ~\pageref{~<foo>~}~.
% \end{description}
% The commands can be used globally, locally within groups
-% or as environments. It is important to know that they
+% or as environments. It is important to know that they
%%
-%% %% TODO: \linelabel? others?
+%% %% TODO: \linelabel? others?
%%
% take action only when the ~\par~ is executed. The
%%
-%% %% TODO: sure? ~\modulo...~, e.g.? well, in a sense ...
+%% %% TODO: sure? ~\modulo...~, e.g.? well, in a sense ...
%%
% ~\end{~<mode>~linenumbers}~ commands provide a ~\par~.
% Examples:
@@ -3273,32 +3331,32 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% ~\linenumbers~ \\
% <paragraph> ~{\nolinenumbers\par}~ \\
% \end{verse}
-% (New v4.00)
-% However, the examples containing <paragraph> show what you
-% should \emph{not} do, at least if you use ~\pagebreak~,
-% ~\nopagebreak~, ~\vspace~, ~\\*~ or
-% ~\\[~<space>~]~---cf._section_\ref{s:MVadj}.
+% (New v4.00)
+% However, the examples containing <paragraph> show what you
+% should \emph{not} do, at least if you use ~\pagebreak~,
+% ~\nopagebreak~, ~\vspace~, ~\\*~ or
+% ~\\[~<space>~]~---cf._section_\ref{s:MVadj}.
%
-% The same care should be applied to the ``wizard'' devices
+% The same care should be applied to the ``wizard'' devices
% ~\ifLineNumbers~ (subsection_\ref{ss:OnOff}) and
-% ~\PostponeVadjust~ (section_\ref{ss:PVadj}).
-% (/New v4.00)
-%
-% (New v4.11) Oh, and the commands and environments of
-% section_{s:Xt} are missing. Sorry, I am in a hurry now.
-% May be next time.% %% TODO v4.4+
-% ---And the environments ~{linenomath}~ and ~{linenomath*}~should
-% get an own paragraph. In short, each math display, equation,
-% or ~{eqnarray}~ should be ``wrapped'' in one of ~{linenomath}~
-% and ~{linenomath*}~.
-%
+% ~\PostponeVadjust~ (section_\ref{ss:PVadj}).
+% (/New v4.00)
+%
+% (New v4.11) Oh, and the commands and environments of
+% section_{s:Xt} are missing. Sorry, I am in a hurry now.
+% May be next time.% %% TODO v4.4+
+% ---And the environments ~{linenomath}~ and ~{linenomath*}~should
+% get an own paragraph. In short, each math display, equation,
+% or ~{eqnarray}~ should be ``wrapped'' in one of ~{linenomath}~
+% and ~{linenomath*}~.
+%
% \subsection{%
% Customization hooks
-% \unskip}
-%
+% \unskip}
+%
% There are several hooks to customize the appearance of the
% line numbers, and some low level hooks for special
-% effects.
+% effects.
% \begin{description}\item
% [|\thelinenumber] \ \par
% This macro should give the representation of the line
@@ -3308,11 +3366,11 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% \item
% [|\makeLineNumberLeft] \ \par
% This macro is used to attach a line number to the left
-% of the text page. This macro should fill an ~\hbox to 0pt~
+% of the text page. This macro should fill an ~\hbox to 0pt~
% which will be placed at the left margin of the
% page, with the reference point aligned to the line to
% which it should give a number. Please use the macro
-% ~\LineNumber~ to refer to the line number.
+% ~\LineNumber~ to refer to the line number.
%
% The default definition is \par$\qquad$
% ~\hss\linenumberfont\LineNumber\hskip\linenumbersep~
@@ -3338,7 +3396,7 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% number box on the right margin. The distance of the
% right edge of the text to the right edge of the line
% number is ~\linenumbersep~ + ~\linenumberwidth~. The
-% default value is ~10pt~.
+% default value is ~10pt~.
% \item
% [|\theLineNumber] (for wizards) \ \par
% This macro is called for printing a ~\newlabel~ entry
@@ -3355,55 +3413,54 @@ Macro file lineno.sty for LaTeX: attach line numbers, refer to them.
% [|\LineNumber] (for wizards) \ \par
% This macro is called by ~\makeLineNumber~ to typeset
% the line number. This hook is changed by the modulo
-% mechanism
+% mechanism
%% %%%.
-% and by ~\firstlinenumber~.
-%% %% New v4.00
+% and by ~\firstlinenumber~.
+%% %% New v4.00
% \end{description}
-%%
-%% TODO: \stepLineNumber---another wizard command!?
-%% Not sure, may be retreated.
+%%
+%% TODO: \stepLineNumber---another wizard command!?
+%% Not sure, may be retreated.
% \end{document}%D
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
%SSTOPP
-%% TODO v4.4+: Check for unwanted comment marks in new comments
-%% (resulting from manual aligning): search `New v4.2'
-%% and/or ` % '!
-%% TODO v4.4+: Check for missing comment marks where a paragraph
-%% should end/start. Also to prevent empty "code" lines.
-%% Especially, new comments at section ends must be
-%% followed by comment mark lines.
-%% And prevent ~\par~s from blank lines in definitions!
-%% See `visual space' above.
-%% For proper appearance in lineno.tex, note that a comment
-%% in a final code line changes behaviour.
-%% TODO v4.4+: Require README for redistribution?
-%% TODO v4.4+: Since discussions of code have increased so much, it
-%% would be appropriate not to give to this file
-%% extension `.sty' (e.g., `dty'!??). ?? Is quickly read though!
-%% A .sty extraction may be possible even if the present
-%% file is neither a .doc nor a .dtx. (!???)
-%% Use awk line below (etc.) for .doc at least; + .ins or so.
-%% ^ must not be caps! To escape awk.
-%% TODO v4.4+: Underfull lines!? (due to long code quotations)
-%% TODO v4.4+: Sometimes paragraph indents may be appropriate.
-%% TODO Swap first line (`\iffalse...') with corresponding below.
- Or do *not* swap, maybe nawk is more reliable.
-%% TODO v4.4+: Ponder Stephan's mail from 2004/09/02.
-%% TODO v4.4+:
-%% use \@ET@makeLineNumber.
-%% plus almost all `(UL)'
-%% plus lots of bad boxes messages
-%% change v4.3 TODOs when postponed
-%% remove {old} environments.
+%% TODO v4.4+: Check for unwanted comment marks in new comments
+%% (resulting from manual aligning): search `New v4.2'
+%% and/or ` % '!
+%% TODO v4.4+: Check for missing comment marks where a paragraph
+%% should end/start. Also to prevent empty "code" lines.
+%% Especially, new comments at section ends must be
+%% followed by comment mark lines.
+%% And prevent ~\par~s from blank lines in definitions!
+%% See `visual space' above.
+%% For proper appearance in lineno.tex, note that a comment
+%% in a final code line changes behaviour.
+%% TODO v4.4+: Require README for redistribution?
+%% TODO v4.4+: Since discussions of code have increased so much, it
+%% would be appropriate not to give to this file
+%% extension `.sty' (e.g., `dty'!??). ?? Is quickly read though!
+%% A .sty extraction may be possible even if the present
+%% file is neither a .doc nor a .dtx. (!???)
+%% Use awk line below (etc.) for .doc at least; + .ins or so.
+%% ^ must not be caps! To escape awk.
+%% TODO v4.4+: Underfull lines!? (due to long code quotations)
+%% TODO v4.4+: Sometimes paragraph indents may be appropriate.
+%% TODO Swap first line (`\iffalse...') with corresponding below.
+ Or do *not* swap, maybe nawk is more reliable.
+%% TODO v4.4+: Ponder Stephan's mail from 2004/09/02.
+%% TODO v4.4+:
+%% use \@ET@makeLineNumber.
+%% plus almost all `(UL)'
+%% plus lots of bad boxes messages
+%% change v4.3 TODOs when postponed
+%% remove {old} environments.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# awk command lines for v4.00, mixed with former ones:
+# awk command lines for v4.00, mixed with former ones:
-echo "Don't bother about unknown 'iffalse'." # SHELL1
+echo "Don't bother about unknown 'iffalse'." # SHELL1
nawk '/A[W]K/' lineno.sty | nawk -f - lineno.sty >lineno.tex; # SHELL1
-latex lineno; latex lineno; latex lineno; latex lineno; # SHELL1
BEGIN{DOC=-1; # AWK DOC A W K
BEGINCODE = "\\begin{code}\\begin{verbatim}"; # AWK
@@ -3420,19 +3477,19 @@ BEGIN{DOC=-1; # AWK DOC A W K
sub("^% *",""); # AWK
sub("^% *","% "); # DOC A W K
print; next; } # AWK DOC A W K
-/%VERSION/ { sub("%VERSION",""); print; next; } # AWK
-/%SSTOPP/ { exit } # AWK
+/%VERSION/ { sub("%VERSION",""); print; next; } # AWK
+/%SSTOPP/ { exit } # AWK
DOC<0 { next } # AWK DOC A W K
/^-+-$/ { if (!DOC) print ENDCODE; exit } # AWK DOC A W K
{ if (DOC) { ECNT=DOC=0; print BEGINCODE; } # AWK DOC A W K
while (ECNT>0) { print " "; ECNT--; } # AWK DOC A W K
print $0; } # AWK DOC A W K
-# New v4.00, UL: know nothing about awk; found present solution
-# in hours of trial and error.
+# New v4.00, UL: know nothing about awk; found present solution
+# in hours of trial and error.
-% Earlier (should be inhibited by %SSTOPP above and otherwise):
-echo "expect errors for unknown commands 'iffalse' and 'fi'";# SHELL0 SHELL#1
+% Earlier (should be inhibited by %SSTOPP above and otherwise):
+echo "expect errors for unknown commands 'iffalse' and 'fi'";# SHELL0 SHELL#1
awk '/A[W]K/' lineno.sty | awk -f - lineno.sty >lineno.tex; # SHELL0
latex lineno; latex lineno; latex lineno; latex lineno; # SHELL0
nawk '/A[W]K/' lineno4.sty | nawk -f - lineno4.sty >lineno4.tex; # SHELL#1
@@ -3464,21 +3521,19 @@ DOC<0 { next } # A#WK DOC A W K
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-If you are looking here because of the two top lines of the file:
-
-A .tex documentation of this macro file can be obtained by
-
- sh lineno.sty
+If you are looking here because of the two top lines of the file:
-under UNIX.--You may find this hint little helpful. One
-reason may be that the awk versions to which you have access
-don't work suitably. Another reason may be that you don't have
-access to UNIX (in some sense). However, a .tex, .dvi, or .pdf
-version of such a documentation should be available from CTAN,
-in the same folder as the present file. When we typed this, that
-folder was /macros/latex/contrib/lineno. If this has changed in
-the meantime, a CTAN search should lead you to a folder
-containing such a documentation. Or you may get help from one of
-the e-mail addresses above.
+A .tex documentation of this macro file can be obtained by
+ sh lineno.sty
+under UNIX.--You may find this hint little helpful. One
+reason may be that the awk versions to which you have access
+don't work suitably. Another reason may be that you don't have
+access to UNIX (in some sense). However, a .tex, .dvi, or .pdf
+version of such a documentation should be available from CTAN,
+in the same folder as the present file. When we typed this, that
+folder was /macros/latex/contrib/lineno. If this has changed in
+the meantime, a CTAN search should lead you to a folder
+containing such a documentation. Or you may get help from one of
+the e-mail addresses above.
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/tex/vplref.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/tex/vplref.sty
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..bdff9b45b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/tex/vplref.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+%% `vplref.sty'
+%% -- extended line number referencing with lineno.sty.
+
+\def\filedate{2005/04/25} \def\fileversion{0.2a}
+
+%% Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Uwe Lueck,
+%% http://contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu --author-maintained
+%% -- support of lineno.sty for varioref.sty.
+
+%% This file can be redistributed and/or modified under
+%% the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License; either
+%% version 1.3 of the License, or any later version.
+%% The latest version of this license is in
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%% We did our best to help you, but there is NO WARRANTY.
+
+%% USAGE:
+%
+% \vpagelineref{<label>} expands to
+%
+% a) \ref{<label>}
+% -- if on same page as \linelabel{<label>}
+%
+% b) \LineWithPage{<label>} -- otherwise.
+%
+% \LineWithPage{<label>} expands -- by default -- to
+%
+% \pageref{<label>}.\ref{<label>}
+%
+% This can be customized by editing
+%
+% \renewcommand*{\LineWithPage}[1]{\pageref{#1}.\ref{#1}}
+%
+% in your document preamble, after vplref.sty has been loaded
+% (which may have happened through lineno.sty with option
+% `addpageno').
+
+%% IMPLEMENTATION:
+
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] %% \Declare...*
+\ProvidesPackage{vplref}[\filedate\space v\fileversion \space
+ page-line cross-refs] %% UL 2011/02/13
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\RequirePackage{lineno,varioref}}
+
+%% Anderer Ansatz: GPNo (\FirstOnPage)
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\vpagelineref[1]{{%
+% \def\reftextcurrent{\lineref{#1}}%% First vpageref arg.
+ \let\reftextfaraway\LineWithPage
+ \def\reftextafter{\reftextfaraway{#1}}%
+ \let\reftextbefore\reftextafter
+ \let\reftextfaceafter\reftextafter
+ \let\reftextfacebefore\reftextafter
+%% <- Looks somewhat stupid, but varioref.sty has its merits
+%% as compared with the mechanism in ednotes.sty.
+ \vpageref[\ref{#1}][]{#1}%% The robust alternative.
+%% Here and with \LineWithPage, \lineref seems more appropriate
+%% than \ref, but it produces errors when labels have not been
+%% defined. This seems to be an incompatibility with lineno.sty.
+}}
+
+%% Customizable format for different page:
+\newcommand*\LineWithPage[1]{\pageref{#1}.\ref{#1}}
+
+\endinput
+
+VERSION HISTORY:
+v0.1 2004/10/19 First, sent to Sergei Mariev.
+v0.11 2004/10/19 Fit to recent varioref version;
+ sent to Sergei.
+v0.2 2005/04/25 \Require... \AtBeginDocument.
+v0.2a 2011/02/13 add. caption to \ProvidesPackage
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/ulineno.pdf b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/ulineno.pdf
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d2a407647..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/ulineno.pdf
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/vplref.sty b/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/vplref.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index d3b0697f13..0000000000
--- a/macros/latex/contrib/lineno/vplref.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-%% `vplref.sty'
-%% -- extended line number referencing with lineno.sty.
-
-\def\filedate{2005/04/25} \def\fileversion{0.2a}
-
-%% Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Uwe Lueck,
-%% http://contact-ednotes.sty.de.vu --author-maintained
-%% -- support of lineno.sty for varioref.sty.
-
-%% This file can be redistributed and/or modified under
-%% the terms of the LaTeX Project Public License; either
-%% version 1.3 of the License, or any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% We did our best to help you, but there is NO WARRANTY.
-
-%% USAGE:
-%
-% \vpagelineref{<label>} expands to
-%
-% a) \ref{<label>}
-% -- if on same page as \linelabel{<label>}
-%
-% b) \LineWithPage{<label>} -- otherwise.
-%
-% \LineWithPage{<label>} expands -- by default -- to
-%
-% \pageref{<label>}.\ref{<label>}
-%
-% This can be customized by editing
-%
-% \renewcommand*{\LineWithPage}[1]{\pageref{#1}.\ref{#1}}
-%
-% in your document preamble, after vplref.sty has been loaded
-% (which may have happened through lineno.sty with option
-% `addpageno').
-
-%% IMPLEMENTATION:
-
-\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01] %% \Declare...*
-\ProvidesPackage{vplref}[\filedate\space v\fileversion \space
- page-line cross-refs] %% UL 2011/02/13
-
-\AtBeginDocument{\RequirePackage{lineno,varioref}}
-
-%% Anderer Ansatz: GPNo (\FirstOnPage)
-
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\vpagelineref[1]{{%
-% \def\reftextcurrent{\lineref{#1}}%% First vpageref arg.
- \let\reftextfaraway\LineWithPage
- \def\reftextafter{\reftextfaraway{#1}}%
- \let\reftextbefore\reftextafter
- \let\reftextfaceafter\reftextafter
- \let\reftextfacebefore\reftextafter
-%% <- Looks somewhat stupid, but varioref.sty has its merits
-%% as compared with the mechanism in ednotes.sty.
- \vpageref[\ref{#1}][]{#1}%% The robust alternative.
-%% Here and with \LineWithPage, \lineref seems more appropriate
-%% than \ref, but it produces errors when labels have not been
-%% defined. This seems to be an incompatibility with lineno.sty.
-}}
-
-%% Customizable format for different page:
-\newcommand*\LineWithPage[1]{\pageref{#1}.\ref{#1}}
-
-\endinput
-
-VERSION HISTORY:
-v0.1 2004/10/19 First, sent to Sergei Mariev.
-v0.11 2004/10/19 Fit to recent varioref version;
- sent to Sergei.
-v0.2 2005/04/25 \Require... \AtBeginDocument.
-v0.2a 2011/02/13 add. caption to \ProvidesPackage
-